# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # John Lin , 2023 # Jeana Jiang, 2023 # 何彬 , 2023 # liAnGjiA , 2023 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # Miao Zhou , 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2023 # Datasource International , 2023 # Gary Wei , 2024 # mrshelly , 2024 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024 # waveyeung , 2024 # Jeffery CHEN , 2024 # Mandy Choy , 2024 # 稀饭~~ , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-06-24 07:08+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" "通过**Odoo条形码**，用户可以为单个产品和产品类别分配条形码，并使用这些条形码跟踪库存动态。连接条形码扫描器，可以通过扫描条形码触发特定的库存流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "日常作业" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " "always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " "adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" "在仓库中，数据库中记录的库存盘点可能并不总是与实际的真实库存盘点一致。在这种情况下，可以调整库存，以调节差异，确保数据库中记录的库存数量与仓库中的实际数量相符。在" " Odoo 中，*条形码* 应用程序可用于调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "这些调整可使用兼容 Odoo 的条形码扫描仪或 Odoo 移动应用程序实时完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" "有关与 Odoo 兼容的条形码移动扫描仪以及 *库存* 和 *条形码* 应用程序的其他硬件列表，请参阅 `Odoo 清单 - 硬件页面 " "`_。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "启用条码应用程序" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "要使用*条形码*应用程序创建和应用库存调整，**必须**通过在*库存*应用程序的设置中启用该功能来安装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 选项旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "勾选复选框后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "保存后，在 :guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 选项下会出现一个新的下拉菜单，标有 :guilabel:`条形码命名法`，可选择 " ":guilabel:`默认命名法` 或 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`。每个命名法选项决定扫描仪在 Odoo 中如何解析条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "还有一个 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` 内部链接箭头，以及一组用于打印条形码指令和条形码演示表的 :guilabel:`打印` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "在库存应用程序设置中启用条形码功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" "有关设置和配置 :guilabel:`条形码` 应用程序的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`设置条形码扫描仪 <../setup/hardware>` 和 " ":doc:`激活 Odoo 中的条形码 <../setup/software>` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "进行库存调整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" " dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" "首先导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 扫描条形码` 面板，其中将显示不同选项，包括 " ":guilabel:`操作`、:guilabel:`库存调整` 和 :guilabel:`批量传输` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "要创建和应用库存调整，请单击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:` 库存调整` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "这样做会导航至 *条形码库存客户操作* 页面，在顶部标题部分标为 :guilabel:`库存调整`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "带有扫描仪的条形码应用程序启动屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "要开始调整，首先扫描*源位置*，即需要调整计数的产品在仓库中的当前位置。然后，扫描产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "可以多次扫描特定产品的条形码，以增加调整中该产品的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "如果数据库中**未**启用仓库*多位置*功能，则无需扫描源位置。只需扫描产品条形码即可开始库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "另外，也可点击产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 图标更改数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " ":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" "这样做会打开一个带有键盘的单独窗口。编辑 :guilabel:`数量` 行中的数字可更改数量。此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 " ":guilabel:`-1` 按钮可增加或减少产品数量，数字键也可用于增加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " "was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " "`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" "在下面的库存调整中，扫描了源位置`WH/Stock/Shelf/2`，将其分配给该位置。接着，产品 [FURN_7888] Desk Stand " "with Screen 的条形码被扫描了3次，增加了调整中的数量。可以通过扫描其他特定产品的条形码，将其添加到此调整中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "条形码库存客户端操作页面，可进行库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "要完成库存调整，请单击页面底部带复选标记的绿色 :guilabel:`✅应用` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "" "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "应用后，Odoo 会返回到 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。右上角会出现一个绿色小横幅，确认调整已生效。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "您知道吗？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "Odoo 的 *条形码* 应用程序提供带有条形码的演示数据，用于探索应用程序的功能。这些数据可用于测试目的，并可在应用程序的主屏幕上打印。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " "click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" "要访问此演示数据，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 并单击扫描仪上方信息弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`库存条形码表单` " "和 :guilabel:`库存指令`（以蓝色粗体高亮显示）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "手动将产品添加到库存调整中" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "当无法获得地点或产品的条形码时，仍可使用 Odoo *条形码* 执行库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "为此，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 条形码扫描 --> 库存调整`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "要在此调整中手动添加产品，请点击屏幕下方的白色 :guilabel:` ➕ 添加产品` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "这将跳转到一个新的空白页面，在此必须选择所需的产品、数量和来源地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " "stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " "product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " "clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" "首先，单击 :guilabel:`产品` 行，选择需要调整库存数量的产品。然后，手动输入该产品的数量，方法是直接更改 :guilabel:`数量` " "行中的 `1`，或点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮来增加或减少产品数量。数字键盘也可用于添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " "`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "数字键盘下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为 `WH/Stock`。单击该行可显示下拉菜单，选择库存调整的 :guilabel:`源位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "准备就绪后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "要应用库存调整，请单击页面底部带复选标记的绿色 :guilabel:`✅应用` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "Default barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10 msgid "" "*Barcode nomenclatures* define how barcodes are recognized and categorized. " "When a barcode is scanned, it is associated to the **first** rule with a " "matching pattern. The pattern syntax is described in Odoo's nomenclature " "list using a regular expression, and a barcode is successfully read by Odoo " "if its prefix and/or length matches the one defined in the barcode's rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* supports UPC (Universal Product Code), EAN (European Article " "Number), and GS1 encoding. The pre-configured nomenclatures in Odoo are " "*Default Nomenclature* and *Default GS1 Nomenclature*. The default " "nomenclature uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, and supports |UPC|/|EAN| " "conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|UPC| and |EAN| barcodes **must** be `purchased from GS1 " "`_ to use these barcodes. GS1 is" " the **only** official provider of |UPC|/|EAN| and GS1 |GTINs| in the world." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "设置条形码命名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, click " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` to enable barcodes. Doing " "so installs the *Barcode* app in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "Next, ensure that the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` setting is selected " "in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the nomenclature is saved and selected, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can be accessed, via a hidden menu that is **only** " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:45 msgid "" "Once developer mode is enabled, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` menu, and select " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` is specified at the top" " as the `Default Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "Under that, the :guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion` field is set to " ":guilabel:`Always`, by default. This setting determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| " "barcode should be automatically converted one way or another when trying to " "match a rule with the other encoding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:55 msgid "" "The other available options for this field are :guilabel:`Never`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "For |UPC|/|EAN| conversion to work for every barcode scanned, the setting in" " the :guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion` field **must** be set to " ":guilabel:`Always`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "The last field at the top of the page is the :guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`" " field. For the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`, this field should remain " "unchecked. This is because the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| " "and |EAN| encoding, *not* GS1 encoding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "Further down the page, there is a list showcasing the :guilabel:`Rule Name`," " :guilabel:`Type`, :guilabel:`Encoding`, and :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` for" " the *rules* and *barcode patterns* that Odoo supports for the default " "nomenclature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "The :ref:`default nomenclature list ` contains all the information that can be condensed with " "a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "Use UPC/EAN barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 msgid "" "For product identification using |UPC|/|EAN| barcodes in Odoo, businesses " "**must** obtain `barcodes `_ purchased directly from GS1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 msgid "" "The |UPC| and |EAN| barcode formats are predominantly used in their own " "regions. |UPC| is used only in the United States and Canada, while |EAN| is " "used everywhere else globally." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:89 msgid "" "A |UPC| is usually a 12-digit barcode used to identify most products, while " "|EAN| barcodes use 13-digit barcodes to identify products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 msgid "" "|UPC| codes can be converted to |EAN| by prefixing them with a zero. In " "Odoo, by default, |UPC|/|EAN| barcodes are automatically converted one way " "or another when trying to match a rule with the other encoding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`default nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns and " "rules to follow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "创建规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:102 msgid "" "|UPC| and |EAN| barcodes contain specific information in the barcode. " "Scanning these codes from the :ref:`default nomenclature list " "` automatically fills " "corresponding data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "Adding new barcode rules to this list ensures that non-standard (:dfn:`user-" "created`) formats are interpreted accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109 msgid "" "To create new rules, first activate :ref:`developer mode `. " "Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Barcode Nomenclatures`. Select the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` list " "item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:113 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a line` " "at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up " "window to create a new rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Create Rules pop-up window on Default Nomenclature page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning " "the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125 msgid "" "The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of " "information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`," " :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses; " "this rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The " "available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters" " or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the " "product. Odoo follows the sequential order of this table, and uses the first" " rule it matches, based on the sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Barcode patterns can also define how numerical values, such as weight or " "price, are encoded in the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:141 msgid "" "They are indicated by **{NNN}**, where `N` defines where the number's digits" " are encoded. *Floats* are also supported with the decimals, indicated by " "`D`, such as **{NNNDD}**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:144 msgid "" "In this case, the barcode field on the associated records **must** show " "these digits as zeros." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:151 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field contains `.*`, it means it can " "contain **any** number of characters - those characters being **any** number" " or type of character." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157 msgid "Default nomenclature list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` " "rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "规则名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "Encoding" msgstr "编码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "条形码模式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170 msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:171 msgid "Priced Product" msgstr "标价产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "EAN-13" msgstr "EAN-13" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "23.....{NNNDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "Discount Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Discounted Product" msgstr "折扣的产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212 msgid "Any" msgstr "任意" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177 msgid "22{NN}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179 msgid "Weighted Product" msgstr "称重的产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:181 msgid "21.....{NNDDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Customer Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Client" msgstr "客户端" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:185 msgid "042" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187 msgid "Coupon" msgstr "优惠券" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "043|044" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Cashier Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "Cashier" msgstr "收银员" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "041" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Location barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:20 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "414" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Package barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "服务包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201 msgid "PACK" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202 msgid "Lot barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "Magnetic Credit Card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "信用卡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209 msgid "%.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210 msgid "Product Barcodes" msgstr "产品条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "单位产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid ".*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216 msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "GS1 条形码命名法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product " "and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global " "Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), " "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" "`GS1术语`_将各种产品和供应链数据整合到一个条形码中。Odoo 接收企业购买的`唯一全球贸易项目编号" " `_ (GTIN)`，以实现全球运输、销售和电子商务产品清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify " "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "配置 GS1 术语，以扫描密封箱的条形码并识别基本产品信息，如 |GTIN|、批号、数量信息等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" "|GTIN| 是唯一产品标识，必须从 GS1 `_购买才能使用 " "GS1 条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" "`所有 GS1 条形码`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Odoo 默认 GS1 规则`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr ":ref:`为什么我的条形码不起作用？ `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" "要使用 GS1 命名法，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后在 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，选中 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器`。然后，从默认条码命名选项中选择 :menuselection:`条形码命名 --> 默认 GS1 " "命名。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择 GS1，然后单击外部链接查看 GS1 规则列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is " "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`条形码命名法`选项右侧的:guilabel:`➡️ (箭头)`图标，可查看 Odoo 默认支持的 GS1 *规则* 和 " "*条形码图案* 列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 " ":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the " "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`打开：术语表` 弹出式表格中，查看和编辑 Odoo 中可用的 GS1 :guilabel:`规则名称`。该表包含所有可浓缩为 " "GS1 条形码的信息，以及相应的:guilabel:`条形码图案`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once " "enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "将 GS1 设置为条码命名法后，还可通过启用 :ref:`开发者模式` 后可发现的隐藏菜单访问 " ":menuselection:`条形码命名法` 设置。启用后，导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 条形码命名法`" " 菜单，最后选择 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在 Odoo 中使用 GS1 条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a " "`unique GTIN `_ as an " "internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| " "is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated " "*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters " "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中使用 GS1 条形码进行产品识别时，企业会从 GS1 处获得一个 `唯一 GTIN " "`_，作为国际通用的产品标识符。该|GTIN|按照 GS1 " "指定的*条形码模式*与特定产品细节相结合。条形码图案的数字和字母排列必须符合 GS1 的规定，以便供应链上的全球系统准确解读。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.). " "This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the " "barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as " "detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables " "Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" "每个条形码都以一个 2-4 位数的 `应用标识符 " "`_ " "（A.I.）开头。这个必要的前缀普遍表示条形码包含何种信息。Odoo 遵循 GS1 规则识别信息，详见 :ref:`默认 GS1 规则清单 " "`。包含列表中的相关 |AI| 使 Odoo " "能够正确解释 GS1 条形码。虽然大多数条形码模式都有固定的长度要求，但某些模式（如批次和序列号）的长度灵活可变。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "对于未置于 GS1 条形码末尾的弹性长度条形码图案，使用 FNC1 分隔符 (`\\\\x1D`) 来结束条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead " "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" "举例说明： 批号条形码模式长度为 20 个字符。与其创建 20 个字符的批号条形码，如 `LOT00000000000000001`，不如使用 FNC1" " 分隔符使其更短： `LOT001/x1D`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" "请参阅 :ref:`GS1 命名列表 `，查看所有条码模式和规则的综合列表。否则，请参阅 :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "`，了解将 |GTIN| 组合到产品信息和配置工作流的具体示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`批量工作流程 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`非单位数量工作流程 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, " "beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. " "Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list " "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" "GS1 规则是条形码中包含的信息特定格式，以|AI|开头，包含规定长度的字符。扫描 :ref:`默认 GS1 " "清单` 中的 GS1 条形码，会自动将相应数据填入 " "Odoo 数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "在 Odoo 中添加 GS1 条形码规则可确保准确解释独特的非标准 GS1 格式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先打开:ref:`开发者模式` 并导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 " "--> 条形码命名法` 中的:guilabel:`条形码命名法` 列表。然后，选择:guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`列表项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法` 页面，选择表格底部的 :guilabel:`添加一行`，打开一个窗口以创建新规则。内部使用 " ":guilabel:`规则名称` 字段来标识条形码代表的内容。条形码 :guilabel:`类型` " "是系统可理解的信息分类（如产品、数量、保质期、包装、优惠券）。guilabel:`序列`表示规则的优先级；这意味着数值越小，规则在表格中出现的位置越靠前。Odoo" " 会按照此表的顺序排列，并使用根据顺序匹配到的第一条规则。`条形码模式` 是系统识别包含产品信息的字母或数字序列的方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "填写信息后，单击 :guilabel:`保存并创建`按钮，制定另一条规则，或单击:guilabel:`保存并关闭`，保存并返回规则表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "条形码故障排除" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "由于 GS1 条形码的使用具有挑战性，因此当条形码无法按预期工作时，可以尝试进行以下检查：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" "确保 :guilabel:`条形码命名法` 设置为 :menuselection:`默认 GS1 命名法`。跳转到 :ref:`命名设置部分 " "` 获取更多详情。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" "确保条形码中扫描的字段已在 Odoo 中启用。例如，要扫描包含批次和序列号的条形码，请确保在 :ref:`Odoo 设置 " "` 和 :ref:` 产品 ` 中启用 :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" "请省略括号`()`或括号`[]`等标点符号。这些通常用于示例以方便阅读，**不应**包含在最终条形码中。有关构建 GS1 条码的更多详情，请参阅 " ":ref:`本章节` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" "当单个条码包含多个编码字段时，Odoo 需要在条码术语中列出所有规则，以便 Odoo 读取条码。 :ref:`本节 " "` 详细说明了如何在条码术语中添加新规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "逐个测试包含多个编码字段的条形码，找出导致问题的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, " "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "测试包含 |GTIN|、批号和数量的条形码时，首先单独扫描 |GTIN|。然后，用批号测试 |GTIN| ，最后，尝试扫描整个条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules " "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" "诊断出编码字段未知后，:ref:`添加新规则 ` 到 Odoo " "的默认列表，以识别具有独特规格的 GS1 条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" "虽然新字段将被读取，但如果没有开发者进行定制，这些信息将无法链接到 Odoo " "中的现有字段。然而，添加新的规则是必要的，以确保条形码中的其他字段被正确解释。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "GS1 术语清单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" "下表包含 Odoo 的 GS1 规则默认列表。条码模式以正则表达式编写。只有前三条规则需要将`校验数位 " "`_作为最后一个字符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1内容类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Odoo 字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "序列运输容器代码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "数值标识符" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "包裹名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "全球贸易项目编号（GTIN）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr ":guilabel:产品表单上的`条形码`字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "所含贸易物品的 GTIN" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:3 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "发往/交付至全球位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "目的位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "发货/交付以供转运" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "源位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "实际地点的ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "批次或批号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "字母数字名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "包装规格日期 （年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "包装日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "包装日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "此日期前最佳（年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "在此日期前食用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "在此日期前最佳" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "到期日期（年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "可变项目计数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "测量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "容器的单位数量（AI 02）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "净重：千克（kg）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "数量单位千克（kg）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "长度单位米（m）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "数量单位米（m）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "净体积：升（L）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "数量单位升（L）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "净体积：立方米（m\\ :sup:`3`）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "数量单位立方米（m\\ :sup:`3`）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "长度单位英寸（in）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "数量单位英寸" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "净重/体积：盎司（oz）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "数量单位盎司（oz）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "净体积：立方英尺 (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "包装类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "包装类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Package type" msgstr "包裹类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "GS1 条形码使用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can " "interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized " "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" "GS1 " "条形码提供了一种标准化格式，条形码扫描仪可对其进行解读。它们以全球公认的:ref:`特定结构`对信息进行编码，让扫描仪能够一致地理解和处理供应链数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product " "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "Odoo *条形码* 可解释和打印 GS1 条形码，在收货、分拣和发货等仓库操作中自动识别和跟踪产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes " "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "以下部分包含 Odoo 如何使用企业提供的 GS1 条形码来识别常见仓库物品并自动执行某些仓库工作流程的示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique " "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their " "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo **不会** 创建 GS1 条形码。企业必须从 GS1 购买唯一的全球贸易项目编号 （GTIN）。然后，可以将现有的 GS1 " "条形码与产品和供应链信息（也由 GS1 提供）结合起来，在 Odoo 中创建条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "`购买全球贸易项目编号 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr ":ref:`GS1 命名法 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "配置产品、数量和批次条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its " "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "要创建包含产品信息、数量和批号的 GS1 条形码，需要使用以下条形码模式和应用标识符 (A.I.)：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "A.I." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo 中的字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:78 msgid "Product" msgstr "产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "01" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "地段编号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "" "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots " "` by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking " "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" "首先，:ref:`启用使用批次追踪产品 ` 通过导航至 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 标题下的 " ":guilabel:`可追踪` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" "然后，通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` " "中的预期产品表单并选择产品，设置产品条形码。在产品表单中，单击 :guilabel:`编辑`。然后，在 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡中，在 " ":guilabel:`条形码` 字段中填写唯一的 14 位 `全球贸易项目编号 (GTIN) " "`_，为 GS1 提供的普遍认可标识号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, " "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" "在产品表单中，对于 |GTIN| 产品条形码模式，请省略 |AI| `01`，因为它仅用于将多个条形码编码为一个条形码，其中包含有关包装内容的详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" "要记录产品`富士苹果` 的 GS1 条形码，请在产品表单的 :guilabel:`条形码` 字段中输入 14 位数字 " "|GTIN|`20611628936004` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "在产品表格的条形码字段中输入 14 位 GTIN。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the " "Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the " ":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要查看 Odoo 数据库中*所有*产品及其相应条码的列表，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 " ":guilabel:`条形码` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器` 部分下的 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` " "按钮。在:guilabel:`条形码` 栏中输入 14 位的 |GTIN| ，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "从库存设置中查看产品条形码页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page," " specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" "从设置页面激活按批次和序列号跟踪后，通过导航到产品表单上的 :guilabel:`库存` " "选项卡，指定在每个产品上应用此功能。在:guilabel:`追踪` 下，选择 :guilabel:`按批次` 单选按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "在产品表单的 \"库存\" 选项卡中按批次启用产品跟踪功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "扫描收据上的条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" "为确保在 Odoo 中对收货操作期间扫描的产品条形码进行准确的批次解释，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序以管理 " ":ref:`receipt picking process `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs " "(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" "从 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 面板，单击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮，然后单击 :guilabel:`收据` " "按钮，查看要处理的供应商收据列表。从:abbr:`采购订单(PO)` 生成的收据已列出，但也可使用 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮直接通过 " ":menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序创建新收据操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" "在收据列表中，单击仓库操作（`WH/IN`），然后用条形码扫描仪扫描产品条形码和批号。扫描后的产品就会出现在清单上。使用 " ":guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 按钮打开一个窗口，手动输入特定批号的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "下达 50 个苹果的:abbr:`采购订单（PO）`后，在*条形码*应用程序中浏览相关收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For " "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "扫描包含 |GTIN|、数量和批号的条形码。为了使用条形码扫描仪进行测试，下面是第 2 批次中 50 个富士苹果的条形码示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "批次号0002中 50 个富士苹果。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "2D 矩阵" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（产品）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "20611628936004" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（数量）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "00000050" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（批号）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "完整 GS1 条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" ":ref:`如果配置正确 `, `50/50` :guilabel:`单位` " "处理后将显示，并且 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮变为绿色。点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮完成接收。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "在 *条形码* 应用程序中扫描前台分拣页面上的产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "为产品和非单位数量配置条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "要创建包含以非单位数量（如公斤）计量的产品 GS1 条形码，可使用以下条形码模式：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "数量（公斤）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "要确认数量在 Odoo 中得到正确解释，请使用适当的计量单位（:guilabel:`UoM`）在*采购*应用程序中下单购买产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`使用 UoMs 简化供应商单位转换 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" "下订单后，导航至 :menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序以 :ref:` 接收供应商货物 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "在 *条形码* 应用程序中的收据上，通过扫描包含 |GTIN| 和以公斤为单位的桃子数量的条形码，接收`52.1 公斤`桃子的订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "52.1 公斤桃子" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "52.1 公斤桃子的 GS1 条形码二维矩阵。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "00614141000012" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "|AI|（公斤，小数点后一位数）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "3101" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" ":ref:`如果配置正确`，`52.1 / 52.1` " ":guilabel:`kg` 则显示“52.1 / " "52.1”千克，并且:guilabel:`验证`按钮变为绿色。最后，按下:guilabel:`验证`按钮完成验证。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "扫描条形码屏幕，在条形码应用程序中进行接收操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "验证产品移动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" "为进一步核实，接收的产品数量也记录在 :guilabel:`产品移动` 报告中，可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告" " --> 产品移动` 访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`产品移动`报告中的项目默认按产品分组。要确认收到的数量，请单击产品系列，打开其折叠式下拉菜单，显示该产品的*库存移动系列*列表。最新的库存移动与仓库接收参考编号（如" " `WH/IN/00013`）和条形码扫描中处理的数量相匹配，表明在*条形码*应用程序中处理的记录已正确存储在*库存*中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "创下了 52.1 公斤桃子的库存记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "使用条形码处理收据和交付货物" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "*条形码*应用程序可用于使用条码扫描仪或 Odoo 移动应用程序，实时处理收据、交付和其他类型的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " "they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" "这样就可以在仓库发生操作时对其进行处理，而不必等待计算机对传输进行验证。通过这种方式处理业务有助于将条形码正确归属到相应的产品、拣选、位置等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "要使用 *条形码* 应用程序处理转账，必须在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用该功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器` 功能旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" "页面刷新后，:guilabel:`条码扫描仪`功能下将显示新选项：:guilabel:`条码命名法`（有相应的下拉菜单），可选择:guilabel:`默认命名法`或:guilabel:`默认" " GS1 命名法`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "还有一个 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` 内部链接箭头和一组 :guilabel:`打印` 按钮，用于打印条形码命令和条形码演示表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" " the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" "有关设置和配置 :guilabel:`条形码` 应用程序的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`设置条形码扫描仪 <../setup/hardware>` 和 " ":doc:`激活 Odoo 中的条形码 <../setup/software>` 文档页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "扫描收据条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "要处理入库产品的仓库收据，首先需要创建采购订单 (PO)，并处理收据操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" "要创建一个:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建一个新的报价单（RFQ）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" " menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "在空白的:abbr:`RFQ（询价）`表单中，单击 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加供应商。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`产品` 行，单击 :guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到报价单中的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，单击表单顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，将 :abbr:`RFQ（询价）'确认为 " ":abbr:`PO（采购订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "完成条形码产品采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描仓库收据的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" "进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。要处理收据，请单击屏幕底部的 " ":guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :menuselection:`操作` 概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`收据` 卡，并单击 :guilabel:`# 待处理` " "按钮，查看所有未处理的收据。然后，选择要处理的收据操作。这将导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " "each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " "processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " "transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" "如果*只*使用条形码扫描器或 Odoo " "移动应用程序，可以轻松扫描相应操作类型的每次调拨所需的条形码进行处理。一旦扫描完成，可以继续扫描已存在调拨中的产品，并添加新的产品到调拨中。当所有产品都被扫描后，验证调拨以进行库存移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " "options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" "在该屏幕上，将显示在该转账（**WH/IN/000XX**）中要处理的所有收据的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 " ":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要在操作中添加产品，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "扫描传输中的收据概览。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮（本例中为 " ":guilabel:`+10`）表示收到该产品，或点击 :guilabel:`铅笔` 图标打开新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "在此屏幕中，将列出正在接收的产品。在产品名称下，:guilabel:`数量`行可以编辑。将该行中的`0`改为所需的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`/# 单元` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`/10 单元`），自动填写从 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）` 中订购的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " "Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" "在接收操作`WH/IN/00019`中，预计将接收`条码产品`的`10 个单位`。`[BARCODE_PROD]`是产品表单上设置的 " ":guilabel:`内部参考`。扫描`条形码产品`的条形码以接收一个单位。然后，点击 :guilabel:`铅笔` 图标，手动输入收到的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "产品线编辑器，可在条形码应用程序中进行单独传输。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" "此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮可添加或减少产品数量，还可使用 :guilabel:`数字键` " "添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`数字键` 下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为 " "`WH/Stock`，除非产品本身列出了其他*位置*。点击该行可显示一个下拉菜单，其中有更多位置供您选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "准备就绪后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认对产品系列所做的更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" "然后，在包含该转账（**WH/IN/000XX**）中要处理的所有收据的概览页面中，点击收据产品线上的 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。收据现已处理完毕，可关闭 :guilabel:`条码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "要处理出库产品的仓库交付，首先需要创建一个销售订单（SO），并处理一个交付操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "要创建一个:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建一个新的报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " ":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "在空白报价表中，单击 :guilabel:`客户` " "字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加客户。然后，在:guilabel:`订单行'选项卡下的:guilabel:`产品`行，单击:guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到报价单的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，单击表单顶部的:guilabel:`保存`，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，将报价确认为:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "完成条形码产品销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描仓库交货的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" "进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。要处理交货，请单击屏幕底部的 " ":guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :guilabel:`操作` 概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡，然后单击 :guilabel:`#待处理` " "按钮，查看所有未处理的送货单。然后，选择需要处理的交货单。这将导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "条形码应用程序仪表板中的操作概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" " options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" "要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+1` 按钮，表示已交付该产品，或点击 " ":guilabel:`铅笔图标`，打开新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" "在此屏幕中，将列出正在交付的产品。在产品名称下，可以编辑 :guilabel:`数量` 行。将该行中的`0`改为所需的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`/# Units` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`/10 Units`），自动填写从 :abbr:`SO （销售订单）` " "中订购的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" " products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" "*条形码*应用程序可用于处理所有类型产品的内部转账，包括使用批号或序列号追踪的产品转账。可使用与 Odoo 兼容的条形码扫描仪或 Odoo " "移动应用程序实时创建转让。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" "有关与 Odoo 兼容的条形码移动扫描仪以及 *库存* 应用程序的其他硬件列表，请参阅 `Odoo 库存 - 硬件页面 " "`_。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "页面刷新后，:guilabel:`条码扫描仪`功能下将显示新选项：:guilabel:`条码命名法`（有相应的下拉菜单），可选择:guilabel:`默认命名法`或:guilabel:`默认" " GS1 命名法`。所选术语将改变扫描仪在 Odoo 中如何解析条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "扫描条形码进行内部调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "要创建和处理仓库中产品的内部转移，必须启用 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`仓库` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "然后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "创建内部调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "要处理现有的内部调拨，首先需要创建一个内部调拨，并进行相应的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" "要创建内部转账，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序`。在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 面板中，找到 " ":guilabel:`内部转移` 卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`0 待处理` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "然后，点击结果页面左上角的 :guilabel:`创建`。这将导航到一个新的 :guilabel:`内部转移` 表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " "as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " "Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" "在此空白表单中，:guilabel:`操作类型` " "自动列为:guilabel:`内部转账`。在该字段下，:guilabel:`源位置`和:guilabel:`目的地位置`默认设置为:guilabel:`WH/Stock`，但也可更改为产品从哪个位置转移和转移到哪个位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "空白内部转账表格，注明来源地和目的地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " "transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" "一旦选择了所需的位置，就可以将产品添加到调拨中。在 :guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`产品` 行，单击 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，然后选择要添加到传输中的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " "internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "扫描条形码进行内部调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描用于内部调拨的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "要处理内部调拨，请单击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :menuselection:`操作` 概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " "the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`内部调拨` 卡，点击 :guilabel:`# To Process` " "按钮，查看所有未完成的内部转账。然后，选择需要处理的操作。这将导航到条形码转账屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" "在不使用*库存*应用程序的情况下（**仅**使用条形码扫描仪或 Odoo " "移动应用程序），可以使用*条形码*应用来轻松扫描每个相应操作类型的调拨条码以进行处理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " "scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "扫描完成后，可以扫描现有转移中的产品，也可以将新产品添加到转移中。扫描完所有产品后，验证转移以继续进行库存移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" " screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" "在该屏幕上，将显示该特定内部调拨（**WH/INT/000XX**）中要处理的所有产品的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 " ":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要将产品添加到操作中，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "然后，扫描产品的条形码，处理内部调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" " line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "或者，要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+ 1` 按钮，可在传输中增加该产品的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`铅笔图标`，可打开一个新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " "displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" "在产品的弹出窗口中，产品和要处理的单位用数字键盘显示。在产品名称下，:guilabel:`数量`行可以编辑。将该行中的数字改为内部传送表中列出的传送数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " "`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " "form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" "在内部调拨操作 `WH/INT/000XX` 中，从 WH/Stock 移动了 50 个单位的转移产品到 `WH/Stock/Shelf " "1`。`[TRANSFER_PROD]`是设置在产品表单上的:guilabel:`内部参考`。扫描转移产品的条码以接收一个单位。之后，点击:guilabel:`铅笔图标`手动输入已调拨的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮可添加或减少产品数量，数字键也可用于添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " "whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" "在数字键的下方有两个:guilabel:`位置`行，显示了之前在内部调拨表单中指定的位置，此例是`WH/Stock` and " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`。点击这些行可以显示一个下拉菜单，提供其他可供选择的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "然后，在概览页面（**WH/INT/000XX**）中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。收据现已处理完毕，*条形码* 应用程序可以关闭。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "*条形码* 应用程序还可用于扫描内部转账中包含唯一批号和序列号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " "number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " "quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" "在条形码传输屏幕上，扫描批次或序列号的条形码，Odoo " "就会自动将产品数量增加到数据库中记录的数量。如果不同产品共用同一批次或序列号，请先扫描产品条形码，然后再扫描批次/序列号的条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "从零开始创建转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 msgid "" "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " "to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" "Odoo 的 *条形码* " "应用程序提供带有条形码的演示数据，用于探索应用程序的功能。这些数据可用于测试目的，并可从应用程序的主屏幕打印。要访问此演示数据，请导航至 " ":menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 并点击扫描仪上方信息弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`库存条码表`（以蓝色粗体高亮显示）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 msgid "" "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 。进入 *条形码* 应用程序后，会出现一个 " ":guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕，显示不同的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "使用 USB 或蓝牙条形码扫描仪时，可从该屏幕直接扫描产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 msgid "" "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " "Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" "使用智能手机作为条码扫描器时，请点击 :guilabel:`轻点扫描` 按钮（位于屏幕中央的相机图标旁边）。将打开一个 " ":guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 弹出屏幕，启用所使用设备的摄像头。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "将相机对准打印的操作类型条码进行扫描。这样做可以处理条形码，并导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " "manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Barcode device troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* supports three main types of barcode scanners: USB scanners, " "bluetooth scanners, and mobile computer scanners. While configuring each " "type of scanner, common issues may arise, in which the scanners do not work " "as intended, and Odoo returns errors to the device." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid "" "Read the sections below to identify general and unique device issues, " "related to specific, popular types of scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "General issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Refer to the following sections below for common issues involving popular " "barcode scanner devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:17 msgid "" "For issues related to specific devices, refer to the :ref:`Android scanners " "` section for mobile computer scanners, or " "to the :ref:`Screenless scanners ` " "section for USB and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:22 msgid "Barcode cannot be read" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" "One common issue encountered when using barcode scanners is an error " "resulting from barcodes that cannot be read." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:27 msgid "This can occur due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:29 msgid "The barcode is damaged." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "" "The device cannot read the required barcode type (some scanners can only " "read 2D barcodes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:31 msgid "" "The barcode being scanned is on a screen. Some scanners don't support this, " "and the barcodes **must** be printed out to be scanned. This is most common " "with 1D barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:33 msgid "" "The device has no battery, or is broken. To rule this out, follow the " "troubleshooting instructions in the following sections." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "Odoo returns barcode error" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:39 msgid "" "All types of barcode scanners have their own device \"language\", which " "affects how they output barcode data to Odoo's *Barcode* app. Sometimes, " "this can cause Odoo *Barcode* to return a barcode error after scanning. This" " could be due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" "The computer is configured with a different keyboard layout than the barcode" " scanner. To rule this out, ensure that the device is configured with the " "same keyboard layout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:46 msgid "" "For example, if the computer is configured to use an FR-BE keyboard, " "configure the scanner to send FR-BE keystrokes. The same logic applies if " "using a tablet instead of a computer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:49 msgid "" "For more information on configuring keystrokes, refer to the :doc:`Barcode " "scanner setup ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:51 msgid "" "For mobile computer scanners (such as Zebra devices, for example), the " "scanner might interpret the barcode differently than intended. To rule this " "out, scan a test barcode to see how the scanner interprets the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:58 msgid "Android scanners" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" "The most recent barcode scanner models using Android and Google Chrome " "should work with Odoo. However, due to the variety of models and " "configurations, it is recommended to first test a scanner's compatibility " "with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:64 msgid "" "The Zebra product line is recommended; specifically, the **Zebra TC21 (WiFi-" "only)**, and **Zebra TC26 (WiFi/cellular)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:68 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode compatible hardware " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "Barcode app does not give feedback" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, Android barcode scanners pre-process the barcode, then send a " "full text. Since Odoo *Barcode* does not read this type of output, settings " "for each type of scanner **must** be configured correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* expects that the scanner works like an analogue keyboard, and" " so, only detects *key events*. Refer to the following sections for " "configuration settings for the most popular devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:81 msgid "Zebra TC21/TC26" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:76 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "使用 Zebra 扫描仪时，请确保设置了以下按键配置，以防出错。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:78 msgid "" "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the " ":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the app is represented by a :guilabel:`(light " "blue barcode)` icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output`" " option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option " "is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" "选择配置文件后，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`键盘输出` 选项，确保 :guilabel:`启用/禁用按键输出` 选项为 " ":guilabel:`已启用`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "在 Zebra 扫描仪的 DataWedge 应用程序中显示按键选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:99 msgid "" "Once that option is enabled, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options " "page, and go to the :guilabel:`Keystroke output` section. Then, open the " ":guilabel:`Key event options` submenu. Under :guilabel:`Characters`, ensure " "the :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option **must** be checked on the " "Zebra scanner, or Odoo **cannot** recognize the barcodes that are scanned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:106 msgid "" "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:110 msgid "MUNBYN Android devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" "When using MUNBYN Android scanners, ensure the following configurations are " "set to prevent errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:114 msgid "" "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`AppSettings`. On the " "resulting page, locate the :guilabel:`Process mode` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Keyboard input`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Process mode section on MUNBYN scanner's AppSettings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" "The selected *Process mode* controls how data is processed after barcode " "data has been read out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:124 msgid "" "*Keyboard input* enters read-out data at the position of the cursor, the " "same as input data on an analogue keyboard would." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "MUNBYN Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:130 msgid "Why is there no data output in the app after a successful scan?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:132 msgid "" "When scanning a barcode, the scanner might beep, indicating a successful " "scan, but there is no data output in the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "" "To fix this issue, adjust the output method to *keyboard analogue* in the " "*Scanner* app on the device." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`Scanner App --> " "Settings`. From the :guilabel:`Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Output " "Mode`. The resulting pop-up window presents the different output options " "available to users. Select :guilabel:`Keyboard Mode`, then click " ":guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Output mode pop-up window on MUNBYN scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:147 msgid "" "Go back to the app that needs to be scanned, and click on the input dialog " "box first before scanning. Finally, perform a test scan to ensure the MUNBYN" " Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "返回需要扫描的应用程序，在扫描前首先点击输入对话框。最后，执行一次测试扫描，确保 MUNBYN Android 扫描仪正常工作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:152 msgid "Datalogic Android devices" msgstr "Datalogic Android 设备" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" "When using Datalogic Android scanners, ensure the following configurations " "are set to prevent errors." msgstr "使用 Datalogic Android 扫描仪时，请确保设置了以下配置以防出错。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:157 msgid "" "To view and configure all settings for the scanner, use the *Settings* app " "on the Datalogic Android device. From the applications menu, select " ":menuselection:`Settings --> System --> Scanner Settings`." msgstr "" "要查看和配置扫描仪的所有设置，请使用 Datalogic Android 设备上的 *设置* 应用程序。从应用程序菜单中选择 " ":menuselection:`设置 --> 系统 --> 扫描仪设置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:161 msgid "" "From the resulting list of settings, select :guilabel:`Wedge`. From this " "menu, under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, ensure that the " ":guilabel:`Enable keyboard wedge` feature is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, also under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode` option. By default, the input mode is " "set to :guilabel:`Text injection`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Wedge configuration menu on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:172 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode`, and change the setting to " ":guilabel:`Key pressure`. This ensures that scanned barcodes are translated " "into keyboard strokes, instead of being injected into the text area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Keyboard wedge input mode selection on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:180 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Datalogic Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:186 msgid "Screenless scanners" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:188 msgid "" "Screenless scanners are barcode scanning devices that have no screens. These" " include USB scanners and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:192 msgid "" "Odoo supports most USB and Bluetooth barcode scanners, as they all emulate a" " keyboard. However, to verify that a scanner is compatible with a specific " "keyboard layout (or can be configured to do so), refer to Odoo's `Inventory " "& Barcode compatible hardware `_ documentation." msgstr "" "Odoo 支持大多数 USB 和蓝牙条形码扫描仪，因为它们都模拟键盘。不过，若要验证扫描仪是否与特定键盘布局兼容（或可配置为兼容），请参阅 Odoo 的" " `库存与条形码兼容硬件 `_文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:198 msgid "NETUM devices" msgstr "NETUM 设备" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, the NETUM barcode scanner's user manual only shows the French " "keyboard configuration. To use the Belgian keyboard, scan the code below:" msgstr "默认情况下，NETUM 条形码扫描仪的用户手册仅显示法语键盘配置。要使用比利时键盘，请扫描以下代码：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Belgian FR key barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:207 msgid "" "Once that code has been scanned, ensure the NETUM scanner has the correct " "keyboard configuration, and is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid ":doc:`../setup/hardware`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/hardware`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:165 msgid ":doc:`../setup/software`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/software`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Barcode scanner setup" msgstr "条形码扫描仪设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "请按照本指南选择和设置与 Odoo 的 *库存* 和 *条形码* 应用程序兼容的条形码扫描仪。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "条形码扫描仪示例图像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "扫描仪类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "" "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which type" " of scanner best meets the needs of the business. There are three main types" " of scanners that can be used with Odoo, each with their own benefits and " "use cases:" msgstr "" "在设置条形码扫描仪之前，重要的是确定哪种类型的扫描仪最符合业务需求。可与 Odoo 一起使用的扫描仪主要有三种类型，每种类型都有各自的优点和用例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:21 msgid "" "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for " "businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout line" " in a grocery store." msgstr "**USB 扫描仪**连接到计算机，适用于在固定地点扫描产品的企业，如杂货店收银台。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:23 msgid "" "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them both a " "cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, Odoo " "is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock, directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" "**蓝牙扫描仪**与智能手机或平板电脑配对，既经济又便携。在这种情况下，智能手机上安装了 Odoo，仓库操作员可以直接通过移动设备处理业务和检查库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode " "scanner." msgstr "**移动计算机扫描仪**是内置条形码扫描仪的移动设备。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:29 msgid "" "If using a USB scanner, ensure the scanner is compatible with the keyboard " "layout of the computer." msgstr "如果使用 USB 扫描仪，请确保扫描仪与计算机的键盘布局兼容。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "If using a mobile computer scanner, ensure the device can run the Odoo " "mobile app properly. Recent models that use Android OS with the Google " "Chrome browser, or Windows OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, " "testing is crucial due to the variety of available models and " "configurations." msgstr "" "如果使用移动电脑扫描仪，请确保设备可以正常运行 Odoo 移动应用程序。使用带有 Google Chrome 浏览器的 Android 操作系统或带有 " "Microsoft Edge 的 Windows 操作系统的最新机型可以正常运行。不过，由于可用型号和配置多种多样，因此测试至关重要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:38 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode • Compatible Hardware " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 库存和条形码 • 兼容硬件 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:43 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "设置条形码扫描仪时，请确保以下配置正确无误，以便扫描仪能够通过 Odoo 正确解释条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "键盘布局" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:49 msgid "" "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the " "operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. " "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" "使用 USB 条形码扫描仪时，请将其键盘布局与操作系统的布局相匹配，以便正确解释字符。一般来说，扫描模式应设置为接受 USB " "键盘（HID），并根据正在使用的键盘设置语言。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "要为**Zebra**扫描仪配置键盘布局，请在扫描仪的用户手册中扫描所需语言的键盘楔形条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "键盘布局用户手册示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "Zebra 扫描仪用户手册中的键盘语言设置示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:63 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "自动回车" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental" " double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include" " a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" "Odoo 的默认扫描间隔为 100 " "毫秒，以防止意外重复扫描。为了与条码扫描仪同步，可以设置扫描仪在每次扫描后添加一个*回车符*（:dfn:`类似于键盘上的\"Enter\"键`）。Odoo" " 将回车符解释为条码输入的结束，因此 Odoo 会接受扫描并等待下一次扫描。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:70 msgid "" "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure " "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" "通常情况下，扫描仪默认包含回车符。请通过扫描用户手册中的特定条形码（例如CR suffix ON或Apply Enter for " "suffix）确认是否已设置回车符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:74 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "Zebra 扫描仪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:85 msgid "" "It is **not** suggested to use the \"DWDemo\" profile, as it does not work " "properly in every circumstance." msgstr "**不**建议使用 “DWDemo” 配置文件，因为它并非在任何情况下都能正常工作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:88 msgid "" "Instead, it is recommended to create a new, personal profile. Once a new " "profile is created, add the *Odoo Mobile* app and *Google Chrome* app in the" " :guilabel:`Associated Apps` on the scanner's home screen." msgstr "" "建议创建一个新的个人配置文件。创建新配置文件后，在扫描仪主屏幕的 :guilabel:`已关联应用程序` 中添加 *Odoo Mobile* 应用程序和" " *Google Chrome* 应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:107 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working properly, as intended." msgstr "完成所有这些步骤后，请执行测试扫描，以确保 Zebra 扫描仪按预期正常工作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:111 msgid "Honeywell mobile computer scanner" msgstr "霍尼韦尔移动计算机扫描仪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:113 msgid "" "When using Honeywell scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "使用 Honeywell 扫描仪时，请按照以下说明操作，以确保可以在 Odoo 中扫描条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:116 msgid "" "Begin on the Honeywell scanner's home screen, and select " ":guilabel:`Settings`, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Honeywell Settings`, followed by :guilabel:`Scanning`." msgstr "" "从霍尼韦尔扫描仪的主屏幕开始，选择 :guilabel:`设置` ，由 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标表示。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`霍尼韦尔设置`，接着点击 :guilabel:`扫描`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:120 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Internal Scanner`, followed by " ":guilabel:`Default Profile`. From the resulting list of options, select " ":guilabel:`Data Processing Settings`." msgstr "" "在此处点击 :guilabel:`内部扫描仪`，然后点击 :guilabel:`默认配置文件`。从出现的选项列表中，选择 " ":guilabel:`数据处理设置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:123 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is " "processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By " "default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner." msgstr "霍尼韦尔扫描仪的数据处理设置选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:130 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting to :guilabel:`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:132 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Honeywell " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "完成步骤后，进行测试扫描以验证霍尼韦尔扫描仪是否按预期工作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:136 msgid "Cipherlab mobile computer scanner" msgstr "Cipherlab 移动计算机扫描仪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:138 msgid "" "When using Cipherlab scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "使用 Cipherlab 扫描仪时，请按照以下说明操作，以确保可在 Odoo 中扫描条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:141 msgid "" "Begin on the Cipherlab scanner's home screen, and navigate to the " ":menuselection:`App Drawer (All Applications)`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` app, represented by an orange :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)`" " icon over a blue :guilabel:`(barcode)` icon." msgstr "" "从 Cipherlab 扫描仪的主屏幕开始，导航到 :menuselection:`应用程序抽屉（所有应用程序）`。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` 应用程序，该应用程序由橙色的 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标和蓝色的 " ":guilabel:`（条形码）` 图标组成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:145 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Default Profile`, or create a new profile, if " "needed." msgstr "接下来，选择 :guilabel:`默认配置文件`，或根据需要创建新配置文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:147 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, " "followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`常规设置`下，点击:guilabel:`数据输出`，然后点击 :guilabel:`键盘模拟`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page." msgstr "Cipherlab 扫描仪数据输出设置页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:154 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard " "Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to " ":guilabel:`KeyEvent`." msgstr "" "默认情况下，:guilabel:`键盘仿真'下的 :guilabel:`输入方式` 设置为 :guilabel:`默认模式'。将此设置更改为 " ":guilabel:`键盘活动`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings." msgstr "Cipherlab 扫描仪键盘模拟设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:161 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Cipherlab " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "完成步骤后，进行测试扫描以验证 Cipherlab 扫描仪是否按预期工作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在 Odoo 中启用条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" "条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" "如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "设置产品条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "设置库位条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "条码格式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" "大多数零售产品使用 EAN-13 条形码，也称为 GTIN（全球贸易识别码）。公司使用 GTIN 来唯一标识其产品和服务。GTIN 和 UPC " "通常是同义词，GTIN 指的是条形码代表的数字，而 UPC 指的是条形码本身。有关 GTIN 的更多信息，请访问 GS1 网站。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" "要为物品创建 GTIN，公司必须拥有 GS1 公司前缀。该前缀是出现在每个 GTIN " "开头的数字，将标识该公司是条形码的所有者，以及条形码上出现的任何产品。要了解有关 GS1 公司前缀的更多信息，或购买前缀许可证，请访问 GS1 " "公司前缀页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" "Odoo 用户可以使用 GTIN 条形码来识别他们的产品。不过，由于 Odoo 支持任何数字字符串作为条形码，因此也可以定义自定义条形码供内部使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "Odoo *库存* 既是库存应用程序，也是仓库管理系统。用户可通过该应用程序轻松管理交货时间、自动补货、配置高级路线等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：库存 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "产品管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Product replenishment" msgstr "产品补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "按订单补货（MTO）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:9 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" " sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " "vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " "product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " "order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" "*按订单补货*，又称*MTO*（按订单生产），是一种补货策略，每次为某一产品创建销售订单时，都会为该产品创建一个订单草稿。对于从供应商处采购的产品，会创建一个询价单（RFQ），而对于内部制造的产品，销售订单会触发制造订单的创建。无论订购产品的当前库存水平如何，每次创建销售订单时都会创建询价单或制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" msgstr "取消订单补充（MTO）路线的存档" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" "默认情况下，Odoo 将 |MTO| 路由设置为 *存档*。这是因为 |MTO| " "是一个有点小众的工作流程，只有某些公司才会使用。不过，只需几个简单的步骤，就可以轻松取消路线存档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " "button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " "that are currently archived." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`。在 :guilabel:`路线` 页面，点击 " ":guilabel:`筛选` 按钮并选择 :guilabel:`存档` 选项。这将显示当前存档的所有路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "路线页面上的存档筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:31 msgid "" "Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" " the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" "down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" "启用 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 旁边的复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮显示下拉菜单。从下拉菜单中选择 " ":guilabel:`解除存档`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "路线页面上的取消存档操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " "available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " "now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." msgstr "" "最后，删除 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中的 :guilabel:`存档` 筛选器。现在 :guilabel:`路线` " "页面将显示所有可用的路线，包括 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）`，现在可在每个产品页面的库存选项卡上进行选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." msgstr "取消存档后，MTO 路线会出现在“路线”页面上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:47 msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" msgstr "配置产品以使用 MTO 路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:49 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." msgstr "" "由于 |MTO| 路由未存档，现在可以正确配置产品以使用订单补货。要执行此操作，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`创建`，配置一个新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:53 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with one other route." msgstr "" "在产品页面上，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，并在 :guilabel:`路线` 部分启用 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` " "路线和另一条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " "it, etc.)." msgstr "" "除非同时选择了其他路线，否则 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 路线**不会生效**。这是因为 Odoo " "需要知道如何在下订单时补充产品（采购、制造等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "在库存选项卡上选择 MTO 路线和第二条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:65 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " "makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " "below." msgstr "" "如果产品是从供应商处购买以履行销售订单，请启用产品名称下的 :guilabel:`可以采购` " "复选框。这样，:guilabel:`采购`选项卡就会与下面的其他设置选项卡一起出现。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" " :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，并指定 :guilabel:`供应商` 和他们销售产品的 :guilabel:`价格`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." msgstr "启用 \"可以采购\"，并指定供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:76 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " "(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " "smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" "如果产品已制造，请确保为其配置了物料清单（BOM）。要执行此操作，请点击屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`物料清单` 页面上的 :guilabel:`创建`，为产品配置新的 BOM。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:81 msgid "" "On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " "on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " "the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "在空白的 |BOM| 表单中，在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡上添加用于制造产品的组件，并在 :guilabel:`操作` " "选项卡上添加制造工作流程所需的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:85 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，完成保存 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:88 msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" msgstr "使用 MTO 路线完成销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." " The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " "to |MTO|." msgstr "" "将产品配置为使用 |MTO| 路线后，每次确认包含该产品的销售订单时，都会为其创建补货订单。创建的订单类型取决于除 |MTO| 之外选择的第二条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:94 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " "is created upon confirmation of a sales order." msgstr "例如，如果 *采购* 是选择的第二个路线，那么在确认销售订单后就会创建采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:98 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " "there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " "without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" "当产品的 |MTO| " "路线启用后，在确认销售订单时总是会创建补货订单。即使手头有足够的产品库存来完成销售订单，也会出现这种情况，而无需购买或生产额外的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:102 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " "the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," " which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" "虽然 |MTO| 路线可与其他各种路线配合使用，但本工作流程仍以*采购*路线为例。首先导航到 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，然后点击" " :guilabel:`创建`，打开一个空白报价表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:106 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." msgstr "" "在空白报价单上添加 :guilabel:`客户`，然后单击 :guilabel:`订购线` 选项卡下的 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，并输入已配置为使用 *MTO* 和 *采购* 路线的产品。单击 :guilabel:`确认`，报价单就会变成销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:110 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " "the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " "order." msgstr "现在，销售订单的右上角会出现一个 :guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮。点击该按钮可打开与销售订单相关联的 |RFQ|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " "the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " ":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，确认 |RFQ| 并将其转化为采购订单。采购订单顶部会出现绿色的 :guilabel:`接收产品` " "按钮。收到产品后，点击 :guilabel:`接收产品` 将其登记到库存中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "" "Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " "the sales order." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`SO` 面包屑，或导航至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> 订单`，选择销售订单，返回销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:120 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" " order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " "shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" "最后，点击订单右上方的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，进入交货订单。产品送达客户后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认送货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "重新排序规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:9 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:13 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " "Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:19 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：自动重新排序规则 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:20 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：手动重新排序规则 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:23 msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" msgstr "为重新排序规则配置产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:25 msgid "" "In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " "configured. Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one" " by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要对产品使用重新排序规则，必须正确配置该产品。首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:29 msgid "" "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make " "sure the :guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "This is necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable " "products, and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" "在产品表单的 :guilabel:`基本信息` 选项卡下，确保 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设置为 " ":guilabel:`可储存产品`。这是必要的，因为 Odoo 只追踪可储存产品的库存数量，该数量用于触发重新订购规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." msgstr "将产品类型设置为可储存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:37 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " "from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " "to replenish the product." msgstr "" "接下来，点击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，并从 :guilabel:`路径` 部分选择一个或多个路径。这样，Odoo " "就会知道使用哪条路线补充产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." msgstr "在库存选项卡上选择一条或多条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44 msgid "" "If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." " This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " "that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" " should be purchased from." msgstr "" "如果使用 :guilabel:`购买` 途径重新订购产品，请确认产品名称下的 :guilabel:`可购买` 复选框已启用。这样就会出现 " ":guilabel:`采购`选项卡。点击:guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，指定至少一个供应商及其产品售价，以便 Odoo 知道应从哪家公司购买产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." msgstr "在采购选项卡上指定供应商和价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:53 msgid "" "If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " "needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " "is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " "with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" "如果使用 :guilabel:`制造路径对产品进行补货，则该产品至少需要有一个与之相关的物料清单（BoM）。这一点很有必要，因为 Odoo 只为有 " ":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 的产品创建生产订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:57 msgid "" "If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," " select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "product form, then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill" " of Materials)`." msgstr "" "如果产品还不存在 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，请选择产品表格顶部的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建` 以配置新的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." msgstr "产品表单上的“物料清单”智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:66 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "创建新的重新排序规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:68 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and " "fill out the new line as follows:" msgstr "" "要创建新的重新排序规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 重新排序规则`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`，并按如下方式填写新行：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：规则补充的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：存储产品的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " "without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " "number, a replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr ":guilabel:`最小数量`：在不触发规则的情况下可预测的最小数量。当预测库存低于此数量时，将创建该产品的补货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " "to." msgstr ":guilabel:`最大数量`：库存补充的最大数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr ":guilabel:`多个数量`：指定产品是否应按一定数量分批补充（例如，可按 20 个产品分批补充）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " "value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`：用于重新订购产品的度量单位。该值可以是 `单位`，也可以是重量、长度等的特定计量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "创建新重新排序规则的表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:87 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product. Then, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button," " and click :guilabel:`New` to fill out the new line, as detailed above." msgstr "" "也可在每个产品表单中创建重新排序规则。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择一个产品。然后，点击 :guilabel:`重新排序规则` 智能按钮，并点击 :guilabel:`新建` 以填写新行，详见上文。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:92 msgid "" "For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering" " rule fields:" msgstr "有关重排序规则的高级用法，请了解以下重排序规则字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Trigger `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`Visibility days `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Route `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99 msgid "0/0/1 reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:101 msgid "" "The *0/0/1* reordering rule is a specialty rule used to replenish a product " "that is not kept on-hand, each time a sales order (SO) is confirmed for that" " product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105 msgid "" "The 0/0/1 reordering rule is similar to the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* " "route, in that both workflows are used to replenish a product upon " "confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:108 msgid "" "The main difference between the two methods is that the *Replenish on Order*" " route automatically reserves the product for the |SO| that caused it to be " "replenished. This means the product **cannot** be used for a different |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112 msgid "" "The 0/0/1 reordering rule does not have this limitation. A product " "replenished using the rule is not reserved for any specific |SO|, and can be" " used as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115 msgid "" "Another key difference is that replenishment orders created by the " "*Replenish on Order* route are linked to the original |SO| by a smart button" " at the top of the order. When using the 0/0/1 reordering rule, a " "replenishment order is created, but is not linked to the original |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:119 msgid "" "See the :doc:`Replenish on Order (MTO) ` documentation for a full " "overview of the MTO route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:121 msgid "" "To create a 0/0/1 reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Products --> Products`, and select a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:124 msgid "" "At the top of the product's page, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Reordering " "Rules` page for the product. On the resulting page, click :guilabel:`New` to" " begin configuring a new reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Location` field of the new reordering rule, select the " "location in which replenished products should be stored. By default, this " "location is set to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Route` field, select the route the rule should use to " "replenish the item. For example, if the product should be purchased from a " "vendor, select the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` field and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field, " "leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a " "value of `1.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:141 msgid "" "With the reordering rule configured using these values, each time an |SO| " "causes the forecasted quantity of the product to fall below the " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `0.00`, the selected :guilabel:`Route` is used " "to replenish the product in one-unit increments, back up to the " ":guilabel:`Max Quantity` of `0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:147 msgid "" "A picture frame is configured with a 0/0/1 reordering rule that uses the " "*Buy* route. Zero units of the picture frame are kept on-hand at any given " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:150 msgid "" "An |SO| is confirmed for one unit of the picture frame, which causes the " "forecasted quantity to drop to `-1.00`. This triggers the reordering rule, " "which automatically creates a |PO| for one unit of the picture frame." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:154 msgid "" "Once the product is received from the vendor, the forecasted quantity of the" " picture frame returns to `0.00`. There is now one picture frame on-hand, " "but it is not reserved for the |SO| which triggered its purchase. It can be " "used to fulfill that |SO|, or reserved for a different order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:162 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "触发器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:164 msgid "" "When stock falls below the reordering rule's minimum, set the reordering " "rule's *trigger* to *automatic* to automatically create purchase or " "manufacturing orders to replenish stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:167 msgid "" "Alternatively, setting the reordering rule's trigger to *manual* displays " "the product and forecasted stock on the *replenishment dashboard*, where the" " procurement manager can review the stock levels, lead times, and forecasted" " dates of arrival." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`strategies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard is accessible by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货` 访问补货仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:178 msgid "" "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`(slider)` icon, located to the far-right of the column titles, " "and enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` option from the additional options drop-" "down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Trigger field by toggling it in the additional options menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:187 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or " ":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different" " types of reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:191 msgid "Auto" msgstr "自动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:193 msgid "" "Automatic reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generates purchase or " "manufacturing orders when:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:196 msgid "the scheduler runs, and the *On Hand* quantity is below the minimum" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:197 msgid "" "a sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the " "product below the minimum" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:201 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:203 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure " ":ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and select " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click" " the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:211 msgid "" "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger " "when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of " "`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering " "rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:219 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " "Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " "Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:223 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:227 msgid "" "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:235 msgid "" "Manual reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, lists a product on the " "replenishment dashboard when the forecasted quantity falls below a specified" " minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, because they are " "needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, but the forecasted quantity is not " "enough." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers " "sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It " "displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items." msgstr "" "可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货` " "访问补货仪表板，考虑了销售订单截止日期、预测库存水平和供应商交货时间。仅当需要重新订购物品时，**才会**显示需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:245 msgid "" "If the one-day window for ordering products is too short, skip to the " ":ref:`visibility days ` " "section to make the need appear on the replenishment dashboard a specified " "number of days in advance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:249 msgid "" "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the " ":guilabel:`Order Once` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order " "with the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:259 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 msgid "" "Ensure :doc:`lead times " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>` are" " understood before proceeding with this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:265 msgid "" "When :ref:`manual reordering rules `" " are assigned to a product, *visibility days* make the product appear on the" " replenishment dashboard (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> " "Replenishment`) a certain number of days in advance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:271 msgid "" "A product has a manual reordering rule set to trigger when the stock level " "falls below four units. The current on-hand quantity is ten units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 msgid "" "The current date is February 20th, and the *delivery date* on a sales order " "(in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab) is March 3rd — twelve days from the " "current date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:277 msgid "" "The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is " "four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time " "` is one day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " "the delivery date, which, in this case, is February 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Graphic representing when the need appears on the replenishment dashboard: " "Feb 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:289 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:292 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:295 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:300 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "例如，今天是 2 月 20 日，产品需求出现在 2 月 27 日。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:303 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "（2 月 27 日 - 2 月 20 日 = 7 天）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:305 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " "dashboard." msgstr "在这种情况下，如果不正确地设置 :guilabel:`可见天数`少于七天，则需求**不会**出现在补货仪表板上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "" "Show the replenishment dashboard with the correct and incorrect visibility " "days set." msgstr "显示设置了正确和错误可见天数的补货仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:315 msgid "Route" msgstr "路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:317 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" " to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" "Odoo 允许在每个产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡下选择多个路径。例如，可以同时选择 :guilabel:`购买` 和 " ":guilabel:`制造`，从而启用两种途径的功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:321 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." " To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" "Odoo 还允许用户为产品重新排序规则设置首选路径。如果选择了多个路径，则该规则默认使用该路径。要选择首选路线，首先导航至 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 重新排序规则`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:325 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:327 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:330 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:338 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " "that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "选择补货策略" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " "*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " "strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " "the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " "use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，有两种自动补充库存的策略： " "*重新排序规则*和*按订单生产（MTO）*途径。虽然这两种策略略有不同，但它们都有类似的结果：触发自动创建|PO|或|MO|。选择使用哪种策略取决于企业的制造和交付流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "术语" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:56 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "补货报告和重新订购规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "补货报告列出了预测数量为负数的所有产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " "product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" "*订货规则*用于确保产品始终有最低库存量，以便生产产品和/或履行销售订单。当产品库存达到最低水平时，Odoo " "会自动生成采购订单，其中包含达到最高库存水平所需的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "重新排序规则可在补货报告或产品表单中创建和管理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " "order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " "**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "*按订单生产（MTO）*是一种采购途径，每次销售订单确认后，都会创建一份采购订单（或制造订单）草稿，**无论当前库存水平如何**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:38 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "与使用重新订购规则补充的产品不同，Odoo 会自动将销售订单链接到由 |MTO| 路线生成的 |PO| 或 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" "重新订购规则与 |MTO| 的另一个区别是，使用 |MTO| 时，Odoo 会在确认 |SO| 后立即生成草稿 |PO| 或 " "|MO|。而使用重新订购规则时，当产品的预测库存低于设定的最小数量时，Odoo 就会生成草稿 |PO| 或 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "此外，只要 |PO| 或 |MO| 未确认，Odoo 会在预测发生变化时自动将数量添加到 |PO| 或 |MO| 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:48 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "要访问补货报告，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货。`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " "needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " "Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" " are both `0.00`" msgstr "" "默认情况下，补货报告仪表板会显示每个需要手动重新订购的产品。如果产品没有特定规则，Odoo 会假定 :guilabel:`最小数量` 和 " ":guilabel:`最大数量` 库存均为 `0.00`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:66 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " "forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" "对于没有设定重新订购规则的产品，Odoo 会根据已确认的销售订单、送货和收据计算预测。对于有固定重新订购规则的产品，Odoo " "会正常计算预测，但也会考虑采购/制造周转时间和安全周转时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " "or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " "product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " "the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" "在创建新的重新订购规则之前，请确保产品表单上配置了*供应商*或*物料清单*。要检查这一点，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> " "产品 --> 产品`，然后选择产品以打开其产品表单。供应商（如已配置）列在 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡中，物料清单（如已配置）在表单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" " tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " "tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " "replenishment report." msgstr "" "位于产品表单的:guilabel:`常规信息`选项卡中的:guilabel:`产品类型`，**必须**设置为:guilabel:`可储存产品`。根据定义，不追踪消耗性产品的库存水平，因此" " Odoo 无法在补货报告中说明消耗性产品的情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " "current needs." msgstr "补货报告，列出为满足当前需求而需要购买的所有物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " ":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " "and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " "columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" "要从补货报告中创建新的重新订购规则，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货`，单击 " ":guilabel:`创建`，并从 :guilabel:`产品`列的下拉菜单中选择所需的产品。如有必要，还可在 :guilabel:`补货` " "报告页面的相应列中配置 :guilabel:`最小数量` 和 :guilabel:`最大数量`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" "要在产品表单中创建新的重新订购规则，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序--> 产品--> " "产品`，然后选择一个产品以打开其产品表单。点击:guilabel:`重新订购规则` 智能按钮，点击:guilabel:`创建`，然后填写字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:98 msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "补货报告字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:100 msgid "" "The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " "these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " "icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " "field to make it visible." msgstr "" "以下字段位于 :guilabel:`补货` 报告中。如果这些字段不可见，请点击报告最右侧的 :guilabel:`⋮ " "（其他选项）`图标，然后点击字段旁边的复选框使其可见。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：需要补充的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：存放产品的具体位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：存放产品的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " "orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " ":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" " is configured)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " ":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " "below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " "replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`触发器`：如何创建补货，可以是 :guilabel:`自动`（当 :guilabel:`库存` 数量低于 " ":guilabel:`最小数量` 时自动创建），也可以是 :guilabel:`手动`（仅在请求补货时创建）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " "being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " "order." msgstr ":guilabel:`采购组`：产品采购方式的参考编号，如销售订单、采购订单或制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " "available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " "is triggered." msgstr ":guilabel:`最小数量`：产品的最小可用数量。当库存水平低于此数量时，将触发补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " "after replenishing the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`（最大数量）：补货后的可用产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`多个数量`：如果产品应按特定数量订购，请输入应订购的数量。例如，如果 :guilabel:`多个数量` 设置为 `5`，而只需要 " "3 个，则会补货 5 个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " "will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " "Orders` button is clicked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`待订购`：当前需要的产品数量，如果点击 :guilabel:` 订购一次` 或 :guilabel:`自动下单` " "按钮，则将订购该数量的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`：获取产品时使用的度量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." msgstr "guilabel:`公司`：获取产品的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:131 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`." msgstr "" "默认情况下，:guilabel:`待订购`字段中的数量是达到设置的:guilabel:`最大数量`所需的数量。但是，可以通过点击字段并更改值来调整 " ":guilabel:`待订购` 数量。要手动补充产品，请单击 :guilabel:`订购一次`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:135 msgid "" "To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " ":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " ":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." msgstr "" "要在:guilabel:`补货`页面自动补货，请单击行右侧的:guilabel:`自动订单`，该图标由:guilabel:`🔄（圆形箭头）`表示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:138 msgid "" "When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " "|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." msgstr "单击此按钮后，每当预测库存水平低于重新排序规则设置的 :guilabel:`最小数量` 时，Odoo 将自动生成草稿 |PO|/|MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:141 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " "replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" " the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`补货` 页面，点击行最右边的 :guilabel:`🔕（休眠）` 图标，可在给定时间内暂时停用重新排序规则或手动补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " ":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " "created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " "that triggered the rule as the source document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:158 msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:160 msgid "" "Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " "hidden by default." msgstr "由于定制产品推荐使用 |MTO| 路由，因此默认情况下该路由是隐藏的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:169 msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" msgstr "在 Odoo 中激活 |MTO| 路由：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:163 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "激活位于 :guilabel:`仓库` 部分下的 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 设置，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "然后，转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 路径`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "点击 :menuselection:`筛选器 --> 已存档` 以显示存档路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:168 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 旁边的复选框，然后点击 :menuselection:`操作 --> 取消存档`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:172 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " "warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 设置也会激活 :guilabel:`存储位置`。如果这些功能不适用于仓库，请在取消 |MTO| " "路线的存档后禁用这些设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:176 msgid "" "To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " "desired product to open its product form." msgstr "" "要将产品的采购路线设置为 |MTO|，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后点击所需的产品以打开其产品表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:179 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." msgstr "" "然后，点击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，在选项的 :guilabel:`路线` 部分，选择 :guilabel:`补货订单（MTO）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:182 msgid "" "For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" " route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab of the product form." msgstr "" "对于直接从供应商处购买的产品，除 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 途径外，请确保选择了 :guilabel:`购买` " "途径。此外，确保在产品表单的 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡中配置了供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:186 msgid "" "For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " "route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " "which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " "the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:192 msgid "" "The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:23 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" " in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " "the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " "field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " "field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" " the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:54 msgid "" "If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" "ref:`供应商订单 `：采购订单（PO）上的采购 |UOM| " "转换为内部仓库单据上的 |UOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" ":ref:`自动补货 `：当产品（在 |UOM| " "中追踪）的库存水平低于一定水平时生成 |PO|。但是， |PO| 是使用采购的 |UOM| 创建的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Sell products `: if a " "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" ":ref:`销售产品 `：如果销售订单（SO）上使用了不同的 " "|UOM| ，则数量将转换为交货订单上仓库首选的 |UOM| 数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" "在*采购*应用程序中创建新的询价单（RFQ）时，Odoo 会自动使用产品的指定采购计量单位。如有需要，请手动编辑询价单上的 " ":guilabel:`UoM` 值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "将 |RFQ| 确认为 |PO| 后，点击 |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "Odoo 会自动将采购计量单位转换为产品的销售/库存计量单位，因此交货收据的 :guilabel:`需求` 列会显示转换后的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:113 msgid "" "When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:169 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:138 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:150 msgid "" "Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " "button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " "Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:160 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:163 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " "order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " "|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:168 msgid "" "For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:5 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to individual products allows the for tracking of " "properties, :doc:`expiration dates `, and location " "throughout the supply chain, which particularly benefits manufacturers " "providing after-sales services." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Serial Numbers `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:13 msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers are assigned to products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:15 msgid "" "in the :ref:`Detailed Operations page " "` on a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:17 msgid "" "by clicking the :ref:`Assign Serial Numbers " "` button on a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:19 msgid "" "in the :ref:`Open: Stock move window ` on a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 msgid "" ":doc:`during a manufacturing order " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " "product tracked by lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 msgid "" "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a" " receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and " "Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 msgid "" "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in " "the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's " "configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 msgid "Detailed Operations" msgstr "作业详情" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first" " time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. " "Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 msgid "" "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for " "quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:0 msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 msgid "" "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the " "top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 msgid "" "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the " "steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click " "the receipt's :guilabel:`Validate` button, until the products are received " "from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 msgid "" "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the " "serial number for a single product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst-1 msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial " "numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 msgid "" "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)`" " icon in the :ref:`product line `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst-1 msgid "Show the plus icon in the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:110 msgid "" "If the icon is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The " ":guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity " "requiring serial numbers. Manually input the first serial number in the " ":guilabel:`First SN` field, and click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` to " "generate a sequence of serial numbers based on the first serial number " "entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst-1 msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line " "` of a receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "添加行" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually " "input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst-1 msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 msgid "Generate Serials" msgstr "生成序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst-1 msgid "Show generate serials button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where " "the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to " "generate a sequence of serial numbers, based on the first serial number " "entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 msgid "" "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this " "section `." msgstr "" "有关如何填写此弹出窗口的详细信息，请 :ref:`参考本节 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 msgid "Import Serials" msgstr "导入序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 msgid "" "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is " "selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial " "number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 msgid "" "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to" " the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:0 msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to " "the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "Number` table, in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace" " the serial numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` " "option unchecked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`生成`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" " been assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:0 msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " "in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" "*批次号*和*序列号*是在 Odoo 中识别和追踪产品的两种方法。虽然这两种追踪方法有相似之处，但也有显著的区别，会影响收据、交货和库存报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 msgid "" "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "何时使用批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "批次适用于大量生产或接收的产品，如服装或食品。批次还可用于追溯产品组，这在管理产品召回或有效期时特别有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" "制造商为具有共同属性的产品组分配批号；这可能导致多种产品共享相同的批号。这有助于识别单个组中的多个产品，并允许对这些产品生命周期中的每个步骤进行端到端追溯。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "何时使用序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "为单个产品分配序列号的目的是确保每件产品在供应链中的历史都是可识别的。这对于为其销售和交付的产品提供售后服务的制造商尤其有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "产品序列号列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "序列号可以包含多种不同类型的字符：数字、字母、印刷符号或三种类型的混合字符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "追溯" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考可追溯性报告，了解产品的整个生命周期。这些报告包括重要信息，如产品的来源（何时）、存储地点和送货对象。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " "serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" "要查看产品的完整可追溯性，或按批次和/或序列号分组产品，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 面板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 msgid "" "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "在这里，默认情况下会列出已分配批次或序列号的产品。这些产品还可以展开，以显示具体分配给它们的批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 msgid "" "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "要按批次或序列号分组，首先要删除右上角搜索栏中的任何默认筛选器。然后，单击 :guilabel:`分组方式`，并选择 " ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，这将显示一个小型下拉菜单。从该迷你下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " "expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" "这样做会显示所有现有的批次和序列号，并且可以展开每个序列号以显示与该分配号码相关的所有产品数量。对于*不*重复使用的唯一序列号，每个序列号应该仅对应一个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "报告页面包含批次和序列号的下拉列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " "number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " "specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " "this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" "有关单个批号或序列号的其他信息，请点击批号或序列号的行项目，以显示该特定编号的 :guilabel:`批次` 或 :guilabel:`序列号` " "表格。在该表单中，点击:guilabel:`位置` 和 :guilabel:`追溯性` " "智能按钮，查看使用该序列号的所有库存。使用该批次或序列号进行的任何操作也可在此找到。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，*有效期*可用于管理和追踪易腐产品从购买到销售的生命周期。通过使用有效期，可以降低因为产品过期而造成的损失，并且有助于避免向客户提供过期产品的情况发生。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，只有使用*批次*和*序列号*追踪的产品才能分配过期信息。一旦分配了批号或序列号，就可以设置有效期。这对经常或专门购买和销售易腐产品的公司（如食品制造商）特别有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "启用有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" "要启用*有效期*，请进入:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，然后向下滚动到:guilabel:`可追溯性`部分。然后，点击复选框启用 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "激活该功能后，将出现一个启用 :guilabel:`有效期`的新选项。点击复选框启用该功能，并确保 :guilabel:`保存` 更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "启用批次、序列号和有效期设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " "features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " ":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " "features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " "product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" "激活:guilabel:`批次和序列号`功能后，:guilabel:`在送货单上显示批次和序列号`、:guilabel:`在发票上显示批次和序列号`和:guilabel:`在送货单上显示有效期" " `等附加功能就会出现。激活这些功能有助于实现端到端的可追溯性，从而更容易管理产品召回、识别`不良`批次产品等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "配置产品的有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " "expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" "在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 和 :guilabel:`有效期` 功能后，即可在单个产品上配置到期信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择要编辑的产品。选择产品后，将显示该特定项目的产品表单。进入产品表单后，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`编辑` 进行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "要使用批次或序列号进行跟踪，或配置有效期信息，产品*必须*在 :guilabel:`一般信息`选项卡下将其 :guilabel:`产品类型`设置为 " ":guilabel:`可储存产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" "然后，单击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分。在这里，确保选中 " ":guilabel:`按照唯一序列号` 或 :guilabel:`按批次`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " "also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " "appears to the right." msgstr "" "一旦启用，就会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`有效期`复选框，也必须点击该复选框。两者都启用后，右侧会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`日期` " "字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "如果产品在激活批号或序列号追踪之前已有库存，则可能需要进行库存调整，以便为现有库存分配批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "对于处理大量收货或交货的产品，建议使用批次进行跟踪，以便在出现任何问题时可追溯到同一批次的多个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "有效期配置在产品表格上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " "information to configure for the product:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`日期` 字段下，可为产品配置四类到期信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr ":guilabel:`有效期`：收到产品（从供应商或生产后的库存）后的天数，在此天数内，货物可能变得危险，不应使用或消费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " "dangerous yet." msgstr ":guilabel:`最佳使用时间`：货物到期前的天数，商品开始变质，**尚未**变得危险。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr "guilabel:`移除时间`：到有效期之前的天数，商品应从库存中移除。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr ":guilabel:`提醒时间`：指在到期之前的天数，在此期间应对特定批次或包含特定序列号的商品进行提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "这些字段中输入的值会自动计算库存中商品的有效期，无论是从供应商购买还是在内部生产。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "配置好所有有效期信息后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，保存所有更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`日期` " "字段未填入任何过期信息值，则可在仓库收货和发货时手动分配日期（和批次）。即使分配了日期，也可以根据需要手动覆盖和更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "在带有批次和序列号的收据上设置有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" " the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" "可直接从采购订单生成**入库**货物的有效期。要创建采购订单，请转到 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`，以创建新的询价单（RFQ）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107 msgid "" "Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`." msgstr "" "然后，通过添加 :guilabel:`供应商` 来填写信息，并通过点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 在 :guilabel:`产品` 行添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " "converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" "更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的订购数量，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`。这将把 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`" " 转换为采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " "to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " "assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" "在为订购的产品数量分配序列号之前点击 :guilabel:`验证` 会弹出 :guilabel:`用户错误` " "窗口。弹出窗口要求输入订购产品的批号或序列号。如果未指定批号或序列号，则无法验证 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "验证无批号订单时弹出用户错误信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " "located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" "从此处，点击产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`附加选项` 菜单（汉堡）图标。点击后，将出现 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130 msgid "" "In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " "number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." msgstr "在弹出窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，并在:guilabel:`批次/序列号名称` 字段下指定批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " "the product form (if previously configured)." msgstr "根据产品表单上的配置（如果以前配置过），有效期会自动弹出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "this date can be manually entered." msgstr "如果未配置产品表单上的 :guilabel:`日期` 字段，则可手动输入此日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "确定有效期后，标记 :guilabel:`已完成` 数量，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。最后，点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "弹出详细操作，显示订购产品的有效期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" "验证收据后将出现 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮可查看更新的 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性报告`，其中包括：:guilabel:`参考资料` " "文档；正在追踪的:guilabel:`产品`；:guilabel:`批次/序列号 #` 等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "为制成品设定有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" "要创建一个 :abbr:`MO（制造订单）`，进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`。从 :guilabel:`产品` 字段下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品，然后选择要生产的 :guilabel:`数量`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174 msgid "" "Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " "from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " "automatically assign a new lot number." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`批次号/序列号` 旁边，从下拉菜单中选择一个现有批号，或者点击绿色的 :guilabel:`+` 符号自动分配一个新批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177 msgid "" "Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" " :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中选择单位数，并点击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " "form for that specific number." msgstr "" "点击分配的 :guilabel:`批次号/序列号` 字段中的 :guilabel:`外部链接` 图标。会出现一个弹出窗口，显示该特定编号的详细表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " "that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " "information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " "or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" "在弹出的 :guilabel:`日期` 选项卡下，会显示之前为产品配置的所有过期信息。同样的信息也可在特定产品的详细表单中找到，或进入 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "日期选项卡，包含特定批号的有效期信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "销售有保质期的产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "销售有保质期的易腐产品的方法与其他类型的产品相同。销售易腐产品的第一步是创建销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "要执行此操作，请访问 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 创建新报价单，并在销售订单表单上填写信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" "添加一个 :guilabel:`客户`，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品`将所需产品添加到 :guilabel:`产品` 行，并为产品设置 " ":guilabel:`数量`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" "然后，点击 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`送货` 部分，将 :guilabel:`送货日期` " "更改为预期日期之后的日期，并点击 :guilabel:`绿勾` 图标确认日期。最后，点击:guilabel:`确认`，确认销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "然后，点击销售订单顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看仓库收据表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" "在仓库收据表单中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`，然后在弹出窗口中点击 :guilabel:`应用`，自动处理所有 :guilabel:` 完成` " "数量，并将产品交付给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts will be created." msgstr "如果产品在产品表单上设置的 :guilabel:`提醒日期` 之前交付，则不会创建提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" "要销售有保质期的易腐产品，产品存储的 :guilabel:`位置`的 :guilabel:`移除策略` 必须设置为 : " "abbr:`FEFO（先到期先出）`。如果一批易腐烂产品的库存不足，Odoo 将自动从下一个最短到期日的第二批产品中提取所需的剩余数量。移除策略也可在 " ":guilabel:`产品类别`上设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "查看批次和序列号的有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "要按批号查看（和/或分组）所有产品的有效期，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." msgstr "" "进入后，从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏移除任何默认搜索筛选器。然后，点击:guilabel:`分组方式`，选择 " ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`到期日`参数。最后，点击 :guilabel:`应用`，以应用筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " "the assigned lot number." msgstr "这样做可以细分所有易腐产品、其保质期和指定的批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "在批次和序列号页面上按有效期分组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "过期提醒" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "要查看过期提醒，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " "form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " "related to the products." msgstr "" "然后，单击包含易腐产品的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。这样就会显示序列号详情表。在序列号详情表单中，点击 :guilabel:`日期` " "选项卡，查看与产品有关的所有过期信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" "要编辑表格，请点击表格左上角的 :guilabel:`编辑`，然后将 :guilabel:`到期日`更改为今天（或更早），并点击 :guilabel:`" " 保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " "either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" "保存后，批号表单顶部会显示红色的 :guilabel:`过期提醒`，表示该批次的产品已过期或即将过期。从这里点击返回 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 页面（通过面包屑导航）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "要查看新的过期提醒或已过期（或即将过期）产品的任何过期提醒，请从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中移除所有搜索筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`筛选器`，选择 :guilabel:`过期提醒`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "过期产品的过期提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "批次号码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " "typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," " shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " "properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" "Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " "products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " "product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" "To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" " to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " "next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" ":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "Track by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " "individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " "product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " "the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" " ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "在产品表单上启用按批次追踪功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " "` on the receipt form. When " "shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 msgid "On receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" " on receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 msgid "" "To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " "`_ a |PO| for products tracked " "by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " "appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " "card, and choosing the desired receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " "error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " "the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "添加批次/序列号用户错误弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 msgid "" "On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " "select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " "numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 msgid "Manual assignment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " ":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 msgid "" "To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 msgid "Import lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "在 excel 电子表格中复制批号清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "" "Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " "Lots** pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " "lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " "the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" " unticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 msgid "" ":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 msgid "On delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 msgid "" "Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" " for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 msgid "" "To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " "that specific |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" " kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " "form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " "product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 msgid "" "In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " "displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " ":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " "in that particular lot)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " "depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " "enough to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 msgid "" "Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " ":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 msgid "Lot management" msgstr "批次管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 msgid "" "Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" "通过 :menuselection:`库存管理应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号` 在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` " "仪表板中管理和查看产品的现有批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " "menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" " to :ref:`modify or add details ` " "linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " "` from this page, by clicking " "the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" "默认情况下，批号按产品分组，选择每个产品的下拉菜单可显示现有批号。选择一个批号，可以 :ref:`修改或添加与该批号相关联的详细信息 " "`。也可以通过点击 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮，从该页面 " ":ref:`创建 ` 批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." msgstr "显示 “批次/序列号” 仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 msgid "" "Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " "dashboard." msgstr "在**批次/序列号**仪表板上显示按产品分组的批次号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 msgid "Modify lot" msgstr "修改批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 msgid "" "Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " "separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板上的批次，会显示一个单独页面，在此可提供有关批次的其他信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 msgid "" "Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " "the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " "under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " "number to any desired one." msgstr "" "Odoo 会自动生成一个新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 以跟随最新的编号。不过，也可以对其进行编辑，只需点击 " ":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 字段下的一行，并将生成的编号更改为任何所需的编号即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" msgstr "在批次表格中，可以修改以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " ":guilabel:`Product`" msgstr ":guilabel:`批次/序列号`：更改与:guilabel:`产品`相关联的批次号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " "used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " "manufacturer." msgstr ":guilabel:`内部参考`：记录仓库内部使用的不同于供应商制造商使用的其他批次/序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定提供批号的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" " this text field." msgstr ":guilabel:`说明`：在此文本字段中添加有关批次或序列号的额外详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 msgid "" "On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " "stock moves." msgstr "在现有批次中，:guilabel:`产品`和 :guilabel:`现有数量` 字段**不能**修改，因为批次编号与现有库存移动相关联。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the lot number form." msgstr "显示批号表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" msgstr ":doc:`为批次设置有效期`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 msgid "Add property" msgstr "添加属性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 msgid "" "To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " "methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" msgstr "要为批号添加自定义字段以增强可追溯性，有两种方法可以在批号表单上添加属性：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," " then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" "点击页面左上角的 :icon:`fa-cog`:guilabel:`（cog）` 图标，然后从下拉菜单中选择 :icon:`fa-" "cogs`:guilabel:`添加属性`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " "the existing fields." msgstr "点击位于现有字段下方的 :icon:`fa-plus`:guilabel:`添加属性`按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "" "Name and :doc:`configure the new field " "<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " "property value in the new field." msgstr "" "名称和 :doc:`配置新字段 " "<.../.../.../productivity/knowledge/properties>`。完成后，在新字段中输入属性值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 msgid "" "The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " "wood`." msgstr "新增属性 `木材类型`。其值记录为 `樱桃木`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." msgstr "在批号表格上显示 \"添加属性\" 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 msgid "" ":doc:`Configuring custom properties " "<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" msgstr ":doc:`配置自定义属性<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" msgstr "产品的预留批号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 msgid "" "To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要为产品创建批号，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批号/序列号`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 msgid "" "Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " "To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " "on receipts `." msgstr "" "创建批号是为产品保留批号，但**不会**分配批号。要分配批号，请参阅 :ref:`在收据上指定批号 " "` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " "on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" "虽然 Odoo 会自动生成一个新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 以跟随最新的编号，但可通过点击批次表单上 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`" " 字段下的行并更改生成的编号，将其编辑并更改为任何所需的编号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" "生成新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 后，点击 :guilabel:`产品` " "旁边的空白区域，显示一个下拉菜单。从该菜单中选择要分配新编号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "为产品 `黑色抽屉` 创建批号 `000001`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "带有指定产品的新批号创建表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " "product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" " a receipt `, or when making an " "inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "在创建、保存新批号并将其分配给所需产品后，该批号会保存为与产品相关联的现有批号，在 :ref:`为收据上的产品分配批号 " "` 时或进行库存调整时可以选择该批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" "After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " "Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " "page." msgstr "创建批号后，在分配 :guilabel:`库存调整` 页面上的批号时，`000001` 将显示为 `抽屉黑色` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "显示如何在库存调整页面上分配批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "管理不同操作类型的批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" "By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " "existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " "numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " "order." msgstr "默认情况下，只能在接收产品时创建新的批次，而不能使用现有的批次号。对于销售订单，只能使用现有的批号，不能在发货单上创建新的批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" "要更改在任何操作类型上使用新（或现有）批号的功能，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "操作类型`，然后选择所需的操作类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" "On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " "to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " "ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" "在操作类型表单的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`部分，勾选 :guilabel:`新建` " "复选框，以便在此操作类型中创建新的批号。如果只能选择现有批号，请选择 :guilabel:`使用现有批号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "启用操作类型表单上的可追踪性设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "对于涉及按批次跟踪的产品的仓库间转移，启用 :guilabel:`使用现有批次/序号` 仓库收据选项可能很有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" " was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考可追溯性报告，了解产品的整个生命周期：产品从哪里来、何时到达、在哪里储存、送货对象和时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "要查看产品的完整可追溯性或按批次分组，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 " ":menuselection:`批次/序列号` 仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "默认情况下，这里将列出已分配批号的产品，并可展开以显示这些产品已分配的批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355 msgid "" "To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" " open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," " and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " "the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "要按批次分组，首先移除 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中的任何筛选器。然后，点击 :icon:`fa-caret-" "down`:guilabel:`（向下键）` 图标，打开包含 :guilabel:`筛选器`、:guilabel:`分组方式` 选项和 " ":guilabel:`收藏` 的下拉菜单。在 :guilabel:`分组方式` 部分，点击:guilabel:`添加自定义组` 选项，并从下拉菜单中选择" " :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" "Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " "lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " "products with that assigned number." msgstr "这样做可以重新组织页面上的所有记录，显示所有现有批次和序列号，并可扩展以显示具有该分配编号的产品的所有数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "批号和序列号追溯报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369 msgid "Traceability report" msgstr "追溯报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371 msgid "" "To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " "line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " "form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." msgstr "" "要查看批号的完整库存移动报告，请从 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板中选择批号行。在批号表单中，点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` " "智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." msgstr "显示批次的追溯报告，展示库存的变动情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`差异`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:159 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:7 msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "*包装*是盛放一个或多个产品的物理容器。包装也可用于储存散装物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" msgstr "包裹通常用于以下目的：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " "configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" ":ref:`向客户发货 `：配置包装类型，以符合运输承运商的尺寸和重量要求，简化包装流程，并确保符合承运商的运输规范。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." msgstr "批量存储物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:18 msgid "" "*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" "*包装使用*是 Odoo " "中包装单表单上的一个字段，只有在启用批量转移和包装功能后才会显示。请按以下步骤操作（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" " Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" "默认情况下，包装表单上的*包装用途*字段设置为*一次性包装*。只有在为 " ":ref:`集群拣货` 配置包装时，**才能**将该字段更改为 " "*可重复使用包装*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:25 msgid "" "*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " "cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`, based " "on real shipping weight. Create package types to include the weight of the " "package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping " "cost calculations." msgstr "" "*包装类型* 是一个可选功能，用于 " ":doc:`根据实际运输重量计算运费<.../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`" " 。创建包裹类型，以便在运费计算中包含包裹本身的重量（例如箱子、托盘、其他运输容器）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:31 msgid "" "While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" "虽然包裹常用于 :doc:` 三步交货路线 " "<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`，但它们也可用于任何涉及可储存产品的工作流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:40 msgid "" "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要使用包裹，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`操作` 标题下，激活 " ":guilabel:`包裹` 功能。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "在库存 > 配置 > 设置中激活*包裹*设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:51 msgid "Pack items" msgstr "包装物品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:53 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "可通过以下方式将产品添加到包裹中：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:55 msgid "" "Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" "点击产品线上的每个 :ref:`详细操作` 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:57 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" "使用 :ref:`放入包裹 `按钮将传输中的所有内容放入一个包裹中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:63 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "详细操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:65 msgid "" "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "在任何仓库转移（如收据、交货单）中，点击 :guilabel:`操作` 标签中的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（列表）`图标，将产品添加到包裹中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "在产品行中显示 “详细操作” 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:72 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "打开 :guilabel:`产品` 的 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:74 msgid "" "To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" "要将 :guilabel:`产品` 放到包裹中，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，并将产品分配到 " ":guilabel:`目的地包裹`。选择一个现有软件包，或输入新软件包的名称创建一个新软件包，然后选择 :guilabel:`创建...`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." msgstr "为 “目的地包裹” 字段指定一个包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "12 个 `隔音屏风` 被放置在 `PACK0000001` 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:84 msgid "" "Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " ":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`已完成` 列中指定要放入包中的产品数量。重复上述步骤，将 :guilabel:`产品` 放入不同的包装中。完成后，点击 " ":guilabel:`确认` 关闭窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`将一份订单分多个包裹寄送<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:95 msgid "Put in pack" msgstr "放入包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:97 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "或者，在任何仓库转移上单击 :guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮，创建一个新包裹，并将转移中的所有项目放入新创建的包裹中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "如果在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用了*包裹*功能，则收据、送货单和其他传送表格上会出现 " ":guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "点击 “放入包装” 按钮的图像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "" "In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" "在批量传输`BATCH/00003`中，点击 :guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮创建了一个新的包裹`PACK0000002`，并在 " ":guilabel:`目标包裹` 字段中将所有项目分配给它。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:117 msgid "" "Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" "通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 包裹类型` " "创建包裹类型，以便设置自定义尺寸和重量限制。此功能主要用于计算运费中的包裹重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:122 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`运输承运商<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:125 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`包裹类型` 列表中，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 可打开一个空白的软件包类型表单。表单字段如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`软件包类型`（必填）：定义软件包类型的名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`尺寸`：以毫米（mm）为单位定义封装的尺寸。从左到右的字段定义了 :guilabel:`长度`、:guilabel:`宽度` 和 " ":guilabel:`高度`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr ":guilabel:`重量`：空包裹（如空箱子、托盘）的重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:134 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " "package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" "Odoo 计算包裹重量的方法是将空包裹的重量加上物品的重量，这些重量可在每个产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中的 " ":guilabel:`重量` 字段中找到。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`：包裹中允许的最大装运重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr ":guilabel:`条形码`：定义条形码，以便通过扫描识别软件包类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定一家公司，使该软件包类型**仅**在所选公司可用。如果在所有公司都可用，则将该字段留空。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr ":guilabel:`承运商`：指定此包裹类型的预期运输承运商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr ":guilabel:`承运商代码`：定义与包裹类型相关的代码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "FedEx 快递 25 公斤箱的包裹类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:152 msgid "Cluster packages" msgstr "集群包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:154 msgid "" "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" "要使用*集群包裹*，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并激活位于 :guilabel:`操作` " "部分的 :guilabel:`批量传输` 功能。这样做可使*包裹使用*字段在包裹表单上可见。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "在 “库存” > “配置” > “设置” 中激活*批量传输*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:163 msgid "" "Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" "进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 包裹` 添加新包裹。然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`，或选择一个现有包裹。此操作将打开包裹表单，其中包含以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹参考编号`（必填）：包裹名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`包裹类型`：用于 :ref:`配置装运箱，以便向客户送货 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹类型` 对于配置集群采摘的包裹来说是不必要的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr ":guilabel:`装运重量`：用于输入经磅秤测量后的包裹重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:176 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定一家公司，使包裹**仅**在所选公司可用。如果包裹在所有公司都可用，则将该字段留空。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：软件包的当前位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹日期`：包裹创建日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`包裹用途`：如果包裹用于在仓库内移动产品，则选择 :guilabel:`可重复使用`；如果包裹用于将产品运送给客户，则选择 " ":guilabel:`一次性`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "显示包裹表单以创建集群包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:188 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`使用集群包裹<.../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding " "multiple units of a specific product. Each specific packaging **must** be " "defined on the individual product form." msgstr "在 Odoo *库存* 中，*包裹* 指的是容纳特定产品多个单位的一次性容器。每个特定包装**必须**在单个产品表单中定义。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:8 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a " "12-pack, or a case of 36, need to be configured on the individual product " "form. This is because packagings are product specific — **not** generic." msgstr "" "例如，对于汽水罐，如 6 罐装、12 罐装或 36 罐装，需要在个别产品表单中进行配置。这是因为包装是针对特定产品的，而**不是**通用的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:15 msgid "" "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要使用包裹，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后，在 :guilabel:`产品` 标题下启用 " ":guilabel:`产品包裹` 功能，并点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"." msgstr "通过选择“产品包裹”来启用包裹功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:24 msgid "Create packaging" msgstr "创建包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:26 msgid "" "Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the " ":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page." msgstr "包装可直接在产品表单上创建，或从 :guilabel:`产品包裹` 页面创建。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:30 msgid "From product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:32 msgid "" "Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "通过前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 -> 产品 -> 产品`，然后选择所需的产品，在产品表单上创建包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:35 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the " "table, fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`库存` 标签下，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`包裹` 部分，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`填加行`。在表格中填写以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on " "sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹`（必填）：在销售/采购订单中作为产品包裹选项显示的包裹名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the " "packaging." msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹内数量` （必填）：包裹中的产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the" " product." msgstr ":guilabel:`测量单位`（必填）：量化产品的测量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "sales orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`销售`：为用于销售订单的容器选中此选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "purchase orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`采购`：如果容器用于采购订单，请选中此选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:46 msgid "" "Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by " "clicking the :guilabel:`(sliders)` icon to the far-right of the column " "titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired " "options from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`包裹` 部分列标题最右侧的 :guilabel:`（滑块）` 图标，并从出现的下拉菜单中选择所需的选项，即可访问下面 " ":guilabel:`包裹` 表中的其他字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Show the additional options menu's icon: sliders." msgstr "显示附加选项菜单的图标：滑块。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or " "pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave " "blank if not in use." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`条形码`：使用:ref:`条形码应用程序` " "在库存移动或拣选中追踪包装的标识符。如果不使用，则留空。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：表示包装仅在所选公司提供。留空表示包装在所有公司都可用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin" " by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` " "to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings." msgstr "" "要为六件 `葡萄汽水` 创建包装类型，首先点击 :guilabel:`添加行`。在行中，将 :guilabel:`包装` 命名为`6件`，并将 " ":guilabel:`包含数量` 设置为`6`。对其他包装重复此过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "为产品制作 6 个包装箱。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:69 msgid "From product packagings page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:71 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要查看已创建的所有包裹，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品包裹`。这样就会显示 " ":guilabel:`产品包裹` 页面，其中包含已为所有产品创建的所有包裹的完整列表。点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建新包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:77 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` " "of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" "`葡萄汽水` 和 `健怡可乐` 这两种汽水产品配置了三种类型的包装。在 :guilabel:`产品包装` 页面上，每种产品可以作为包含 6 个产品的 " "`6罐装`、包含 12 个产品的 `12罐装` 或包含 32 个产品的 “整箱” 进行销售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "产品的不同包装清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:86 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "应用包装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:88 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` " "field." msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中创建销售订单时，请指定产品应使用的包装。所选包装将显示在 " ":guilabel:`包装`字段下的:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:93 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:100 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" "包装可与 Odoo :ref:`条形码 ` " "结合使用。从供应商处接收产品时，扫描包装条形码会自动将包装中的单位数添加到产品的内部计数中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" msgstr "重新分配批次/序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 msgid "" "Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " "*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " "records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " "adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " "originally assigned lots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 msgid "" "This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " "to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " "quantities *with* the lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" msgstr ":doc:`设置和使用批号`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 msgid "" "To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " "by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the intended product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "column, change the value to zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 msgid "" "If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " "hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 msgid "Change traceability setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 msgid "" "Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " "from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " "Serial Number`." msgstr "" "返回产品表单（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`），并切换到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡。在 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，将 :guilabel:`追踪` 选项从 :guilabel:`无追踪` 更改为 :guilabel:`按批次`" " 或 :guilabel:`按唯一序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." msgstr "启用批次和序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 msgid "" "After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " "quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" " product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " "been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " "appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" "left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " ":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` to its original value." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`更新数量`页面上，由于现有数量先前已更改为零，页面上会出现:guilabel:`无库存现有量` " "的警告。在这里，点击左上角的:guilabel:`新建`按钮。这样会在:guilabel:`更新数量`页面上显示一个新的可修改行。然后，在:guilabel:`批次/序列号`字段中输入所需的批次号，并调整" " :guilabel:`现有数量` 至其原始值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 msgid "" "To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " ":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " "button on the far-right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 msgid "" "The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " "displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 msgid "Show the history entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " and products." msgstr "" "*序列号*是在 Odoo 中识别和追踪产品的两种方法之一。序列号是逐步（或按顺序）分配给项目或产品的唯一标识符，用于将其与其他项目和产品区分开来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " "be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " "symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "序列号可以由多种不同类型的字符组成：可以是严格意义上的数字，也可以包含字母和其他排版符号，还可以是上述所有字符的混合体。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" " chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "为单个产品分配序列号的目的是确保每件产品在供应链中的历史都是可识别的。这对于为其销售和交付的产品提供售后服务的制造商尤其有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " "Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save changes." msgstr "" "要使用序列号追踪产品，必须启用 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 功能。要启用此功能，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> " "配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`追溯性` 部分，然后点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 旁边的方框。记住点击 " ":guilabel:`保存` 按钮，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "启用批次和序列号设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "配置产品序列号追踪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 设置后，现在可以使用序列号追踪单个产品。要进行配置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 " "--> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择要追踪的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "进入产品表单后，点击 :guilabel:`编辑`，然后点击 :guilabel:`库存`选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:44 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " "can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " "of this product." msgstr "" "进入产品表单后，点击 :guilabel:`编辑`，导航到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，然后滚动到 :guilabel:`追溯性` " "部分。然后，选择 :guilabel:`按唯一序列号` 选项，并单击 " ":guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。现在可以选择现有或新的序列号，并将其分配给新接收或生产的该产品批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "在产品表单上启用序列号追踪功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:54 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" " have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "如果产品没有分配序列号，则会出现一个用户错误弹出窗口。错误信息说明库存产品没有批次/序列号。不过，可以通过库存调整为产品分配批次/序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "为库存产品创建新的序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:61 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" "可以为库存中未分配序列号的产品创建新序列号。要执行此操作，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`。这样就会显示一个空白的批次/序列号表单。新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 会自动生成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:67 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" "虽然 Odoo 会自动生成一个新的批次/序列号，紧跟最近的编号，但可通过点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` " "字段下的行并更改生成的编号，将其编辑和更改为任何所需的编号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" "生成 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 后，点击:guilabel:`产品` 旁边的空白区域，显示一个下拉菜单。从该菜单中选择要分配新编号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" "此表单还提供调整 :guilabel:`数量` 的选项，分配唯一的 :guilabel:`内部参考` 编号（用于可追溯性目的），并在 " ":guilabel:`网站` 字段中将此特定批次/序列号配置分配给特定网站（如在多网站环境中工作）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "也可在下面的 :guilabel:`描述` 标签中添加对该特定批次/序列号的详细描述。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "完成所有所需配置后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮保存所有更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "为现有产品库存创建新的序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" "创建新序列号、将其分配给所需产品并保存后，返回产品表单，进入 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`，并选择刚刚分配新创建批号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "在该产品的详细信息表单中，点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 智能按钮查看新序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "管理发货和收货的序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:99 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " "order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " "sales order form." msgstr "可为**入库**和**出库**货物分配序列号。对于入库货物，直接在采购订单上分配序列号。对于出库货物，直接在销售订单上分配序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "Assign serial numbers to newly received products" msgstr "为新接收的产品分配序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done on the receipt, " "by clicking the :ref:`Detailed Operations smart button " "` or by clicking the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the product line." msgstr "" "可在收据上点击 :ref:`详细操作智能按钮`，或点击产品行中的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（列表）`图标，为**入库**货物分配序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`create_sn`" msgstr ":doc:`create_sn`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Display the bulleted list icon and Detailed Operations smart buttons." msgstr "显示项目列表图标和详细操作智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:118 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to received " "quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The pop-up " "requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a serial" " number being assigned." msgstr "" "在为收到的数量分配序列号之前点击 :guilabel:`验证` 会弹出 :guilabel:`用户错误` " "窗口。弹出窗口要求输入订购产品的批号或序列号。在未分配序列号的情况下，:guilabel:`RFQ（询价单）`**无法**验证。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "弹出用户错误提示，提示输入序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:127 msgid "" "There are multiple ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "有多种方法可以做到这一点：手动分配序列号、自动分配序列号以及从电子表格中复制/粘贴序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:131 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "自动分配序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:133 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "如果大量产品需要分配单独的序列号，Odoo 可以自动生成并为每个产品分配序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" "为此，请从 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`首个序列号` 字段开始，按照所需的分配顺序键入第一个序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:139 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:142 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:152 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " "supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " "the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " "column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " "serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:170 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:173 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " ":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:185 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:187 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:189 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " "so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " "out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "然后，更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的销售数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " "becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" " appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看该特定 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）` 的仓单表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " "number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:216 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:222 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " "quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:232 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " "cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " "cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" " used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:239 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:243 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:249 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " "from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " "option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:262 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:272 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:277 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " "serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " "serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:293 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:69 msgid "Product type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:7 msgid "" "Define *product types* in Odoo to track products in varying levels of " "detail." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:9 msgid "" "Classify products as *storable* to track stock counts, allowing users to " "trigger :doc:`reordering rules <../product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " "for generating purchase orders. *Consumable* products are assumed to always " "be in stock, and *service* products are performed and served by the " "business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Product Type " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:18 msgid "Set product type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:20 msgid "" "To set a product type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select the desired product from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:23 msgid "On the product form, in the :guilabel:`Product Type` field, select:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storable Product` for products tracked with stock counts. Only " "storable products can trigger reordering rules for generating purchase " "orders;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose :guilabel:`Storable Product` if it is necessary to track a product's " "stock at various locations, inventory valuations, or if the product has lots" " and/or serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Consumable` for products that are always assumed to be in stock, " "whose quantities are not necessary to track or forecast (e.g. nails, toilet " "paper, coffee, etc.). Consumables are replaceable and essential, but exact " "counts are unnecessary; or" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Service` for sellable service products that are performed, and " "not tracked with stock counts (i.e. maintenance, installation, or repair " "services)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:0 msgid "Set a product type on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:43 msgid "" "The product types listed above are part of the standard *Inventory* app. For" " access to the fields below, :ref:`install ` the " "corresponding apps **in addition** to *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Booking Fees`: charge a fee for booking appointments through the " "*Appointments* app. Requires the installation of the *Calendar* app and *Pay" " to Book* (`appointment_account_payment`) module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Combo`: create discounted products sold in a bundle. Requires the" " installation of the *PoS* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Ticket`: sold to attendees wanting to go to an event. " "Requires the installation of the *Events* app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Booth`: sold to partners or sponsors to set up a booth at " "an event. Requires the installation of the *Events* app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Course`: sell access to an educational course. Requires the " "installation of the *eLearning* app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:59 msgid "Compare types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:61 msgid "" "Below is a summary of how each product type affects common *Inventory* " "operations, like transfers, reordering rules, and the forecasted report. " "Click the chart item with an asterisk (*) to navigate to detailed sections." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:70 msgid "Storable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:71 msgid "Consumable" msgstr "可消耗" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:72 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:73 msgid "Physical product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:107 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:113 msgid "No" msgstr "否" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:118 msgid "On-hand quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:78 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:79 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:81 msgid "" ":doc:`Inventory valuation " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:139 msgid "Create transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:87 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:88 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:89 msgid ":ref:`No* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Lot/serial number tracking `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:81 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:98 msgid "Can be manufactured or subcontracted" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:100 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:102 msgid "Can be in a kit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:106 msgid "Placed in package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:108 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:110 msgid "Appears on Inventory report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:111 msgid ":ref:`Yes `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:120 msgid "" "A storable product's on-hand and forecasted quantities, based on incoming " "and outgoing orders, are reflected on the product form, accessed by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the" " desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:128 msgid "Show \"On Hand\" and \"Forecast\" smart buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:128 msgid "" "Current and forecasted quantities are displayed in the **On Hand** and " "**Forecasted** smart buttons on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the other hand, consumable products are regarded as always available, and" " they **cannot** be managed using reordering rules or lot/serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:141 msgid "" "*Transfers* are any warehouse operation, such as receipts, internal or batch" " transfers, or deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:144 msgid "" "When creating a transfer for storable products in the *Inventory* app, " "transfers modify the on-hand quantity at each location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:147 msgid "" "For example, transferring five units from the internal location `WH/Stock` " "to `WH/Packing Zone` decreases the recorded quantity at `WH/Stock` and " "increases it at `WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:152 msgid "" "For consumable products, transfers can be created, but exact quantities at " "each storage location are not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:157 msgid "" "Service products cannot be included in transfers, but these products can be " "`linked to projects and tasks for deadline tracking " "`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:165 msgid "" "Both storable and consumable products can be included in a request for " "quotation in the *Purchase* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:168 msgid "" "However, when receiving consumable products, their on-hand quantity does not" " change upon validating the receipt (e.g. `WH/IN`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:174 msgid "Manufacture or subcontract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:176 msgid "" "Storable and consumable products can be manufactured, subcontracted, or " "included in a bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:183 msgid "Show \"Bill of Materials\" and \"Used In\" smart buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:183 msgid "" "When the **Bill of Materials** and **Used In** smart buttons are visible on " "the product form, this indicates the product can be manufactured or used as " "a component of a |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:191 msgid "" "Both storable and consumable products can be placed in :doc:`packages " "`." msgstr "可储存和可消耗的产品都可以放在 :doc:`包裹` 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:193 msgid "" "However, for consumable products, the quantity is not tracked, and the " "product is not listed in the package's :guilabel:`Contents`, accessed by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and " "selecting the desired package." msgstr "" "但是，对于易耗品，数量不会被追踪，产品也不会在包裹的 :guilabel:`内容` 中列出，访问方法是进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序" " --> 产品 --> 包裹` 并选择所需的包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:201 msgid "Show Packages page, containing the package contents list." msgstr "显示包裹页面，其中包含包裹内容列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:201 msgid "" "A consumable product was placed in the package, but the **Content** section " "does not list it." msgstr "在包裹中放置了消耗品，但**内容**部分没有列出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:203 msgid "" "If the *Move Entire Package* feature is enabled, moving a package updates " "the location of the contained storable products. However, the location of " "consumable products are not updated." msgstr "如果启用了*移动整个包裹*功能，移动包裹会更新所含可储存产品的位置。但是，消耗品的位置不会更新。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:209 msgid "Inventory report" msgstr "库存报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:211 msgid "**Only** storable products appear on the following reports." msgstr "**只有**可储存产品出现在以下报告中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:213 msgid "" "The *stock report* is a comprehensive list of all on-hand, unreserved, " "incoming, and outgoing storable products. The report is only available to " "users with :doc:`administrator access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`, and is found by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" "*库存报告*是所有在手、未保留、入库和出库的可储存产品的综合清单。只有拥有 :doc:`管理员访问权限 " "<.../../../.../general/users/access_rights>`的用户才能使用该报告，可以通过导航到 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 库存` 找到。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst-1 msgid "Show stock reporting list found in Inventory > Reporting > Stock." msgstr "显示库存 > 报告 > 库存中的库存报告列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:222 msgid "" "The *location report* is a breakdown of each location (internal, external, " "or virtual) and the on-hand and reserved quantity of each storable product. " "The report is only available with the *Storage Location* feature activated " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`), and to " "users with :doc:`administrator access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" " " "*位置报告*是每个位置（内部、外部或虚拟）的明细，以及每个可储存产品的在手和保留数量。只有激活*存储位置*功能（:menuselection:`库存应用程序" " --> 配置 --> 设置`），并拥有 :doc:`管理员访问权限 " "<.../.../.../.../general/users/access_rights>` 的用户才能使用该报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:227 msgid "" "Navigate to the location report by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 位置`，导航至位置报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst-1 msgid "" "Show location reporting list found in Inventory > Reporting > Locations." msgstr "显示库存 > 报告 > 位置中的位置报告列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "发货和收货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "Advanced operations" msgstr "高级操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" "如果你点击了 **** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **运单** 旁边的 ****" " 点击即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **送给货** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropshipping" msgstr "代发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:7 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" "代发货是一种订单履行策略，允许卖家直接从供应商向客户发货。通常情况下，卖家从供应商处购买产品，将其储存在自己的库存中，一旦客户下单，就将其运送给最终客户。有了代发货服务，供应商负责储存和运送商品。这有利于卖方降低库存成本，包括运营仓库的价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "配置要代发货的产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "要使用代发货作为履行策略，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购`应用程序并选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。在 " ":guilabel:`物流` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`代发货` 复选框，然后点击:guilabel:`保存` 完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:20 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" "接下来，进入 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，点击 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品` 并选择一个现有产品或选择 " ":guilabel:`创建` 配置一个新产品。在 :guilabel:`产品` 页面，确保启用了 :guilabel:`可销售` 和 " ":guilabel:`可购买` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "在产品表单上启用“可销售”和“可购买”复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:29 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，指定供应商及其产品售价。可以添加多个供应商，但采购订单会自动选择列表顶部的供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "指定了供应商的产品表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "最后，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，并启用 :guilabel:`路径` 部分中的 :guilabel:`代发货` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "在产品库存选项卡中启用代发货选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "While it is not necessary to enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route in addition to" " the :guilabel:`Dropship` route, enabling both provides the option of " "dropshipping the product or purchasing it directly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "使用代发货方式履行订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "When a sales order is created for a dropshipped product, an associated " "request for quotation (RfQ) is automatically generated to purchase the " "product from the vendor. Sales orders can be viewed in the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. " "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales " "order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "右上角有采购智能按钮的代发货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order, and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button in " "the top-right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "右上角带有智能收据按钮的代发货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:70 msgid "" "The dropship receipt displays :guilabel:`Partners/Vendors` in the " ":guilabel:`Source Location` field, and :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` in the" " :guilabel:`Destination Location` field. Upon delivery of the product to the" " customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top-left of the " "dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "交货后验证代发货收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:79 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" "要查看所有代发货订单，只需导航到 :menuselection:`库存` :guilabel:`概览` 面板，然后点击 :guilabel:`代发货` " "卡上的青色 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "点击代发货卡上的绿色按钮，查看所有代发货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Shipping cost invoicing" msgstr "运费发票" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "" "Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges " "based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method." msgstr "在发货后向客户开具运费发票，可确保根据距离、重量和方式等实时运输因素准确收费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:" msgstr "在 Odoo 中，运费可通过两种方式开具发票：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "" "Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale " "order. `" msgstr "与客户商定固定成本，并 :ref:`将其包含在销售订单中。`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery " "`, reflecting the actual expenses " "incurred by the business." msgstr "" ":ref:`` 交付后向客户开具发票的运费，反映企业产生的实际费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:19 msgid "" "To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable " "the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要为交货方式设置价格，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`送货` 部分，启用 " ":guilabel:`交付方式` 功能。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings." msgstr "在设置中启用“运送方法”功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:30 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "添加送货方式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and " "click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide " "details about the shipping provider, including:" msgstr "" "接下来，进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 送货方式` 配置每种送货方式的价格，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建` 按钮。这样做会打开一个表单，提供有关送货提供商的详细信息，包括：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method " "(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`（*必填*）送货方式的名称（例如，`平价送货`、`当日送达` 等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, " "if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`提供商`（*必填*）：如果使用第三方承运商，请选择快递服务，如联邦快递，确保已正确与托运承运商整合，并从下拉菜单中选择提供商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：如果出货方法适用于特定公司，请从下拉菜单中选择该公司。留空字段表示该方法适用于所有公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr ":guilabel:`网站`：为电子商务页面配置送货方法。从下拉菜单中选择适用的网站，或留空将该方法应用于所有网页。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`交付产品` （*必填*）：:ref:`销售订单行` " "中列出的作为交货费用的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "Invoice cost on sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "" "To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, " "go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:62 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-" "right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:68 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended " "carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price " "based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the " "items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order " "Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost " "calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:91 msgid "" "Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create " "invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost " "that was added earlier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft " "invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the " ":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:108 msgid "Invoice real shipping costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:110 msgid "" "To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps" " :ref:`above ` to create an invoice with a " "delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero." msgstr "" "要修改发票以反映实际运费，请按照 :ref:`以上 ` 的步骤创建发票，并将交货产品的 " ":guilabel:` 单价`设为零。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:114 msgid "" "Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the " "real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost" " by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "然后，在草稿发票上修改 :guilabel:`单价` 以反映实际运费。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 将调整后的运费开具给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line." msgstr "在发票行显示交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "更改运输标签尺寸" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，可为送货订单选择多种不同类型的发货标签。根据所使用的货运包裹类型，不同的标签尺寸可能更合适，并可根据包裹进行配置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`库存` 模块中，转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 送货 --> " "运输方式`，点击一个送货方式进行选择。在下面的示例中，将使用 *FedEx International*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "不同的运输方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "在:guilabel:`配置`选项卡的:guilabel:`标签类型`下，选择一种可用的标签类型。可用性因承运商而异。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "选择标签类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "当与相应运输公司的销售订单得到确认且交货订单得到验证后，运输标签将自动创建为 PDF 格式，并显示在 :guilabel:`沟通栏` 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "创建销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中，点击 :guilabel:`创建` 并选择一个国际客户。点击:guilabel:`添加产品` " "并选择一个项目。点击 :guilabel:`添加运费`，选择运费方式，然后点击 :guilabel:`获取费率`，最后点击 " ":guilabel:`添加`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "为销售订单添加运输方式和费率。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`确认` 确认报价后，将出现 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "送货订单智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "点击送货单中的 :guilabel:`验证` 确认送货单后，送货单就会出现在 :guilabel:`沟通栏` 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "运送 PDF 文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "标签示例" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "默认 :guilabel:`标签类型` 为 :guilabel:`纸质信件`。FedEx 信件尺寸标签的示例如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "整页信件大小的 FedEx 快递运输标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "作为比较，FedEx 快递下半部分标签的示例如下： " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "半页信纸大小的 FedEx 快递托运标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:3 msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:5 msgid "" "Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " "containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:8 msgid "" "The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" " operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`Carrier labels `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Export documents `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`Package content `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:18 msgid ":ref:`Package label `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:22 msgid "" "To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " "operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:25 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " "in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " "selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " "Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " "related section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:37 msgid "Delivery slip" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:39 msgid "" "A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " "inside (or attached to) the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:43 msgid ":ref:`Picking list `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`Tracking label <../setup_configuration/labels>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:46 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " "` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " "configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " "operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:50 msgid "" "The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " "number, and the total order weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Example delivery slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:60 msgid "Return slip" msgstr "退货单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:62 msgid "" "Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." " It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " "details and customer information. It can also include specific return " "instructions for the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:66 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " "` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " "configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " "operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:70 msgid "" "The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " "for both the order and the return operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Example return slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:80 msgid "Product labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:82 msgid "" "Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " "information, such as product name, barcode, and price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:85 msgid "" "After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " "tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:141 msgid "" "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" " each product label can be printed as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," " fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " "fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " "twelve columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 4 x 12." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " "Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:120 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " "(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " "to automatically print labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " "Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:126 msgid "" "Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:132 msgid "Lot/SN Labels" msgstr "批号/SN 标签" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:134 msgid "" "Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " "information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:137 msgid "" "To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " "options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" " Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " "Labels` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " "numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " "barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:154 msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " "items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " "four rows and twelve columns per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " "Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " "barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:160 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " "items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " "name, lot/serial number, and barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:166 msgid "Carrier labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:168 msgid "" "To automatically print a *carrier label* with the recipient address, " "tracking number, and carrier details for specific third-party shipping " "carriers, complete the following setup:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:171 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Carrier Labels` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type " "settings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:258 msgid "" ":doc:`Connect a printer <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` to Odoo's" " *IoT* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:174 msgid "" ":ref:`Assign the carrier label to the printer " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:175 msgid "" "Configure the shipping method's :ref:`label type " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:262 msgid "Assign printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:182 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`Connect a printer " "<../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` documentation for details on " "connecting a printer to Odoo's *IoT* app. Upon completion, assign the " "carrier label to the printer, by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> " "Devices`, and selecting the desired printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show a list of IoT devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:191 msgid "" "In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab" " to configure the types of documents the printer automatically prints. Click" " :guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-up window. " "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type `Shipping`, and select " ":guilabel:`Shipping Labels`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:197 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report is for :ref:`export documents " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show carrier label report added to the *Printer Reports*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:204 msgid "" "After adding the :guilabel:`Shipping Labels` report in the " ":guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Report Type` matches " "the IoT-connected printer's type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:207 msgid "" "For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`PDF`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:208 msgid "" "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:213 msgid "Shipping carrier label type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, complete the setup for the :doc:`third-party shipping connector " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. After that, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and " "select the desired shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:219 msgid "" "On the shipping method configuration form, in the :guilabel:`[carrier name] " "Configuration` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Label Format` matches the " ":ref:`report type assigned earlier `:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:223 msgid "" "For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`PDF`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:224 msgid "" "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`ZPL2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the *Label Type* field on FedEx's shipping method configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:231 msgid "Example carrier label" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:233 msgid "" "After validating the operation, the carrier label is generated in the " "chatter, and printed using the IoT-connected printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Show an example carrier label for FedEx." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:242 msgid "" "Carrier label for FedEx, containing the recipient address, tracking number, " "barcode, and other shipping information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:246 msgid ":doc:`Print carrier labels <../setup_configuration/labels>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:251 msgid "Export document" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:253 msgid "" "An *export document*, required by customs to ship packages from one country " "to another, can be automatically printed in Odoo by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:256 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Export Documents` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type " "settings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:259 msgid "Assign the export document to the printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:264 msgid "" "Similar to the :ref:`printer assignment instructions for carrier labels " "`, after connecting a " "compatible printer to the Odoo *IoT* app, go to :menuselection:`IoT app --> " "Devices`, and select the desired printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:268 msgid "" "In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " "tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-" "up window that appears, add the :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report to " "assign the export document to the printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:278 msgid "Export document for a shipment from the USA to Belgium." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:283 msgid "Package content" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:285 msgid "" "A *package content* PDF includes the package's barcode, packed date, along " "with a list of contained products and quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:288 msgid "" "To print this form automatically, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type. " "Then, go to the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, and tick the :guilabel:`Package " "Contents` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:293 msgid "" "If the option is not available, enable the :doc:`Packages " "<../../product_management/product_tracking/package>` feature, by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, ticking the " ":guilabel:`Packages` checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:298 msgid "" "After enabling the feature in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, validating the " "operation prints a PDF of the package contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "" "Package contents form showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:307 msgid "Package contents showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:312 msgid "Package label" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:314 msgid "" "A *package label* that shows the package's barcode and pack date can be " "configured to print upon clicking the *Put in Pack* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:318 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available **only** when the " ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>` feature " "is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:322 msgid "" "After it is enabled, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available on all " "inventory operations (e.g. receipt, pickings, internal transfers, delivery " "orders, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:325 msgid "" "To automatically print the package label when the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` " "button is clicked, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Operation Types`. Select the desired operation type, and tick the " ":guilabel:`Package Label` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab. Labels " "can be printed in :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`ZPL` file formats, as " "defined in the :guilabel:`Print label as` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "PDF of package barcode and package date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:17 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Customer lead time `: " "default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" " the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " "date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " "*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " "days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " "shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" " of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " "earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " "that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " "report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " "days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " "confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " "number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:49 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " "number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " "of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " "Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" " good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:54 msgid "" ":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " "`: number of days " "needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " "product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " "*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " "the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:60 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing " "Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with" " :ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "如果设定的交货日期早于预期日期，Odoo 就会发出警告信息，因为届时可能无法完成订单，从而影响其他仓库业务。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" "7月 11 日确认了一份包含`椰香蜡烛`的:abbr:`销售订单（SO）`。该产品的客户交货时间为 14 天，企业使用 1 " "天的销售安全交货时间。根据交货时间的设定，Odoo 建议在 15 天后的 7 月 26 日进行交货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "在销售订单中设置*交货日期*。启用交货周期功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "以下部分演示如何自动计算预期交货日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:92 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` " "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:109 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:111 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " "In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th," " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "交付多种产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:150 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:160 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" " in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead " "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:181 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " "button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:192 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse " "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " ":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from " "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:227 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " "pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 msgid "Days to purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced " "Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the " "number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it" " from the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:268 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " "delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times" " and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "制造前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:279 msgid "" "Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " "of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:281 msgid "" "To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:284 msgid "" "On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" " (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" " days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:292 msgid "" "If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " "of the components are added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 msgid "" "If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " "be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:298 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:301 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" " calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing " "lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:305 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:307 msgid "" "However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." " Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " "capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " "center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" ":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:313 msgid "" ":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules " "<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:324 msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:326 msgid "" "Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" " going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:330 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" " needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " "prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " "ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " "semi-finished products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:336 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" " Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " "components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:339 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " "added to this value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:343 msgid "" "A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " "and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " "prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:350 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:352 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " "Lead Time`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:356 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:364 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " "manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled " "Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to " "begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:371 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:373 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:376 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:377 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:378 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:379 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:380 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:382 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " "Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the " "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:390 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:392 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:395 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:398 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:402 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:406 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" " Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " "which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " "quotation form. Clicking it opens the picking order to move the ordered " "product from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking order will be created once the sales order is confirmed. To view" " the picking, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the" " :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button, which reveals the picking order " "generated from the previously confirmed sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Picking order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:81 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "After validating the picking, the packing order is ready to process. Click " "back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pack` " "task card on the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button (in this case, :guilabel:`1 To " "Process`). This reveals the packing order generated from the previously " "confirmed sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Packing order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the packing order has been validated, the delivery order is ready to " "process. Navigate back to the original sales order to process the delivery " "by going to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and selecting the sales order " "created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Delivery orders can *also* be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are 3 transfers, " "instead of one. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button shows the " "three operations for this sales order: the picking, the packing, and the " "delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:115 msgid "" "Click the delivery (WH/OUT) transfer to open the delivery order. Then, click" " :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " "process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " "directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " "customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " "same amount of steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " "received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " "ship)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:24 msgid "" "To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " "a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:27 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " "Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 msgid "" "Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" " shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 msgid "" "However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " "form, the feature **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:41 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接接收产品(1步收货）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 msgid "" "When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " "location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " "fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:94 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " "the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " "(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:84 msgid "" "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " "the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " "validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:123 msgid "" "Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" " the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接出货（1步）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" "When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" " to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 msgid "Create sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" " fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " ":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" "Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " "the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " "(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 msgid "Process delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:133 msgid "" "From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " "be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " "moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:144 msgid "" "Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" " the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 msgid ":doc:`shipments_deliveries`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "分两步处理收货和发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " "of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " "this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:15 msgid "" "In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" " be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " "freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " "shelves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " "transferred into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " "respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" " before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " "Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " "strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " "received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " "pack + ship)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " "process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " "Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " "select a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:53 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " "Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " "and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " "and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" " and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " "`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:68 msgid "" "On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " "other necessary changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " "location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " "warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " "and a subsequent internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " "fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " "be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:109 msgid "" "This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " "includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115 msgid "" "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " "the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " "validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" " move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:132 msgid "" "To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:135 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " "of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " "with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "" "Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" "When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " "an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " "location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " "subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 msgid "Process picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" "To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " "locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " "all pickings to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" "Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" " product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " "process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " "form reveals the newly created delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 msgid "" "Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." msgstr "如要查看交货单，请通过面包屑导航回到 :guilabel:`库存概览` 页面，找到 :guilabel:`送货订单` 任务卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " "of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " "previously validated picking." msgstr "点击任务卡上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，显示要处理的所有交货单列表，并选择与之前验证的拣货相关的订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "客户订购产品的送货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" "To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " "to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "要交付产品，请更改 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中的值，使其与 :guilabel:`需求` 字段中的订购数量一致。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" msgstr "分三个步骤处理收据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "有些公司在接收供应商的货物之前需要一个质量控制流程。为此，Odoo 提供了三步收货流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" "在三步收货流程中，产品在输入区收货，然后转移到质量区进行检验。通过质量检验的产品被转入库存。产品在转出质量区并进入库存之前，不能用于进一步加工。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "Odoo 默认配置为 :ref:`收货和发货一步完成 " "`，因此需要更改设置才能使用三步收货。首先，确保在 " ":menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 仓库` 中启用 *多步骤路线* 选项。请注意，激活 " ":guilabel:`多步骤路线` 也将激活 *存储地点*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "在库存设置中激活多步骤路线和存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" "接下来，需要为三步收据配置仓库。要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "仓库`，然后选择需要编辑的仓库。这样就会显示该特定仓库的详细表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`仓库` 详细表格页面，为 :guilabel:`进货` 选择 :guilabel:`收货、质检、入库（三步）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "设置收货选项，分三步接收。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" "激活三步收货和交货会创建两个新的内部位置： *输入* (WH/Input) 和*质量控制* (WH/Quality " "Control)。要重新命名这些位置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "位置`，然后单击点击所需的位置以更改（或更新）名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "创建采购订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " "(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" "要创建一个新的 :abbr:`RfQ（询价单）`，请导航到 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 新建`，这将显示一个空白的 " ":abbr:`RfQ（询价单）`表单页面。在此页面上，选择 :guilabel:`供应商`，添加一个可存储的 :guilabel:`产品`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`确认订单`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" "右上方将出现一个 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，收据将与采购订单关联。点击 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮将显示收据订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "确认订购单后，会出现一个智能收据按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "处理收据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the purchase order (PO) is confirmed, a receipt (`WH/IN`) operation is " "generated and ready to process." msgstr "一旦采购订单 (PO) 得到确认，就会生成收据 (`WH/IN`)，并准备进行处理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:68 msgid "" "The receipt can be confirmed from the original purchase order form, or it " "can be accessed by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and " "locating the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card." msgstr "" "收据可通过原始采购订单确认，也可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序` 并找到 :guilabel:`收据` 任务卡来获取。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all incoming receipts to" " process. Click the receipt associated with the previous purchase order." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，显示所有要处理的收据。点击与上一个采购订单相关联的收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the receipt, and move the product to " "the destination location, :guilabel:`WH/Input`." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`验证`，以验证收据，并将产品移动到目标位置 :guilabel:`WH/Input` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Receipt operation for product being moved to WH/Input location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, an internal transfer operation to move " "the product to quality control is ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:87 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs to navigate back to " "the dashboard, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all internal transfers " "to process. Then, choose the internal transfer associated with the validated" " receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to quality control zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the internal transfer to move the product to quality control has been " "validated, another internal transfer operation to move the product into " "warehouse stock is ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`YourCompany: Internal Transfers` in the breadcrumbs to " "reveal the list of all internal transfers to process. Then, select the new " "internal transfer to move the product from `WH/Quality Control` to " "`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to warehouse stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are many different ways to process receipts and deliveries " "for products moving in and out of a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:8 msgid "" "A company's preferred method of receiving, or shipping, products depends on " "several factors, such as the type of products stocked and sold, the size of " "the warehouse, the amount of receipts and delivery orders processed daily, " "and so on." msgstr "公司首选的收货或发货方式取决于多个因素，如库存和销售的产品类型、仓库规模、每天处理的收货和发货单数量等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:12 msgid "" "Enabling the *Multi-Step Routes* feature in Odoo's *Inventory* app settings " "allows users to change the manner in which receipts and deliveries are " "processed in the database." msgstr "在 Odoo 的 *库存* 应用程序设置中启用 *多步骤路线* 功能，可让用户更改数据库中处理收据和交货的方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:16 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "`使用路由（电子学习教程） `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:17 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:20 msgid "" "The default incoming and outgoing routes in Odoo are set to receive and " "deliver goods in one step. However, once the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is " "enabled, the incoming and outgoing routes can be changed to either two steps" " or three steps." msgstr "Odoo 的默认进出货路线设置为一步收货和一步发货。但是，一旦启用*多步骤路线*功能，进出货路线就可更改为两步骤或三步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:25 msgid "" "To activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要激活*多步路线*功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`仓库` " "部分，勾选 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 旁边的复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:29 msgid "" "Doing so *also* enables the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature, if not " "already enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:31 msgid "" "Adding additional steps to receipts and deliveries moving in and out of the " "warehouse adds additional operations that must be completed *before* a " "product is finally received or shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:34 msgid "" "These configurations vary, depending on the needs of the business. They also" " depend on any requirements for the products stored, including the " "performance of quality control checks on received products, or the use of " "special packaging on shipped products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:39 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:41 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:43 msgid "" "**Receipt**: receive products directly from vendors into stock. *No* " "intermediate steps between receipt and input to stock occur." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "" "**Shipping**: ship products directly from warehouse stock to customer. *No* " "intermediate steps occur before shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:47 msgid "" "Can *only* be used if **not** using First In, First Out (FIFO), Last In, " "First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:50 msgid "" "Suited for warehouses that require receipts and/or deliveries to be handled " "quickly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:51 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:54 msgid ":doc:`receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:59 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:61 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers, or moved to shipping docks " "before being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers, or serial numbers, to track products" " with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:69 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into warehouse stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:71 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (e.g., mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:75 msgid ":doc:`receipts_delivery_two_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:78 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:82 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:84 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:86 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:89 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:91 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:93 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`receipts_three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`delivery_three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:6 msgid "Reservation methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:8 msgid "" "Companies that sell and deliver goods to customers need to make sure they " "always have stock on-hand, so when new sales orders are confirmed, they can " "deliver products on time." msgstr "向客户销售和交付货物的公司需要确保始终备有存货，以便在确认新的销售订单时能够及时交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be handled using *reservation methods*. Reservation " "methods control how products included in a delivery order (DO) should be " "reserved for delivery, ensuring they are reserved at the correct times, for " "the correct orders." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，可以使用*预订方法*来处理这个问题。预订方法控制交货订单（DO）中包含的产品应如何预订交货，确保在正确的时间为正确的订单预订产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:15 msgid "" "There are three different reservation methods in Odoo: *At Confirmation*, " "*Manually*, and *Before scheduled date*." msgstr "Odoo 中有三种不同的预订方法： *确认时*、*手动操作*和*预定日期前*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:20 msgid "At Confirmation" msgstr "确认时" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:22 msgid "" "Reserves products **only** when a sales order is confirmed, **and** if stock" " is already available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:25 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:27 msgid "" "Once a quote is confirmed, product availability **must** be checked " "manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:30 msgid "Before scheduled date" msgstr "在安排日期之前" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:32 msgid "" "A specific number of days can be selected; this is the maximum number of " "days **before** a scheduled delivery date that products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:38 msgid "" "Reservation methods are set on individual operations types. To configure " "reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired operation type. Or, create a" " new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab of the operation type form, locate the " ":guilabel:`Reservation Method` option, and choose which method should be " "used for this type of operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Reservation method field on delivery order operation type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:50 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Before scheduled date` reservation method is selected, a " "new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears below. From this" " field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and :guilabel:`days before " "when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:38 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before` value changes the maximum number of " "days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:58 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum " "number of days before a scheduled date that starred (favorited) transfers " "for products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:0 msgid "" "Reserve before scheduled date fields with before scheduled date method " "chosen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:66 msgid "Required applications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:68 msgid "" "The two required applications that **must** be :ref:`installed " "` to use reservation methods are the *Sales* and " "*Inventory* apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:72 msgid "" "In addition to delivery orders, reservation methods can also be used for " "*manufacturing orders*, *resupply subcontractor* orders, orders for " "*repairs*, and *internal transfers*, if desired. To enable this, configure " "the additional settings:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:76 msgid "" "**For manufacturing orders:** Install the *Manufacturing* application by " "going to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Manufacturing*" " app, and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:79 msgid "" "**For resupply subcontractor:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, enable :guilabel:`Subcontracting`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:82 msgid "" "**For repairs:** Install the *Repairs* application by going to the " ":menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Repairs* app, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:84 msgid "" "**For internal transfers:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " "enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:88 msgid "" "Once these apps are installed, no additional features need to be enabled " "from the settings for reservation methods to work. They will be available by" " default on certain operations types, and can be viewed and changed by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" " Types`, and then clicking on a specific operations type." msgstr "" "安装这些应用程序后，无需从设置中启用其他功能即可使用预订方法。它们默认在某些操作类型中可用，可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 " "--> 配置 --> 操作类型`，然后点击特定操作类型进行查看和更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:33 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` is changed to :guilabel:`Receipt` on " "an :guilabel:`Operations Type` form, reservation methods are **not** " "available." msgstr "" "当 :guilabel:`操作类型` 表单上的 :guilabel:`操作类型` 更改为 :guilabel:`收据` 时，预订方法将**不**可用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1 msgid "" "Operations Types highlighted from the Configurations submenu in the " "Inventory app." msgstr "在“库存”应用程序的“配置”子菜单中突出显示“操作类型”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:3 msgid "At confirmation reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:9 msgid "" "The *at confirmation* reservation method reserves products **only** when a " "sales order (SO) is confirmed, **and** if enough stock of the products " "included in the |SO| is already available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`About reservation methods <../reservation_methods>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:18 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *at confirmation*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new" " one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab on the operation type form, locate the " ":guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`At " "Confirmation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "工作流" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:32 msgid "" "To see the *at confirmation* reservation method in action, create a new |SO|" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:42 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a " "product to add to the quotation from the drop-down menu. Finally, in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of the product to " "sell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:46 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:41 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the " "product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip, which reveals the " ":guilabel:`Reserved` number of units for this order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:57 msgid "" "If there is **not** sufficient quantity of stock for the product included in" " the |SO|, the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon is red, instead of green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the " ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals " "the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Confirmed sales order with product availability tooltip selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:56 msgid "Forecasted Report" msgstr "预测报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:58 msgid "" "To see all the factors that affect product reservation, click the " ":guilabel:`View Forecast` internal link arrow to view the " ":guilabel:`Forecasted Report` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` displays forecast information about the " "product(s) included in the sales order; namely, any live receipts of the " "product, and any active sales orders, which are listed in the " ":guilabel:`Used By` column. See how each order is fulfilled in the " ":guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`预测报告`显示销售订单中包含的产品的预测信息，即产品的任何实时收货和任何活动销售订单，这些信息列在 :guilabel:`使用者`" " 列中。在 :guilabel:`补货` 列中查看每个订单的完成情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:66 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity is calculated at the top " "of the page, by adding the :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Incoming` " "quantity, and subtracting the :guilabel:`Outgoing` quantity, as shown below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "Forecasted quantity equation from the Forecasted Report page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:74 msgid "" "If one order should be prioritized over another order, click the " ":guilabel:`Unreserve` button on the corresponding order line in the " ":guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:77 msgid "" "To deliver the products, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the " "top of the sales order form. To confirm that the reservation worked " "properly, ensure that the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field reads " "`Available` (in green text), and the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` and " ":guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read " "`100.00`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "" "Delivery order for product included in sales order with at confirmation " "reservation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:108 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`Manual reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Before scheduled date reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:3 msgid "Before scheduled date reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Before scheduled date* reservation method allows users to select a " "specific number of days that act as the maximum number of days **before** a " "scheduled delivery date, when products included in a sales order (SO) should" " be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:19 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *Before scheduled date*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new" " one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` " "field, and select :guilabel:`Before scheduled date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:34 msgid "" "Once selected, a new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears" " below. From this field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and " ":guilabel:`days before when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:41 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum " "number of days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved if " "the transfers are starred (favorited)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:45 msgid "" "Here, the :guilabel:`days before` value is set to `2` days before, and the " ":guilabel:`days before when starred` value is set to `3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:48 msgid "" "This means products are reserved two days before the scheduled delivery date" " for normal orders, and three days before the scheduled delivery date for " "starred (favorited) transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 msgid "Reserve before scheduled date field with set numerical values." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:55 msgid "" "This is the configuration applied for the following workflow found below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:58 msgid "Edit product form" msgstr "编辑产品表单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:60 msgid "" "Before the *Before scheduled date* reservation method can be used, ensure " "that a *customer lead time* is added to products that plan to be sold with " "this method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:63 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select the desired product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Logistics` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Customer " "Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:69 msgid "For this example workflow, change it to `5` days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:71 msgid "" "This sets the scheduled delivery date for this specific product to five days" " after the creation date of the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 msgid "Product form with customer lead time set in Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the *Before scheduled date* reservation method in action, create a " "new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:84 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, then, in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a " "product from the drop-down menu that has a configured *customer lead time*, " "to add to the quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of " "the product to sell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:90 msgid "For this sample workflow, set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to `10`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:94 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to " "reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals " "the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method " "is set to *Before scheduled date*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads " "`0 Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:99 msgid "" "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the" " quantity is available, but the scheduled date, for this example workflow, " "is five days from the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:102 msgid "" "Since reservation is not until two days before the scheduled delivery, it " "will not reserve the products until then." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:60 msgid "" "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the " ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Reserved`, and reveals the" " available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, unless there is a set replenishment or a live receipt, it also" " reads :guilabel:`No future availability`, in red text." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:119 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to see the delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:121 msgid "" "On the delivery order form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of " "green. This is because there is sufficient stock on-hand for this order, but" " no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:125 msgid "" "Note the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, above the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field, displays the date five days from the order creation " "date. This indicates that the products are not reserved until three days " "from today's date (two days before the scheduled delivery date)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order form with product availability and reserved quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:133 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column" " do not match (in this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, " "while the :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:137 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0` because the products aren't " "reserved until two days *before* their delivery date. Odoo automatically " "reserves the products once the scheduled date arrives, at which point the " ":guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns will match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:142 msgid "" "If the products in the |SO| should be reserved *sooner* than the scheduled " "reservation date, the reservation can be manually overridden. To manually " "reserve the products sooner than scheduled, click :guilabel:`Check " "Availability` at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:146 msgid "" "This turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` " "field green, and changes the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column to " "match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`At confirmation reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:3 msgid "Manual reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:9 msgid "" "Unlike the *At Confirmation* reservation method, the *Manually* reservation " "method does **not** reserve products automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:12 msgid "" "Instead, once a sales order (SO) is confirmed, product availability **must**" " be checked manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved " "manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:21 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *Manually*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to be configured, or create a" " new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:25 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` " "field, and select :guilabel:`Manually`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:39 msgid "" "To see the *Manually* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:48 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to " "reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals " "the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method " "is set to *Manually*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads `0 Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:53 msgid "" "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the" " quantity is available, but must be manually reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:70 msgid "" "Once the |SO| is confirmed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, " "and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card on the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card displays the current status of live " "orders, including those with a :guilabel:`Waiting` status. Orders with this " "status indicate that the products in those orders have either not been " "reserved yet, or are not in stock at all." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Delivery orders task card with waiting status orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the |SO| created previously, click the :guilabel:`(#) Waiting` button" " on the card (in this case, `8 Waiting`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:84 msgid "" "Locate the delivery order (DO) tied to the |SO| that was previously created," " and click the line to view it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:87 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product" " Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of " "green. This is because there is sufficient stock on hand for this order, but" " no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column" " do *not* match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:94 msgid "" "In this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, while the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:101 msgid "" "To manually reserve the specified quantity of the product for this order, " "click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the form. " "Doing so turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field green, and changes the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:106 msgid "" "This is because there is sufficient quantity in stock to reserve for the " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:111 msgid "" "Multiple orders with a *Waiting* status can be manually reserved at the same" " time, and set to *Ready* status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:114 msgid "" "To do that, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, which reveals the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page. The :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page" " is also accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Overview`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:118 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`(#) " "Waiting` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:121 msgid "" "Then, tick the checkboxes to the left of each desired order, or tick the " "checkbox in the header row, to the far-left, to select all orders on the " "page at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:124 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the " "page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:126 msgid "" "If the products included in every selected order have enough stock on-hand, " "this reserves the products, and moves the order into :guilabel:`Ready` " "status. Upon receiving a :guilabel:`Ready` status, the order disappears from" " the :guilabel:`Waiting` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:130 msgid "" "If there is *not* enough stock on-hand, the order retains its current " "status, and remains on the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:0 msgid "List of orders in waiting status and check availability button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Setup and configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3 msgid "Bpost integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5 msgid "" "Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to " "clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8 msgid "Create a Bpost account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9 msgid "" "Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10 msgid "Set up the shipping method in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12 msgid "" "Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on " "package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost " "business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through " "Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`delivery_method`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23 msgid "Bpost account setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25 msgid "" "To begin, go to the `Bpost website " "`_ to create, or log into, the " "company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the " "company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29 msgid "" "Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for " "shipping services." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:31 msgid "" "After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:36 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, " "then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account " "ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1 msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:45 msgid "Configure Bpost shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:47 msgid "" "With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in " "Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the " "bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:56 msgid "" "For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party " "carrier ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:60 msgid "" "To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels ` through Odoo, ensure the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and " "Create Shipment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:63 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's " "unique :ref:`account ID ` from the Bpost " "website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase " "` from the Bpost website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or " ":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` " "shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` " "enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel " "Return Instructions` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:75 msgid "" "For `domestic delivery " "`_, the options are: :guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, " ":guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Bus`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80 msgid "" "For `international delivery `_, the options are: :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`," " :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international " "deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, " ":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or " ":guilabel:`OTHER`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an " "international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: " ":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or " ":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93 msgid "" "For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the " ":guilabel:`Options` section:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as " "possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` " "selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:98 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print " "a return label upon validating the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1 msgid "Show Bpost shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of " "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing and packaging information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* " "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in " "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Install the *Delivery Costs* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:32 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:40 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >" " Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:47 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like " "Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`. Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:56 msgid "" "For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed" " price `, :ref:`based on rules " "`, or :ref:`pickup in store " "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:71 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:76 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "固定价格" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:78 msgid "" "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then," " click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this " "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:84 msgid "" "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified " "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:88 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:104 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:106 msgid "" "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. " "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:111 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:113 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. " "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the " ":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or " "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:121 msgid "" "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:128 msgid "" "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in " "the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " "Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:133 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "计算运送成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:135 msgid "" "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that " "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:139 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:143 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "如果订单包含五件或以下产品，运费为 $20。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:146 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "如果订单包含五件以上产品，运费为 $50。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:148 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:154 msgid "" "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + " "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:160 msgid "Pickup in store" msgstr "到店提货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:162 msgid "" "To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:165 msgid "" "To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose" " the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the " ":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:172 msgid "" ":doc:`Invoice cost of shipping <../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:177 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "添加物流" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:179 msgid "" "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery " "products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the " "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:183 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens " "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:186 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights " "(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). " "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:191 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:194 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:198 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:255 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:208 msgid "" "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping " "carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method " "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的凭证？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "DHL 密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "DHL 账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" "您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3 msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "打印运输标签" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " "shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking " "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" "将 Odoo 与 :doc:`第三方运输公司<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` " "整合，自动生成包含价格、目的地地址、追踪号码和条形码的运输标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatically print shipping carrier labels " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:18 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate " "the :ref:`delivery method `, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to " ":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. " "Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address " "` and :ref:`product " "weights `." msgstr "" "要为第三方运输工具生成标签，首先 :doc:`安装第三方运输连接器 " "<.../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`。然后，配置并激活 :ref:`配送方法 " "`，确保将 " ":guilabel:`整合级别`设置为 :guilabel:`获取费率并创建货运`，以生成货运标签。最后，提供公司的 :ref:` 源地址 " "` 和 :ref:`产品重量 " "`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "选择“获取费率并创建货运”选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:36 msgid "Labels for multi-step" msgstr "多步骤标签" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38 msgid "" "For companies using :doc:`two " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " "delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " "triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " "Types`, and choose the desired operation." msgstr "" "对于使用 :doc:`两步<.../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_twoo_steps>` 或 " ":doc:`三步交付<.../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` " "的公司，可以在验证分拣或包装操作后触发标签打印。要执行此操作，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "操作类型`，然后选择所需的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:43 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " ":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " "third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`操作类型` 配置页面上，勾选 :guilabel:`打印标签` 复选框。启用此功能可确保在验证此操作时打印第三方出货标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48 msgid "" "For :doc:`two-step delivery " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " "placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " "labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " ":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " "this flexibility." msgstr "" "对于 " ":doc:`两步交付<.../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`，产品在拣选时直接放置在包装中，公司可以在拣选时打印发货标签，而不是交货。Odoo" " 允许用户在 `拣选` 操作本身启用 :guilabel:`打印标签` 功能，以实现这种灵活性。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." msgstr "启用 \"打印标签\" 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:58 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "打印追踪标签" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:60 msgid "" "Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " "default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " "chatter." msgstr "验证特定操作时会打印追踪标签。默认情况下，验证交货单 （DO）会在沟通栏中生成追踪标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:64 msgid "" "For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " "labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " "or packing operation." msgstr "" "对于使用两步或三步交货的公司，请参阅 :ref:`为多步骤交付打印标签 ` 部分，了解如何在验证分拣或包装操作后打印标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:68 msgid "" "When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " "order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " "` to the order. Then, " "navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" "step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." msgstr "" "安装 *销售* 和 *库存* 应用程序后，从 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序开始，转到所需的报价单或销售订单（SO）。在那里，然后 " ":ref:`将运费 ` " "添加到订单中。然后，导航到链接的 |DO| 或使用多步骤交货时的其他操作类型，以验证操作并打印标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:74 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " "Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" "如果只安装了 *库存* 应用程序，则直接在 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序中创建 :abbr:`DO（送货单）`，在 " ":guilabel:`承运商` 字段中添加第三方承运商 ，并验证 |DO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:82 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "在报价单上添加送货方式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:84 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " ":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation." msgstr "" "要为订单生成追踪标签，首先在 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价单` 中创建报价单，点击 " ":guilabel:`新建` 并填写报价单表格。然后，点击报价单右下角的 :guilabel:`添加运费` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:92 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " "Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " "products in the order `. " "Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " "estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " "customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` and :ref:`weight of products in the order " "` are properly configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " "`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to access the |DO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:115 msgid "" "For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " "navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:126 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:128 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:135 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the " "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:146 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:153 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:163 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:164 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/multipack`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Sendcloud configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" "要开始使用，请访问`Sendcloud 的平台 `_，配置账户并生成连接器凭据。使用 " "Sendcloud 账户登录，或根据需要创建一个新账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" "在创建新账户时，Sendcloud 会要求您提供:abbr:`VAT " "（增值税识别）`号码或:abbr:`EORI（经济运营商注册和识别）`号码。完成账户设置后，激活（或停用）将在 Odoo 数据库中使用的运输工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "**required**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:174 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "仓库配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" "登录 Sendcloud 账户后，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 送货 --> 地址`，然后填写 " ":guilabel:`仓库地址`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "在 Sendcloud 设置中添加地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" "为使 Sendcloud 也能处理退货，需要 :guilabel:`退货地址`。在 :guilabel:`杂项部分` 下，有一个名为 " ":guilabel:`地址名称（选填）` 的字段。应在此处输入 Odoo 仓库名称，且字符应完全相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "**SendClould 配置**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr ":guilabel:`杂项`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`地址名称（选填）`：`仓库 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr ":guilabel:`品牌`：`默认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "**Odoo 仓库配置**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：`仓库 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:158 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "设置Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 msgid "" "To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " "` and :ref:`link " "` the Sendcloud shipping" " connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " "`, so Sendcloud can " "accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" "安装后，在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货` " "模块。guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器`设置位于:guilabel:`发货连接器`部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器` 后，点击列出的连接器下方的 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货方式` " "链接。进入:guilabel:`送货方式`页面后，点击:guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式` 也可以通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 送货 --> 送货方式` 访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`新送货方式` 表单中填写以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`：类型 `Sendcloud DPD`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "" "To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " "**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "" "**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " ":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " "address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 msgid "" "To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." " Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " "with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 msgid "" "**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " ":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " "Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " "` of this article for " "detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "" "**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " "the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " "` in the Sendcloud " "setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " ":ref:`warehouse configuration section " "` of the third-party " "shipping documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中创建报价单时，添加发货和 :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "发货产品`。然后，:guilabel:`验证`发货。发货标签文件会在沟通栏中自动生成，其中包括以下内容：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货标签`，取决于包裹数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`退货标签`（如果 Sendcloud 连接器配置了退货标签）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr ":guilabel:`海关文件`（如果目的地国家需要）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "此外，现在还提供了追踪号码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "创建退货标签时，Sendcloud 将自动向配置的 Sendcloud 账户收费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "货物过重" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" "如果发货重量超过配置的 Sendcloud 服务承载能力，则会将重量分割以模拟多个包裹。产品需要放在不同的 :guilabel:`包裹` 中，以便 " ":guilabel:`验证`转运和生成标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" "在 Sendcloud 中还可以设置:guilabel:`规则`，在重量过重时使用其他运输方式。但请注意，这些规则不适用于销售订单上的运费计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "个人运输合同" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" "首先登录 Sendcloud，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 运营商 --> 我的合同`，然后选择目标合同，即可通过 CSV " "上传使用直接运营商合同中的自定义价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "导航至 Sendcloud 中的合同部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`合同价格` 部分，点击 :guilabel:`下载 CSV` 并在 CSV 文件模板的 :guilabel:`价格` " "列中填写合同价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "确保 CSV 文件包含正确的价格，以避免出现任何不准确的情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "显示来自 Sendcloud 的合同 CSV 示例，突出显示价格列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr ":guilabel:`上传` 已完成的 CSV 文件到 Sendcloud，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存价格`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:258 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud：如何上传与运营商的合同价格`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" "许多承运商对重量有多种衡量标准。一种是包裹中产品的实际重量，另一种是*体积重量*（:dfn:`体积重量是指包裹在运输过程中所占的体积。换言之，它是包裹的实际大小。）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:269 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "检查所选承运商是否已经定义了计算体积重量的公式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud：如何计算和自动化包裹体积重量 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:277 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "无法计算运费率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:279 msgid "" "First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " "by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" msgstr "Starshipit 货运" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Starshipit is a shipping service operator that facilitates the integration " "of Australasian shipping couriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can " "create shipping methods that will automatically get rates from specific " "couriers (such as Australia Post, NZ Post, DHL,...) based on predefined " "conditions." msgstr "" "Starshipit 是一家运输服务商，可帮助将澳大利亚和新西兰地区的快递公司与 Odoo " "整合。整合后，用户可以创建运输方式，根据预定义条件自动获取特定快递公司（如澳大利亚邮政、新西兰邮政、DHL等）的运费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Automatically calculate shipping `" msgstr ":doc:`自动计算运费`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`Integrate other third-party couriers `" msgstr ":doc:`整合其他第三方快递公司`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:15 msgid "Setup in Starshipit" msgstr "在 Starshipit 中设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "Create an account and activate couriers" msgstr "创建账户并激活快递" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:20 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Starshipit's platform `_ to " "configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Starshipit account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" "要开始使用，请访问 `Starshipit 平台`_，配置账户并生成连接器凭据。使用 " "Starshipit 账户登录，或根据需要创建一个新账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:25 msgid "Pickup address configuration" msgstr "取件地址配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the " ":guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address." msgstr "" "登录 Starshipit 账户后，进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 取件地址`，填写 " ":guilabel:`取件地址`。确保该字段与仓库地址一致。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "在 Starshipit 设置中添加地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Couriers configuration" msgstr "快递公司配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "To integrate with third-party couriers, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Couriers`, and select :guilabel:`Couriers`." msgstr "要整合第三方快递，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 快递公司`，然后选择 :guilabel:`快递公司`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:45 msgid "" "For details on integrating with different couriers, refer to `Starshipit's " "support center `_." msgstr "" "有关与不同快递公司整合的详细信息，请参阅`Starshipit 支持中心 `_。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:49 msgid "Checkout rates" msgstr "结账费率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs " "are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs." msgstr "要配置运费计算，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 结账费率`。计算运费时，Odoo 会自动应用所选的送货费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "在Starshipit的设置中查看运费费率。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:59 msgid "Starshipit API key" msgstr "Starshipit API 密钥" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Configure shipping rules to assign the correct shipping methods to orders " "based on specific conditions." msgstr "配置发货规则，根据特定条件为订单分配正确的发货方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "To create a rule, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Rules` and click " ":guilabel:`Add a new rule`." msgstr "要创建规则，请转至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 规则` 并点击 :guilabel:`添加新规则`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:66 msgid "" "While there are multiple ways to configure rules, it is recommended to set:" msgstr "虽然有多种配置规则的方法，但建议设置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Condition` to :guilabel:`Contains`" msgstr ":guilabel:`条件` 为 :guilabel:`包含`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Value` to the :guilabel:`product code`" msgstr ":guilabel:`值` 为 :guilabel:`产品代码`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`" msgstr ":guilabel:`操作` 为 :guilabel:`设置快递公司和产品代码`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "Starshipit 设置中的运输规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "Finding Starshipit API credentials" msgstr "查找 Starshipit 应用程序接口证书" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:81 msgid "" "In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in " "the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming " "Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo." msgstr "" "在 Starshipit 账户中，导航到侧边菜单中的:menuselection:`设置 --> API`。此页面包含连接 Odoo " "所需的:abbr:`API（应用程序接口）` 密钥。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys." msgstr "查找 Starshipit API 密钥。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:93 msgid "Install" msgstr "安装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "" "After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database." " To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to " "install it." msgstr "" "建立 Starshipit 账户后，将其与 Odoo 数据库整合。要执行此操作，请进入 Odoo 的 :guilabel:`应用程序` 模块，搜索 " ":guilabel:`Starshipit 运输` 模块，然后点击 :guilabel:`激活` 进行安装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Odoo 应用程序模块中的 Starshipit 运输模块。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:106 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` " "section, activate the :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector` option." msgstr "" "安装后，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 激活该功能。在 :guilabel:`运输连接器` 部分，激活 " ":guilabel:`Starshipit 连接器` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:110 msgid "" "After activating :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector`, click the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. " "Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`Starshipit 连接器` 后，点击连接器下方的 :guilabel:`Starshipit 运输方式` 链接。进入 " ":guilabel:`运输方式` 页面后，点击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "Configure Starshipit in Odoo by filling out the fields on the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` form as follows:" msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置 Starshipit，在 :guilabel:`运输方式` 表单中填写如下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Starshipit`." msgstr ":guilabel:`运输方式`：类型 `Starshipit`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Starshipit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`提供商`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Starshipit`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: assign or create the delivery product that " "will appear on the sales order line when the cost of shipping is computed." msgstr ":guilabel:`交货产品`：指定或创建计算运费时将出现在销售订单行中的交货产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" "The fields discussed in this section are specific to configuring Starshipit." " For more information about the other fields, refer to " ":doc:`delivery_method`." msgstr "本节讨论的字段专门用于配置 Starshipit。有关其他字段的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`delivery_method`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab, fill out these fields:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Starshipit 配置` 选项卡中，填写这些字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit API Key`: enter the :abbr:`API (Application " "Programming Interface)` key :ref:`obtained from Starshipit " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit API 密钥`：输入 :abbr:`API（应用程序接口）` 密钥 :ref:` 从 Starshipit " "` 获取。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit Subscription Key`: enter the subscription key obtained" " from the same place as the :ref:`API key " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit 订阅密钥`：输入从与 :ref:`API " "密钥` 相同的地方获取的订阅密钥。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Origin Address`: Enter the address where products are shipped " "from. This field is crucial for calculating shipping rates and " ":ref:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`原地址`：输入产品的发货地址。此字段对计算运费和 :ref:` " "生成`运输标签至关重要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Package Type`: Set a default package type to include the " "weight of the empty package when automatically calculating shipping rates." msgstr ":guilabel:`默认包裹类型`：设置默认包裹类型，以便在自动计算运费时包含空包裹的重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:143 msgid "" "To set a default package type, the *Packages* feature **must** be enabled in" " :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "要设置默认软件包类型，必须在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用*软件包*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:149 msgid "" "To load the newly configured shipping products, click the :guilabel:`Select " "a service linked to the Starshipit account` link at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab." msgstr "" "要加载新配置的运输产品，请点击 :guilabel:`Starshipit 配置`选项卡底部的:guilabel:`选择与 Starshipit " "账户链接的服务`链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:152 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Choose Starshipit Shipping Service` pop-up " "window. In the :guilabel:`Delivery Service` field, choose the desired " "shipping service for deliveries and returns from the drop-down menu. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "打开 :guilabel:`选择 Starshipit 运输服务` 弹出窗口。在 :guilabel:`运输服务` " "字段，从下拉菜单中选择所需的送货和退货服务。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "The chosen delivery service will populate in the :guilabel:`Service Name` " "field." msgstr "选择的送货服务将在 :guilabel:`服务名称` 字段中弹出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:159 msgid "Sample of a Starshipit shipping product configured in Odoo:" msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置 Starshipit 货运产品的示例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle drop off`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `Sendle Delivery`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Service Code`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Starshipit 服务编码`：`STANDARD-DROPOFF`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:170 msgid "" "Starshipit does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means that if a package is created, the account may be" " charged." msgstr "公司在 Odoo 中测试发送包裹时，Starshipit 不提供测试密钥。这意味着如果创建了包裹，账户可能会被扣款。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after creation " "— this occurs automatically. Please note that depending on the shipping " "provider being used, the account might be charged for printing label, unless" " the order is cancelled manually on the couriers’s portal." msgstr "" "Odoo " "在测试环境中内置了一层保护机制，以防止产生意外费用。在测试环境中，如果使用运输方式创建标签，那么这些标签会立即被取消，这个过程是自动进行的。但需要注意的是，根据所使用的运输提供商，如果不在快递公司的门户网站上手动取消订单，可能会产生打印标签的费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:180 msgid "" "Switch between the test and production environment by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form." msgstr "点击出货方法表单顶部的 :guilabel:`环境` 智能按钮，在测试和生产环境之间进行切换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Generate a label with Starshipit" msgstr "使用 Starshipit 生成标签" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add the Starshipit shipping method by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button." msgstr "在 Odoo 创建报价单时，点击 :guilabel:`添加运输` 按钮，添加 Starshipit 运输方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:191 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select Starshipit in" " the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "在弹出的 :guilabel:`添加运输方式` 窗口中，在 :guilabel:`运输方式` 字段中选择 Starshipit。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:194 msgid "" "Calculate the shipping rate by clicking :guilabel:`Get rate`. Finally, click" " :guilabel:`Add` to include the cost of shipping to the sales order line, " "labeled as the *delivery product*." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`获取费率` 计算运费。最后，点击 :guilabel:`添加`，将运费包含到销售订单行中，标注为*送货产品*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "Automatically calculate shipping costs for Starshipit in **both** Odoo " "*Sales* and *eCommerce* applications." msgstr "在 Odoo *销售* 和 *电子商务* 应用程序中自动计算 Starshipit 运费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are " "automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:" msgstr "然后，:guilabel:`验证`发货。发货标签文件会在聊天工具中自动生成，其中包括以下内容：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it." msgstr ":guilabel:`追踪号码`（如果所选快递支持）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`退货标签`（如果 Starshipit 连接器配置了退货标签）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo 中已发货订单的示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" "Package weight in Odoo is calculated by adding the weights of the products " "plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping " "option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，包裹的重量是通过将产品的重量与保存在数据库中的空包装的重量相加来计算的。请确保选择正确的运输选项，因为包裹的重量不会自动进行验证。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218 msgid "" "Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is " "created." msgstr "在创建订单时，Starshipit 会检查目的地地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "Finally, some couriers may require other information, such as an email " "address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are " "set upon sending a shipping order." msgstr "最后，有些快递公司可能要求提供其他信息，如电子邮件地址或电话号码。请确保在发送运输订单时已设置所有必要信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Returns" msgstr "退货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:" msgstr "Starshipit 允许通过以下快递公司退货：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227 msgid "Australia Post eParcel" msgstr "澳大利亚邮政电子包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:228 msgid "TNT" msgstr "TNT" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:229 msgid "Couriers Please" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:230 msgid "Aramex" msgstr "Aramex" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:231 msgid "StarTrack" msgstr "StarTrack" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232 msgid "DHL Express" msgstr "DHL 快递" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "NZ Post Domestic" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`Return` smart button on the " "intended delivery order. If the selected courier supports returns, the " ":guilabel:`Print Return Label` button will be available." msgstr "" "可以通过点击预定快递单上的 :guilabel:`退货` 智能按钮来实现。如果所选快递支持退货，则可使用 :guilabel:`打印退货标签` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Cancellations" msgstr "取消" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "If a delivery order is cancelled in Odoo, it will be automatically archived " "in Starshipit. However, the cancellation will not be sent to the courier " "itself, so make sure to log onto the courier's platform to handle the " "cancellation manually." msgstr "" "如果在 Odoo 中取消了送货订单，它将自动在 Starshipit " "中存档。不过，取消订单不会发送给快递公司，因此请务必登录快递公司的平台手动处理取消订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "Third-party shipping carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" "Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to " "verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically " "calculate shipping costs `, and :doc:`generate shipping " "labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "" "In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or" " delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring " "shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting " "` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23 msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "Carrier" msgstr "承运商" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30 msgid "Region availability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid "FedEx" msgstr "美国联邦快递" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36 msgid "All" msgstr "所有" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid ":doc:`DHL `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`UPS `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "US Postal Service" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "United States of America" msgstr "美国" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "EU" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 msgid "Bpost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "比利时" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "Easypost" msgstr "Easypost" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44 msgid "North America" msgstr "北美洲" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "Shiprocket" msgstr "Shiprocket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "India" msgstr "印度" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "" "To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:53 msgid "" ":ref:`Install the shipping connector `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up delivery method `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:55 msgid "" ":ref:`Activate production environment " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure warehouse `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "" ":ref:`Specify weight of products `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "Install shipping connector" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid "" "To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:66 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party " "shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping " "connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:71 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery methods ` can also be integrated with " "operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, " "refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules ` " "documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:82 msgid "Delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:84 msgid "" "To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin " "by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`, and select the desired delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:89 msgid "" "The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same " ":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic " "shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as " ":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/product_tracking/packaging>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:99 msgid "" "Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the " "*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the " "desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart " "button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, " "including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that" " is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable " "website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to " "all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery " "service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration " "Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` " "fields become available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an " ":ref:`estimated shipment cost `" " on an |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate " "shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name " "that is added to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated " "cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real" " cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to this :doc:`doc about " "invoicing real shipping costs <../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to" " the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, " "packaging materials, exchange rates, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders " "surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding " ":guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the " "shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in" " transit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140 msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140 msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:142 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields " "(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party" " shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For " "more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the " "following documents:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:156 msgid "Production environment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid "" "With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test " "Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:162 msgid "" "Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** " "shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their " "carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers " "for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the " "delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:176 msgid "" "Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and " ":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " "the desired warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:180 msgid "" "On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:187 msgid "" "Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are " "correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show company address and phone number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:197 msgid "Product weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:199 msgid "" "For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "selecting the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the " ":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:210 msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:212 msgid "" "Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or " "delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:214 msgid "" "After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method " "` in Odoo, create or" " navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders " "--> Quotations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:221 msgid "Sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:223 msgid "" "To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of " "shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of " "shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:232 msgid "" "In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the" " intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:236 msgid "" "the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is " "not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights " "` in the order is used)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:238 msgid "" "the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address " "` and the customer's " "address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243 msgid "" "After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` " "field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` " "pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the " "|SO| or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:249 msgid "" ":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery " "<../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:257 msgid "" "For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the " "shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, " "and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as " ":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:263 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to" " the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set " "to :ref:`production mode `, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:269 msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:278 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "故障排除" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:280 msgid "" "Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some " "checks to try when things are not working as expected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:283 msgid "" "Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information " "` (e.g., address and " "phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the " "shipping provider's website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:286 msgid "" "Verify that the :ref:`package type ` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure " "the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:289 msgid "" "When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the " "provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to " ":ref:`production environment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293 msgid "" "Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify" " the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the " "*debug logs*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:297 msgid "" "When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says " "the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the " "package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's " "side." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:302 msgid "Debug log" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:304 msgid "" "Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that," " go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping" " method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate " ":guilabel:`Debug Requests`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:313 msgid "" "With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector " "is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the " ":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer " "mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical" " --> Database Structure section --> Logging`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:319 msgid "" "Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate " "` button is clicked on " ":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the " "shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:328 msgid "" "Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the " "correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP " "response*, verify that the same information is received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "UPS integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "UPS is a shipping carrier service that integrates with Odoo to coordinate " "shipping to all regions. Once integrated, users can create shipping methods " "that estimate shipping costs and :doc:`generate labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:12 msgid "To set up the UPS shipping connector in Odoo, complete these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:14 msgid "" "Create a UPS account to get :ref:`account number " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:16 msgid "" "Create UPS developer account to get :ref:`client credentials " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:18 msgid "Set up shipping method in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:21 msgid "UPS account setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "To get started, go to the `UPS website `_ and click the" " :guilabel:`Log In` button in the top-right corner to log in or create a UPS" " account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:26 msgid "" "After logging in, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and select" " :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Show how to navigate to the \"Accounts and Payment\" page from the home " "screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:33 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment Options` page, two accounts must be " "configured: an Odoo shipment account and a payment card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "Shipping account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "To add an Odoo shipment account, select :guilabel:`Add New Account` from the" " :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display \"Add an account\" option from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "On the next screen, labeled :guilabel:`Open a Shipping Account`, complete " "the forms to configure the shipping account type (e.g. :guilabel:`Business`)" " and if any regulated items will be shipped. Then finish the remaining three" " steps in the wizard to :guilabel:`Add Addresses`, :guilabel:`Verify " "Identity`, and :guilabel:`Explore Discounts`, with the last option being " "optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:51 msgid "" "When complete, submit the application on the last page of the wizard to " "finish setting up the shipping account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display UPS form to fill out company shipping information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Get account number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "" "With the shipping account set up, the UPS :guilabel:`Account Number` becomes" " available. To access it, navigate to :menuselection:`Profile --> Accounts " "and Payment` and refer to the shipping account's :guilabel:`Number` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show Account \"Number\" field for the shipping account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:72 msgid "Payment card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:74 msgid "" "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payments` page and select the " ":guilabel:`Add Payment Card` option from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment " "Method` drop-down menu. Then, complete the form to add the credit card " "information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Add Payment Card\" option from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:83 msgid "UPS developer account setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:85 msgid "" "Next, log into the `UPS developer account `_ to " "generate the developer key. To begin, click the profile icon in the top-" "right corner, and choose the :guilabel:`Apps` option from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Display the \"Apps\" drop-down option after clicking the profile picture " "icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:94 msgid "Add app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:96 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Add Apps` button to begin filling out the form. " "In the :guilabel:`I need API credentials because \\*` field, select " ":guilabel:`I want to integrate UPS technology into my business`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:100 msgid "" "Under the next label, :guilabel:`Choose an account to associate with these " "credentials. \\*`, select :guilabel:`Add existing account` from the drop-" "down menu in the corresponding field, and then select the :ref:`account " "number ` linked to the UPS " "account created in the previous step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show form to fill in the UPS account number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:109 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Next`, and proceed to the :guilabel:`Add App` form, and " "fill out the fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:111 msgid ":guilabel:`App Name`: Type the name to identify the app by." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Callback URL`: Type the URL of the Odoo database, in the format: " "`https://databaseName.odoo.com`. Do **not** include `www` in the URL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add Products` section on the right, search for and click " "the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add the following products to the app:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authorization (O Auth)`: Used to generate the authorization token" " to request information from the UPS API." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:120 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Validation`: Validates addresses at the street level in " "the United States and Puerto Rico." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locator`: Enables search for UPS shipping locations based on type" " and available services." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paperless Documents`: Enables the upload of document images to " "link to shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping`: Enables UPS shipping services, such as preparing " "packages for shipment, managing returns, and canceling scheduled shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Compare delivery services and shipping rates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:129 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` and accept UPS's terms and conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:132 msgid "`UPS API Catalog `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Add Apps\" form, where the app details are configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:141 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:143 msgid "" "With the new app created, in the :menuselection:`Profile --> My Apps --> " "App` page, select the app from the :guilabel:`Credentials` section to view " "the UPS credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show newly created app in the \"My Apps\" section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:150 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` and " ":guilabel:`Client Secret` key." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display the \"Client ID\" and \"Client Secret\" key." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:160 msgid "" "With the credentials obtained, configure the UPS shipping method in Odoo by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:163 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:166 msgid "" "For existing UPS shipping methods whose :guilabel:`Provider` is " ":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive it and create a new shipping method using " ":guilabel:`UPS`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`UPS`. Doing so reveals " "the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, where various fields must be entered." " For details instructions on configuring the other fields on the shipping " "method, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier " "` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:174 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:176 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Account Number`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`account number " "` from the UPS portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:178 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Client ID`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client ID " "` from the UPS developer " "website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Client Secret`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client Secret " "` key from the UPS developer " "website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Service Type`: Select from the drop-down menu the type of " "shipping service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Package Type`: (*required*) Select from the drop-down menu " "the :doc:`package type <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>` " "that is supported for the shipping service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure for the package weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Size Unit`: The unit of measure for the package " "dimensions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:187 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: Choose the label format shipping labels: " ":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, :guilabel:`EPL`, or :guilabel:`SPL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"UPS Configuration\" tab on the Shipping Methods form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:194 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Options` section, the following features are available:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill My Account`: Charge the user's UPS account for shipping in " "the *eCommerce* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect on Delivery`: Collect payment from customers for shipping" " after the shipment is delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Print the return label for the order " "after the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:201 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Select whether duties or other fees are charged " "to the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient` of the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "仓库和储存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "批量拣货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "*批量拣货*使单个拣选员能够同时处理多个订单，减少了在仓库中导航到同一位置所需的时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "在批量拣货时，订单会被分组并合并成一个拣货清单。拣货完成后，批次将被带到一个出库位置，产品将按照各自的交货包装进行分类。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" "由于订单在分拣后必须在输出地点进行分类，因此这种分拣方法适合经常订购少量产品的企业。将需求量大的产品存放在容易到达的地点，可以提高订单的完成效率。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:40 msgid "" "Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " "options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:128 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:58 msgid "" "Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" "A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:114 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:148 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:125 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "处理批量调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:139 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 批量调拨` 页面处理批量调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:142 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" "在此处，从列表中选择要调拨的产品。然后，在批量调拨表单的 :guilabel:`已完成` 选项卡下输入每个产品的 :guilabel:`详细操作` " "数量。最后，选择 :guilabel:`验证` 以完成拣选。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:147 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" "当 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮突出显示为紫色时，请确定批次调拨已完成。如果 :guilabel:`查看可用性` " "按钮高亮显示，则表示批次中有些项目目前**无**库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:154 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:165 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" "要查看完整的产品列表，请切换到 :guilabel:`操作` " "选项卡。在此列表中，:guilabel:`需求`列显示订单所需数量。:guilabel:`保留` " "列显示完成订单的可用库存。最后，:guilabel:`已完成`列说明已拣选并准备好进行下一步的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:171 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:175 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "创建欠单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:184 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:189 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:194 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:205 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:215 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " "record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:221 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:225 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:229 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:237 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" "In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each " "designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to " "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" "This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order " "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent " "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the " "picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated " "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "在设置中激活*软件包*和*批量传输*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they " "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:76 msgid "" "After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled " "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "创建新软件包表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:98 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "创建群组批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:100 msgid "" "To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together" " in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:106 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays " "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:116 msgid "" "With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, " "navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:120 msgid "" "Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the " ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:124 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:140 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:141 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:142 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:164 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "处理批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:166 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:171 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:175 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is " "configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form `. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:179 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:183 msgid "" "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and " "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:197 msgid "In Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:199 msgid "" "To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:223 msgid "" "Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location," " `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode " "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:227 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:237 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" "现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" "创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" "完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" "大多数情况下，存放在公司仓库中的产品要么购买自供应商，要么由公司内部生产。不过，供应商有时会让公司在其仓库中储存和销售产品，而无需预先购买这些物品。这就是*寄售*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "要接收、存储和销售寄售库存，需要在设置中启用该功能。执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置-->设置`，在 " ":guilabel:`可追踪性` 部分，选中 :guilabel:`寄售` 旁边的复选框，然后单击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "启用库存配置中的寄售设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "接收（并存储）寄售库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中启用该功能后，现在可以将寄售库存接收到仓库中。从主 :menuselection:`库存` 仪表板中，单击进入 " ":guilabel:`收据` 部分。然后，单击:guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" "寄售存货实际上不是从供应商处购买的，只是接收和储存而已。因此，接收寄售存货时不涉及报价单或采购订单。因此，*每次*接收寄售存货时都要先创建手工收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " "become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to " "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can " "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the " ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" "Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or " "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where " "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" "For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" "Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field " ":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the " ":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "当 :guilabel:`产品`，`苹果` 到达 `WH/Stock` 时，通过在字段 :guilabel:`存储至` 中填写位置 " "`WH/Stock/Fruits` 来确保所有苹果都存储在水果区。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "对所有产品重复上述操作，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." msgstr "为苹果和胡萝卜创建入库规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" msgstr "入库规则优先" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from " "highest to lowest) until a match is found:" msgstr "Odoo 根据以下优先级列表（从高到低）选择入库规则，直到找到匹配的规则：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" msgstr "包装类型和产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" msgstr "包装类型和产品类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" msgstr "产品类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" msgstr "产品`柠檬汽水罐`配置了以下入库规则：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "当收到`一托`（:guilabel:`包装类型`）`柠檬汽水罐`时，它将被重新安排至`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when " "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" "`柠檬汽水罐`的:guilabel:`产品类别`是`全部/饮品`。当收到产品类别中任何物品的一个`盒子`时，物品将被重新定向到`WH/Stock/Shelf" " 1`位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "`托盘`上的任何产品都会重定向到 `WH/Stock/Pallets`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "产品 `柠檬汽水罐` 重新定向到 `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." msgstr "`所有/饮料`产品类别中的项目被重定向到`WH/Stock/Small Refrigerator`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "入库规则一些示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:97 msgid "Storage categories" msgstr "存储类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:99 msgid "" "A *storage category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location, and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "*存储类别*是一个额外的位置属性。存储类别允许用户定义可存储在位置中的产品数量，以及如何用入库规则选择位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:106 msgid "" "To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories`" " feature in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要启用存储类别，请进入:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，并在:guilabel:`仓库`部分激活:guilabel:`存储类别`功能。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature **must** be enabled to enable " ":guilabel:`Storage Categories`." msgstr "必须启用 :guilabel:`存储位置` 功能，才能启用 :guilabel:`存储类别`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:115 msgid "Define storage category" msgstr "定义存储类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:117 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "要创建存储类别，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 存储类别`，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:120 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "在存储类别表单中，输入:guilabel:`存储类别` 字段的名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:122 msgid "" "Options are available to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "可选择按重量、产品或包装类型限制容量。:guilabel:`允许新产品`字段定义了该位置何时可用于存储产品：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr ":guilabel:`如果位置为空`：只有当位置为空时，才能在此处添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr ":guilabel:`如果产品相同`：只有在相同产品已经存在的情况下，才能在此处添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr ":guilabel:`允许混合产品`：该位置可以同时存储多个不同的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:133 msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items and ensure real-time storage " "capacity checks by creating the `High Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:136 msgid "" "Name the :guilabel:`Storage Category`, and select :guilabel:`If all products" " are same` in the :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:139 msgid "" "Then, define package capacity in the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, " "specifying the number of packages for the designated :guilabel:`Package " "Type` and setting a maximum of `2.00` `Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." msgstr "在页面上创建存储类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "保存存储类别设置后，就可以将存储类别链接到某个位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:149 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the location. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` and select the created category in the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置` 导航到位置，并选择位置。点击 " ":guilabel:`编辑`，在 :guilabel:`存储类别`字段中选择创建的类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:154 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category to the " "`WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-location." msgstr "将`高频托盘`存储类别分配到 `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` 子位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "创建存储类别后，可将其链接到仓库位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:162 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "入库规则中的存储类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:164 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the `High Frequency Pallets` on " "the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations and :ref:`rework the putaway rules " "` as follows:" msgstr "" "继续上面的示例，在 `PAL1` 和 `PAL2` 位置应用`高频托盘`，并 :ref:`重新制定 ` 入库规则如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:167 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" msgstr "假设收到一托盘柠檬汽水罐：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:169 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "如果 PAL1 和 PAL2 都为空，则托盘将重定向到 WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:170 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "如果 PAL1 已满，托盘将转到 WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:171 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "如果 PAL1 和 2 已满，托盘将转到 WH/Stock/Pallets。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "用于各种入库规则的存储类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "利用虚拟地点从多个仓库销售库存产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "对于规模较小的公司来说，从一个仓库保存存货和销售存货可能是可行的，但规模较大的公司可能需要在多个地点的多个仓库保存存货或销售存货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，可以使用*虚拟位置*从多个仓库提取产品，以满足销售需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "本文档中介绍的解决方案使用虚拟仓库来完成多个仓库的订单，但存在一些局限性。在继续之前，请考虑以下几点：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" "当在销售订单上将 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段设置为虚拟仓库时，虚拟仓库的地址会在拣货、包装和发货单上显示，而**不是**实际仓库的地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" "Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" " in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" "每个位置都有一个 `warehouse_id` （隐藏字段）。这意味着虚拟仓库的存货**不是**真实仓库的存货总和，而是仓库 ID " "为虚拟仓库的位置库存的总和。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " "warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " "<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" "While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" "To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " "Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" "Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " "the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "`WHA/Stock` : 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" msgstr "`WHB/Stock` : 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" "Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " "delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " "the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " "desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " "option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:5 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " "human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:12 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" " product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " "currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61 msgid "" "Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " ":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:66 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:77 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " "`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:85 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:91 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:104 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:108 msgid "" "There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " "to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " "page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " "Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:114 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:118 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121 msgid "" "Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " "line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " "traceability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "更改库存清点频率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "如要更改月份，请单击 :guilabel:`12 月` 显示下拉菜单，并选择所需的月份。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "创建第二个仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, a *warehouse* is a physical building or space where " "items are stored. By default, each Odoo database has one warehouse already " "pre-configured, with the address set as the company's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" "However, it is possible to set up multiple additional warehouses, and " "transfer stored items between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" "To create a second warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " "enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " "tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " ":guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "" "Warning pop-up window for creating a second warehouse before enabling " "Storage Locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:97 msgid "" "Creating a second warehouse without first enabling the *Storage Locations* " "feature triggers a :guilabel:`Warning` pop-up window. It indicates creating " "a second warehouse automatically activates the *Storage Locations* setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "Create new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:70 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a " "blank warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:35 msgid "Fill out the following fields as necessary:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code used to identify the warehouse," " i.e. `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse. This can be set as" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located. By default," " this is set to the company's address in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "" "Filled out warehouse name and address settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, configure the warehouse's" " main workflow in the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, and set available " "replenishment methods in the :guilabel:`Resupply` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shipments` and :guilabel:`Resupply` sections only appear if " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Shipments` section, choose between one, two, or three-step" " processes for both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:62 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Resupply` section, edit the following settings:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: enable this feature to coordinate with " "vendors, and have components dropshipped directly to subcontractors for " "manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "with goods from this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " "can be delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse. Choose from one, two, and three-" "step production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are purchased, they can be " "delivered to this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: Check the box next to the other warehouses from " "which this warehouse can replenish products. If the current warehouse does " "not have the stock, it can also pull products from these selected warehouses" " in the database. Automatic resupply routes will be created accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "" "Filled out Warehouse Configuration tab settings on warehouse creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new warehouse's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:85 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "添加库存到新仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:87 msgid "" "If a new warehouse is created to represent a real-world storage location " "with existing stock, update the warehouse's stock using an inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:93 msgid "" "To perform an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing" " so adds a new line at the bottom of the list of inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "Configure the line by filling out the following fields as necessary:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " "the new warehouse. This can be set as the overall warehouse, or a location " "within the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it, if the product is tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the total quantity of the product stored in " "the location for which inventory is being adjusted. For a new warehouse or " "location where a count or a prior inventory adjustment has not taken place, " "this should be set to `0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure (UoM) used for counting the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the amount of the product being added to " "inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the on-hand and counted " "quantities. This automatically updates to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date selected for the next inventory count " "for this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the user who recorded the inventory adjustment in the " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Filled out inventory adjustment line for product in new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "Once each line for the products being added to the new warehouse is " "configured, click :guilabel:`Apply` on each line to apply the new inventory " "counts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:121 msgid "" "The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column update to reflect " "those in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and the products added " "appear in the new warehouse's stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:125 msgid "" "If products tracked using a lot number or serial number are added without " "specifying the tracking number, a :guilabel:`Tracked Products in Inventory " "Adjustment` pop-up window appears upon clicking :guilabel:`Apply` on that " "product's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:129 msgid "" "The pop-up indicates tracked products were added, but the lots/serial " "numbers were not defined. To apply the adjustment without the numbers, click" " :guilabel:`Apply`. To add the numbers before applying, click " ":guilabel:`Discard`, and add the numbers. Then, once ready, click " ":guilabel:`Apply` again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:0 msgid "Tracked Products in Inventory Adjustment pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are performed by location. Therefore, the *Storage " "Locations* feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the *Storage Locations* feature is enabled, and there are multiple " "locations created in the warehouse, the inventory count frequency can be " "changed for specific locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` by " "default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, " "change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "需要每 30 天清点一次库存的位置应将 :guilabel:`库存频率（天数）` 值设置为 `30`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this location, the next " "scheduled count date is automatically set, based on the value entered into " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:57 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "按位置计算库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in-stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:64 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options " "(accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right " "of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to select specific locations " "and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:68 msgid "" "To select a specific location, and view all products within that location, " "click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu. Doing so sorts products " "into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, " "and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ " "(down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`" " to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88 msgid "" "In the first field, click the value and select :guilabel:`Location` from the" " list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the " "third field, type in the name of the location being searched for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0 msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "更改全面库存清点频率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:101 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also" " be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` " ":guilabel:`December`, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "库存应用程序设置中的频率字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:114 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "要更改日期，请单击 `31`，然后根据所需的年份月份，将其更改为 `1-31` 范围内的某一天。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120 msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "从另一个仓库补给" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " "that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " "local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " "warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" " :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "设置产品路由" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " "available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " "Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " "product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " ":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " "automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " "the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " "second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" "Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " "damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " "possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" " scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " "materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " "removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " "virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " "warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " "tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "" "To use locations in warehouse, including a virtual scrap location, the " "*Storage Locations* feature must first be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " "checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable the feature, and " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:41 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:43 msgid "" "To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:46 msgid "" "Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " "product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " "scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " "is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " "designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " "these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " "respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:59 msgid "" "If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " "operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " "product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " "scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " "validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " "the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "" "To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " ":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" " button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:82 msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:91 msgid "" "Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " "receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " "into, or removed from, stock for an operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:95 msgid "" "To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " "click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " "the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " "orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " ":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:113 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" " field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " "Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:117 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," " a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" " field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:120 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " "changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " "scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:124 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " "view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "地点" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " "This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" "There are also external and virtual locations. For example, customer " "locations, and locations specifically designated as \"virtual\", instead of " "real, physical locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "Locations allow for the storage of products in designated areas of the " "warehouse, to help track inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:17 msgid "" "To specify storage locations, the *Storage Locations* setting must be " "enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` to enable " "the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Storage Location setting in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is enabled, two additional " "internal link options appear below it: :guilabel:`Locations` and " ":guilabel:`Putaway Rules`. Click :guilabel:`Locations` to open a list of all" " existing locations in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:104 msgid "" "To create a new location inside a warehouse, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Doing so " "opens a list of all existing locations. Click :guilabel:`New` to open a new " "location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:108 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Location Name` field, assign a name for the new location. " "In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field, assign the location that this new " "location exists in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 msgid "" "A new location `Gate 1` is created. Its parent location is `Dispatch Zone`. " "In the :guilabel:`Parent Location` for `Gate 1`, select `Dispatch Zone`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:44 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, fill out the necessary " "details for the new location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:47 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, select which type of location this " "is. There are seven different types of locations to choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: virtual location representing the source " "location for products coming from vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View`: virtual location used to create a hierarchical structure " "for a warehouse; aggregates its child locations. **Should not directly " "contain products**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: physical location inside a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Location`: virtual location representing the destination" " location for products sent to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: virtual location serving as a counterpart for " "inventory operations. Used to correct stock levels of physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Production`: virtual counterpart location for production " "operations. This location consumes components and produces finished " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transit Location`: counterpart location that should be used in " "inter-company or inter-warehouse operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:68 msgid "" "Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " "section as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " "Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " "be returned to this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " "replenish at this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:80 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " "necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " "this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:90 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " "field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " "<../removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 msgid "Create location hierarchies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99 msgid "" "The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" " to exist within a warehouse, or below another location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:102 msgid "" "Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent location can" " have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a " "hierarchical structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 msgid "" "Location hierarchy could be organized so that a small refrigerator is " "located on a specific shelf, which is located in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Location hierarchy of small refrigerator, on a shelf in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113 msgid "" "To create the location hierarchy in the example above (`WH/Stock/Shelf " "2/Small Refrigerator`), set the warehouse stock as the parent of the shelf, " "and the shelf as the parent of the small refrigerator. This can be adapted " "to a hierarchy of any magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," " which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "在仓库内" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective " "boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be " "delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "使用 *拉规则* ，对某些产品的需求会触发采购，而 *推规则* 是由到达特定位置的产品触发的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:51 msgid "" "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " "*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:55 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:64 msgid "" "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" " pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " "backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:72 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "" "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " "Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:80 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "" "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " "rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " "example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:96 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:101 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:105 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:119 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:123 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "预配置的路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:125 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:143 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:153 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:162 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "定制路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:164 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:175 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:180 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:188 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:196 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:200 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:210 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:222 msgid "Rules" msgstr "规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:224 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:242 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:247 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:249 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:260 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:268 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "Example flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:275 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:287 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:318 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:325 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:330 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" msgstr "利用补货功能在仓库之间转移产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " "transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " "transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" "warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" "对于使用多个仓库的公司来说，经常需要在仓库之间调拨物品。这被称为*仓库间调拨*。Odoo *库存* " "处理仓库间调拨的管理流程，以确保调拨期间和之后的库存计数保持准确。本文档将详细介绍使用补货进行仓库间调拨的方法。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "配置仓库，进行仓库间补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" "首先，确保启用 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 设置，方法是导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后选中 " ":guilabel:`仓库` 选项卡下的复选框。这将在创建仓库间补货所需的第二个仓库时提供额外的配置选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " "additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" "默认情况下，Odoo 已配置了一个主仓库。如果尚未创建附加仓库，请在 :guilabel:`库存` 模块中通过选择 :menuselection:`配置" " --> 仓库 --> 创建` 进行创建。否则，请在 :guilabel:`仓库` 页面选择产品要转移到的仓库，然后点击 :guilabel:`编辑` " "更改其设置。对仓库进行如下配置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：选择一个尚未用于其他仓库的名称（例如，`备选仓库`）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr ":guilabel:`简称`：选择仓库的简称（如 `ALT_WH`）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" " new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`保存`，将创建新仓库。此外，仓库表单上将出现一个新的 :guilabel:`补货来自` " "字段。点击:guilabel:`编辑`，然后选中仓库旁边的复选框，该仓库将用于为当前正在配置的仓库再次补给。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "仓库设置表单的配置允许在仓库之间进行再次补给。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " "transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "在本演示中，产品转出（出库）的仓库名为“旧金山”，产品转入（入库）的仓库名为“旧金山 2 号”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "为仓库间补货配置产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" "产品也必须配置正确，才能在仓库之间转移。导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择一个现有产品或 " ":guilabel:`创建` 一个新产品（如有）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " "the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" "然后，在产品表单中，转到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，启用 :guilabel:`X：从 Y 供应产品` 复选框，*X* " "是接收转移产品的仓库，*Y* 是产品转移的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." msgstr "启用复选框，可从另一个仓库向仓库补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "从另一个仓库补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" "从 :menuselection:`库存` 模块开始，选择 :menuselection:`产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择要补充的产品。点击产品页面左上角的 :guilabel:`补货` 按钮，并在弹出的表格中填写以下内容：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr ":guilabel:`数量`：将发送到仓库的补货单位数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr ":guilabel:`计划日期`：计划进行补货的日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：将补货的仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr ":guilabel:`首选路线`：选择 `X：从 Y 供应产品`，*X* 是要补货的仓库，*Y* 是产品将调出的仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." msgstr "产品补货表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " "outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " "the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " "incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" "点击 " ":guilabel:`确认`，将为出库仓库创建交货单，并为接收产品的仓库创建收据。根据出库和入库仓库的配置设置，处理交货单和收据需要一到三个步骤。本文件将详细介绍如何处理一步式交货和收货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" msgstr "处理交货订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" " warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " "button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " "then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" " page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " "reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" "在补货订单的第一阶段，需要处理来自正在调拨产品的仓库的交货。在:menuselection:`库存`仪表板上，选择出库仓库下的:guilabel:`交货订单`卡片上的:guilabel:`X" " " "待处理`按钮，然后选择为补货创建的交货订单。在交货订单页面，点击左上角的:guilabel:`检查可用性`按钮，以预留要调拨的产品数量。一旦交货订单被派送，点击:guilabel:`验证`按钮，以记录已发货的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "发货仓库的发货单卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "处理收据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " "that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" " button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " "the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" "货物到达入库仓库后，必须同时处理为该仓库创建的收据。返回到 :menuselection:`库存` 仪表板，在 :guilabel:`收据` " "卡上为入库仓库选择 :guilabel:`X 待处理` 按钮，然后选择为补货创建的收据。在收据页面，单击页面左上角的 :guilabel:`验证` " "按钮，登记收到的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " "the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" "处理收据后，转入的产品将出现在转入仓库的库存中。返回产品页面并选择屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`X 库存单位`按钮，即可查看两个仓库的库存数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "仓库间补货自动化" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." msgstr "利用重新排序规则，可以自动完成从一个仓库到另一个仓库的补货过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " "product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " "top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " "configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" "要开始操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择要补货的产品。在产品页面，选择表单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`重新排序规则` 智能按钮，然后在下一页点击 :guilabel:`创建` 以配置表单如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`（位置）：触发重新订货规则时需要补充的位置，本例中为入库仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`最低数量`：当入库仓库的库存数量低于此数量时，将触发重新订购规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" msgstr ":guilabel:`最大数量`：当重新订购规则被触发时，产品将在进货仓库中补货到此数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr ":guilabel:`多个数量`：指定产品是否应按一定数量分批补充；例如，产品可按 20 个数量分批补充" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr ";guilabel:`UoM`：重新订购产品时使用的度量单位；该值可以是简单的 `单位`，也可以是重量、长度等的特定度量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." msgstr "完全配置的重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" "最后点击:guilabel:`保存`，重新排序规则将被创建。现在，当每天自动运行排期工具时，对于每个被触发的重新订货规则，都将创建一个调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" "要手动触发重新排序规则，请从 :menuselection:`库存` 模块开始，选择 :menuselection:`操作 --> " "运行排期工具`，然后在弹出窗口中点击绿色的 :guilabel:`运行排期工具` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "排期工具运行后，将分别为出库和入库仓库创建交货单和收据。交货单和收据的处理方法与上文详述的相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage warehouses and locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "" "Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo, and stock moves can be created " "between warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, a *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. " "This can be a shelf, room, aisle, rack, bin, etc. Locations allow for the " "storage of products in designated areas of the warehouse, to help track " "inventory accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "A location is only part of *one* warehouse, and can **not** be linked to " "multiple warehouses. As many locations can be configured as needed under one" " warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:29 msgid "There are three types of locations in Odoo *Inventory*:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:31 msgid "" "**Physical Locations**: internal locations within a single warehouse owned " "by the company. This can include shipping and loading docks, aisles, " "shelves, storage areas, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:33 msgid "" "**Partner Locations**: external locations, such as designated spaces in a " "customer or vendor's warehouse. They are similar to physical locations, but " "they are **not** owned by the user's company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:36 msgid "" "**Virtual Locations**: this type of location does not exist as a physical " "space, but products can be \"stored\" here when they are not physically in " "an inventory yet. *Inventory Loss* and *Procurements* are examples of " "virtual locations, for products that are lost or in transit to the " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:41 msgid "" "Every location within a warehouse can serve as a parent location, and every " "parent location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the " "creation of a hierarchical structure. This allows for more detailed levels " "of analysis of the stock operations and the organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:48 msgid "" "For companies with one warehouse, no additional settings are required to " "activate before editing the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:51 msgid "" "For companies with multiple warehouses, and to create locations within a " "warehouse, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Tick the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to enable the feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Storage Locations feature enabled in the Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" "To manage warehouse *routes*, such as two-and-three-step receipts and " "deliveries, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature from the *Inventory* app " "settings, as well. For more on routes, see :doc:`use_routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:68 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "创建新仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:73 msgid "" "Begin by assigning a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name`, and a :guilabel:`Short " "Name`. The :guilabel:`Short Name` field is limited to a **five** character " "maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse creation form name configuration fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like `WH/[first " "letters of location]`." msgstr ":guilabel:`简称` 会出现在调拨单和其他仓库文件中。Odoo 建议使用易于理解的名称，如 `WH/[地点的首字母]`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:84 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse named `Warehouse #2` might have the " ":guilabel:`Short Name` `WH2` (the short name for the default warehouse in " "Odoo is `WH`)." msgstr "" "例如，名为 `Warehouse #2` 的仓库可以使用 :guilabel:`简称``WH2` （Odoo 中默认仓库的简称为 `WH`）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "Once the warehouse is created, navigate back to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard. New operations for the newly created " "warehouse are automatically generated there." msgstr "创建仓库后，请返回 :menuselection:`库存` 面板。那里会自动为新创建的仓库生成新操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" "For more on creating new warehouses, see :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse`." msgstr "有关创建新仓库的更多信息，请参见 :doc:`create_a_second_warehouse` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfers for the new warehouse." msgstr "库存应用程序仪表板显示新仓库的新转账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:102 msgid "Create a new location" msgstr "创建新位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:111 msgid "For more on locations, see :doc:`use_locations`." msgstr "有关位置的更多信息，请参见 :doc:`use_locations`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse location creation form." msgstr "新仓库位置创建表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "库存计价" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Landed costs" msgstr "落地成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" "When shipping products to customers, the landed cost is the total price of a" " product or shipment, including all expenses associated with shipping the " "product." msgstr "向客户运送产品时，落地成本是产品或货物的总价，包括与运送产品相关的所有费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Landed Costs* feature is used to take additional costs into " "account when calculating the valuation of a product. This includes the cost " "of shipment, insurance, customs duties, taxes, and other fees." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，*落地成本*功能用于在计算产品估值时考虑额外成本。这包括运输成本、保险、关税、税费和其他费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "" "To add landed costs to products, the *Landed Costs* feature must first be " "enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" "要在产品中添加落地成本，必须首先启用*落地成本*功能。要启用此功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，然后滚动到 :guilabel:`估值` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:26 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` option, and click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "勾选 :guilabel:`落地成本` 选项旁边的复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the page refreshes, a new :guilabel:`Default Journal` field appears " "below the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature in the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" "页面刷新后，在 :guilabel:`估值` 部分的 :guilabel:`落地成本` 功能下方会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`默认日记账` " "字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:32 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Default Journal` drop-down menu to reveal a list of " "accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries " "related to landed costs should be recorded." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`默认日记账` 下拉菜单，显示会计分录列表。选择要记录与落地成本相关的所有会计分录的日记账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory " "settings." msgstr "库存设置中的落地成本功能和由此产生的默认日记账字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Create landed cost product" msgstr "创建落地成本产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:42 msgid "" "For charges that are consistently added as landed costs, a landed cost " "product can be created in Odoo. This way, a landed cost product can be " "quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be " "manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created." msgstr "" "对于持续添加为落地成本的费用，可在 Odoo " "中创建落地成本产品。这样，落地成本产品就可以作为发票项目快速添加到供应商账单中，而不必在每次创建新的供应商账单时手动输入。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:46 msgid "" "To do this, create a new product by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Products --> Products`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:49 msgid "" "Assign a name to the landed cost product in the :guilabel:`Product Name` " "field (i.e. `International Shipping`). In the :guilabel:`Product Type` " "field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Service` as the " ":guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`产品名称` 字段中为落地成本产品指定一个名称（例如，`国际航运`）。在 :guilabel:`产品类型` " "字段，点击下拉菜单，选择 :guilabel:`服务` 作为 :guilabel:`产品类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:54 msgid "" "Landed cost products **must** have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "落地成本产品**必须**将其 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`服务`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and tick the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` in the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section. Once " "ticked, a new :guilabel:`Default Split Method` field appears below it, " "prompting a selection. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the following " "options:" msgstr "" "点击:guilabel:`采购`选项卡，在:guilabel:`供应商账单`部分勾选:guilabel:`是到岸成本`旁边的复选框。勾选后，下面会出现一个新的" " :guilabel:`默认拆分方法`字段，提示选择。点击该下拉菜单可显示以下选项：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equal`: splits the cost equally across each product included in " "the receipt, regardless of the quantity of each." msgstr ":guilabel:`平摊`：将成本平均分摊到收据中的每个产品上，与每个产品的数量无关。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Quantity`: splits the cost across each unit of all products in" " the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`按数量`：将成本分摊到收据中所有产品的每个单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Current Cost`: splits the cost according to the cost of each " "product unit, so a product with a higher cost receives a greater share of " "the landed cost." msgstr ":guilabel:`按当前成本`：根据每个产品单位的成本来分摊成本，因此成本较高的产品可获得较大份额的到岸成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Weight`: splits the cost, according to the weight of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`按重量`：根据收据中产品的重量计算成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`按体积`：根据收据中的产品体积分摊成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" "When creating new vendor bills, this product can be added as an invoice line" " as a landed cost." msgstr "在创建新的供应商账单时，该产品可作为落地成本添加到发票项目中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:75 msgid "" "To apply a landed cost on a vendor bill, the products included in the " "original |PO| **must** belong to a *Product Category* with its *Force " "Removal Strategy* set to |FIFO|. The *Costing Method* can be set to either " "|AVCO| or |FIFO|, and the valuation method can be :doc:`manual " "` or :doc:`automatic " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:83 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> New` to create a new request " "for quotation (RfQ). In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add a vendor to order " "products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the " ":guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" "导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 新建` 以创建新的询价（RfQ）。在 :guilabel:`供应商` " "字段中，添加要订购产品的供应商。然后，点击 :guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`添加产品`，将产品添加到询价单中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:87 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the order. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, " "followed by :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，以确认订单。收到产品后，点击 :guilabel:`接收产品`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:91 msgid "Create vendor bill" msgstr "创建供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:93 msgid "" "Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be " "created from the |PO| in Odoo." msgstr "一旦供应商完成 |PO| 并发送账单，就可以在 Odoo 中根据 |PO| 创建供应商账单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:96 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click into the |PO| for " "which a vendor bill should be created. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. " "This opens a new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage." msgstr "" "导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序` 并点击要为其创建供应商账单的 |PO|。然后点击 :guilabel:`创建账单`。这将在 " ":guilabel:`草稿` 阶段打开一个新的 :guilabel:`供应商账单`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:100 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, click the line to open a calendar " "popover menu, and select the date on which this draft bill should be billed." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`账单日期` 字段中，点击该行打开日历弹出式菜单，并选择此账单草稿的账单日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`," " and click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column to select " "the previously-created landed cost product. Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-" "upload` :guilabel:`(cloud with arrow)` icon to manually save and update the " "draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost." msgstr "落地成本栏的产品和到岸成本复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:112 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column, the product ordered from the vendor " "does **not** have its checkbox ticked, while the landed cost product's " "checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other " "costs displayed on the bill." msgstr "" "在 " ":guilabel:`落地成本`列中，从供应商订购的产品的复选框**未**被勾选，而落地成本产品的复选框**已**被勾选。这将落地成本与账单上显示的所有其他成本区分开来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:116 msgid "" "Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` " "button appears." msgstr "此外，在表单顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`创建落地成本` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill." msgstr "在供应商账单上创建落地成本按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:123 msgid "Add landed cost" msgstr "添加落地成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:125 msgid "" "Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create " "Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill." msgstr "将落地成本添加到供应商账单后，点击供应商账单顶部的 :guilabel:`创建落地成本`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:128 msgid "" "Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost " "pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab." msgstr "这样做会自动创建一个落地成本记录，并在 :guilabel:`额外费用` 选项卡的产品行中预填设定的落地成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:131 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-" "down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`落地成本` 表格中，点击 :guilabel:`转账` 下拉菜单，选择落地成本属于哪项转账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer." msgstr "带选定收据转账的落地成本表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:139 msgid "" "In addition to creating landed costs directly from a vendor bill, landed " "cost records can *also* be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "除了直接从供应商账单创建落地成本外，*还可*通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 落地成本`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`，创建落地成本记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:143 msgid "" "After setting the picking from the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu, " "click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the " ":guilabel:`Total:` cost)." msgstr "" "从 :guilabel:`转账` 下拉菜单中设置选择后，点击 :guilabel:`计算`（位于表格底部，在 :guilabel:`总计：`成本下）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:146 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the impact of the " "landed costs. The :guilabel:`Original Value` column lists the original price" " of the |PO|, the :guilabel:`Additional Landed Cost` column displays the " "landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for " "the total cost of the |PO|." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`估值调整` 选项卡，查看到岸成本的影响。:guilabel:`原始价值`栏列出了 |PO| " "的原始价格，:guilabel:`额外到岸成本` 栏显示了到岸成本，:guilabel:`新价值`显示了两者的总和，即 |PO| 的总成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:151 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the " "accounting journal." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`，将到岸成本分录记入会计日记账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:153 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear at the top of the" " form. Click the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to open a " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation " "listed." msgstr "" "这样，表单顶部就会出现一个 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮打开 :guilabel:`库存估值` " "页面，其中列出了产品的最新估值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:158 msgid "" "For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the " "product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`." msgstr "" "要在验证时显示 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮，产品的 :guilabel:`产品类型` **必须**设置为 :guilabel:`可存储`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:161 msgid "" "To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "要查看 *每个* 产品的估价（包括落地成本），请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 估价`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:165 msgid "" "Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed " "in the *Accounting* app." msgstr "可以在 *会计* 应用程序中查看为供应商账单上的落地成本创建的每一条日记账分录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:168 msgid "" "To locate these journal entries, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app " "--> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and locate the correct entry, by number" " (i.e. `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)." msgstr "" "要查找这些日记账分录，请导航至 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 会计 --> 日记账分录`，然后按编号（即 " "`PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`）查找正确的分录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:171 msgid "" "Click into the journal entry to view the :guilabel:`Journal Items`, and " "other information about the entry." msgstr "点击日记账条目，查看 :guilabel:`日记账条目` 和有关条目的其他信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:0 msgid "Journal Entry form for landed cost created from vendor bill." msgstr "根据供应商账单创建的到岸成本日记账表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "公司的所有库存都会影响其存货的价值。这一价值应反映在公司的会计记录中，以准确显示公司及其所有资产的价值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team manually " "posts journal entries, based on the physical inventory of the company, and " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, each product " "category reflects this, with the :guilabel:`Costing Method` set to " ":guilabel:`Standard Price`, and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` (not " "visible by default) set to :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "The Costing Method field is located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, perpetual (automatic) inventory valuation creates real-time " "*journal entries* in the *Accounting* app whenever stock enters or leaves " "the company's warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:24 msgid "" "This document is focused on the proper setup of automatic inventory " "valuation, which is an integrated valuation method that ensures journal " "entries in the *Accounting* app match stock valuation updates in the " "*Inventory* app. For an introduction of inventory valuation in Odoo, refer " "to the :doc:`using_inventory_valuation` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:30 msgid "" "Switching to automatic inventory valuation **does not** create journal " "entries for existing stock, potentially leading to discrepancies between " "stock valuation and accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33 msgid "" "To manually post journal entries for existing stock, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation` for a list of " "current stock and its value. Then, :doc:`post a journal entry " "<../../../../finance/accounting/vendor_bills>` for each existing item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "" "To properly set up automatic inventory valuation, follow these steps in " "Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 msgid "" ":ref:`Install Accounting app and enable specific settings " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Set Automatic inventory valuation on product categories " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 msgid "" ":ref:`Set costing method `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 msgid "Accounting setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 msgid "" "To use automatic inventory valuation, install the *Accounting* app. Next, go" " to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` section, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic " "Accounting` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" "Enabling :guilabel:`Automatic Accounting` shows the previously invisible " "*Inventory Valuation* field on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "Automatic Accounting feature in Stock Valuation section of Settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` " "and :ref:`Stock input/output ` " "sections of documentation for details on configuring the accounting journals" " shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:73 msgid "Product category setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:75 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation " "`, the next step is to set " "the product category to use automatic inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select the desired product category. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, set the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` field to :guilabel:`Automated`. Repeat this step for every " "product category intending to use automatic inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 msgid "" "After enabling automatic accounting, each new stock move layer (SVL), that " "is created during inventory valuation updates, generates a journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Valuation field on the product category, with its various stock " "accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 msgid "Costing method" msgstr "成本方法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation " "`, the *costing method* for " "calculating and recording inventory costs is defined on the product category" " in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the appropriate " ":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Standard Price`: the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of " "the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used " "to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " "differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`标准价格`：Odoo " "的默认成本计算方法。产品成本在产品表单中手动定义，该成本用于计算估值。即使采购订单上的采购价格不同，估价仍将使用产品表单上定义的成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`: calculates the valuation of a product based" " on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of " "available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is " "*dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`平均成本（AVCO）`：根据产品的平均成本除以手头可用库存总数来计算产品估值。使用这种成本计算方法，存货估值是*动态*的，会根据产品的采购价格不断调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " "products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " "purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`平均成本（AVCO）` 作为 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 时，更改相应产品类别中产品的 " ":guilabel:`成本` 字段中的数值，将在 *库存估价* " "报告中创建新记录，以调整产品的价值。然后，:guilabel:`成本`金额将根据手头存货的平均采购价和有效采购订单的累计成本自动更新。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`: tracks the costs of incoming and " "outgoing items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to " "change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the " "next good sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next " "inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based " "on the valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most " "accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it is" " highly sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`先进先出（FIFO）`：实时跟踪入库和出库物品的成本，并使用产品的实际价格来改变估值。最旧的进货价被用作下一个售出产品的成本，直到该产品整批售出。当下一个库存批次在队列中向上移动时，就会根据该特定批次的估价使用最新的产品成本。由于种种原因，这种方法可以说是最准确的存货估价方法，但它对输入数据和人为错误非常敏感。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " "highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " "adjustments here." msgstr "改变成本计算方法会对存货估值产生很大影响。强烈建议在进行任何调整之前先咨询会计师。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" msgstr ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo generates a corresponding record in the *Inventory " "Valuation* report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "不同的产品类别可以使用不同的估值设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "会计类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "" "With automated inventory valuation set up, the generated journal entries " "depend on the chosen accounting mode: *Continental* or *Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode`, and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, look for `Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, " "to see if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, *Continental* " "accounting mode is in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." msgstr "显示盎格鲁-撒克逊会计模式功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means the cost of a good is only " "recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" "So, for **manual** valuation method, set the *Expense Account* to *Stock " "Valuation* for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation method, " "set the *Expense Account* to an *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type (e.g." " *Cost of Production*, *Cost of Goods Sold*, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Because of this, the *Expense Account* can " "be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, however, it is " "more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` " "and :ref:`Stock input/output ` " "sections for details on configuring each account type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:180 msgid "Expense account" msgstr "支出科目" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 msgid "" "To configure the *expense account*, which is used in both manual and " "automatic inventory valuation, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties` " "section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " "from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:187 msgid "" "To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " "|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " "based on the information below." msgstr "为确保所选账户为正确的 :guilabel:`类型`，请点击账户右侧的 |右箭头| 图标。然后根据以下信息设置账户类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 msgid "Anglo-Saxon" msgstr "盎格鲁萨克逊" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 msgid "Automated" msgstr "自动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 msgid "" "In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " ":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " "|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." msgstr "在盎格鲁-撒克逊会计自动库存估价中，将 :guilabel:`开支帐户` 设置为 `开支` 账户。然后，点击账户右侧的 |右箭头| 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:202 msgid "" "In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " "Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "在弹出窗口中，从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`开支` 或 :guilabel:`收入成本`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." msgstr "显示**开支账户**字段和外部链接图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " "Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " "clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " ":guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" "要配置 :guilabel:`开支账户`，请从字段的下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`库存估值`。点击 |右箭头| " "图标确认账户类型，然后确保:guilabel:`类型`为:guilabel:`流动资产`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." msgstr "显示**开支账户**字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:278 msgid "Continental" msgstr "欧洲大陆" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " ":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." msgstr "将 :guilabel:`开支帐户` 设置为 :guilabel:`开支` 或 :guilabel:`收入成本` 帐户类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" msgstr "库存输入/输出（仅限自动操作）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" " Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" " Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" "要配置 :guilabel:`库存输入账户` 和 :guilabel:`库存输出账户`，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> " "配置 --> 产品类别` 并选择所需的产品类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " "These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`库存估值` 字段中，选择 :guilabel:`自动化`。这样就会出现 :guilabel:`账户库存属性` " "部分。这些账户定义如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr ":guilabel:`库存估价账户`：当产品启用自动库存估价时，此账户将保存产品的当前价值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:247 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " "automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." msgstr ":guilabel:`库存日记账`：当产品的库存估价发生变化时自动记账的会计分录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`库存输入账户`：除非源位置设置了特定的估价账户，否则所有入库库存移动的对应日记账项目都将记入此账户。这是特定类别中所有产品的默认值，也可直接在每个产品上设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`库存输出账户`：除非目的地设置了特定的估价账户，否则所有出库库存移动的对应日记账项目都将记入此账户。这是指定类别中所有产品的默认值，也可直接在每个产品上设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 msgid "" "In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " "Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " "balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " "vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" "在盎格鲁-" "撒克逊会计中，:guilabel:`库存输入账户`和:guilabel:`库存输出账户`被设置为*不同*的:guilabel:`流动资产`账户。这样，交付产品和向客户开具发票会平衡*库存输出*账户，而接收产品和向供应商开具账单会平衡*库存输入*账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:267 msgid "" "To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " "right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " ":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "要修改账户类型，请点击股票输入/输出账户右侧的 |右箭头|图标。在弹出的窗口中，从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉菜单中选择 " ":guilabel:`流动资产`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." msgstr "显示账户设置页面，突出显示**类型**字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:275 msgid "" "The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " "Asset* account type." msgstr "*库存输入*账户设置为`库存中期（收到）`，即*流动资产*账户类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:280 msgid "" "In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " "Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" " and sold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "" "The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " "(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" " to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " "accounts are assigned to the **same** account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Balance " "Sheet`. Click the :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item to unfold the drop-" "down menu, and look for the nested :guilabel:`Stock Valuation`, " ":guilabel:`Stock Interim (Received)`, and :guilabel:`Stock Interim " "(Delivered)` lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "" "At the top of the dashboard, click the :guilabel:`As of [date]` button to " "display accounting records up to a specified date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 msgid "" ":ref:`Stock accounts and what they do `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 msgid "" "Access more specific information by clicking the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` " ":guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon to the right of the desired journal. Select " ":guilabel:`General Ledger` to see a list of all of the journal entries, " "where each line item's :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon can" " be clicked to reveal the :guilabel:`View Journal Entry` option to open the " "individualized journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "" "Additionally, annotations to the :guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by " "choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, filling in the text box, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "Show Stock Valuation journals in a list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "接收产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "`" " feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "产品发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:8 msgid "" "For companies with warehouses, *removal strategies* determine **which** " "products are taken from the warehouse, and **when**. For example, for " "perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest " "expiration date helps minimize food spoilage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:12 msgid "" "The following columns in the table below list the removal strategies " "available in Odoo, and detail how pickings are determined along with the " "picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically " "select how products are selected for orders:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`FIFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`LIFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`FEFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Closest Location `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Least Packages `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:26 msgid "Based on" msgstr "基于" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Incoming date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`Location sequence `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Package quantity `" msgstr ":ref:`Package quantity `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:32 msgid "Selection order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:33 msgid "First in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:34 msgid "Last in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`First to expire `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:36 msgid "" ":ref:`Alphanumeric name of location `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:37 msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:39 msgid "" "For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to " "each individual documentation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:53 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on the location by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, and selecting " "the desired location. On the location form, choose a removal strategy from " "the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field's drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To set a removal strategy on a location, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:62 msgid "" "These features are **only** necessary when setting the removal strategy on a" " location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " "selecting the intended product category. Next, choose a removal strategy " "from the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` drop-down menu options." msgstr "" "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` 并选择目标产品类别，配置产品类别的移除策略。然后，从 " ":guilabel:`强制移除战略` 下拉菜单选项中选择移除策略。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:69 msgid "" "When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and" " product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force " "Removal Strategy` field set on a :guilabel:`Product Category` form is " "applied as top priority." msgstr "" "当对产品的位置和产品类别应用了不同的移除策略时，在 :guilabel:`强制移除策略` 字段中设置的值将作为最高优先级应用于 " ":guilabel:`产品类别` 表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:94 msgid "Required features" msgstr "所需功能" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:76 msgid "" "While some removal strategies are available by default, some additional " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings` for the removal strategy option to appear in the drop-down " "menu of the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` or :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field." msgstr "" "虽然某些移除策略默认可用，但必须在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用某些附加功能，才能在 " ":guilabel:`强制移除策略` 或 :guilabel:`移除策略` 字段的下拉菜单中显示移除策略选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:81 msgid "" "Refer to the table below for a summary of required features. Otherwise, " "refer to the dedicated sections for the removal strategy for more details on" " requirements and usage." msgstr "请参阅下表，了解所需功能的概要。否则，请参阅移除策略的专门章节，了解有关要求和使用的更多详情。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:89 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:90 msgid "LIFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:91 msgid "FEFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:92 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "最近位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:93 msgid "Least Packages" msgstr "最少包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:96 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers" msgstr "批次和序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:98 msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:104 msgid "Lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:106 msgid "" "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track " "information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under" " the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots " "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " "navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product. On the product " "form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field, select either the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial " "Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:121 msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " "during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:128 msgid "" "**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for " "setting **all** types of removal strategies on a location. However, these " "features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy" " since it is only applied at the location level." msgstr "" "**存储位置**和**多步骤路线**是在位置上设置**所有**类型移除策略的必要特征。然而，这些功能对于最近位置移除策略来说尤为重要，因为该策略仅在位置级别应用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:132 msgid "" "To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable" " the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "features." msgstr "" "要激活这些功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`仓库` 标题下，启用 " ":guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the locations and route features." msgstr "启用位置和路径功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 msgid "Expiration date" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:145 msgid "" "Enable the **expiration date** feature to track expiration dates, best " "before dates, removal dates, and alert dates on a lot or serial number by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，启用**过期日期**功能，以追踪批次或序列号上的过期日期、最佳使用日期、移除日期和警报日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & " "Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`追溯性` 标题下，确保已选择 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 功能，然后选择 :guilabel:`到期日期` " "复选框以启用该功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:161 msgid "" "The *packages* feature is used to group products together and is required " "for the least packages removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the packages feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:173 msgid "" ":doc:`2-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:174 msgid "" ":doc:`3-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3 msgid "Closest location removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5 msgid "" "For the *Closest Location* removal strategy, products are picked based on " "the alphanumeric order of storage location titles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:8 msgid "" "The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long" " journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 msgid "" "To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider " "the following example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19 msgid "" "A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf " "A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26 msgid "" "The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are " "easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and " "`Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic " "order, based on ease of access." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31 msgid "" "To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40 msgid "Location names" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42 msgid "" "To configure location names, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select" " an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and " "then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field." msgstr "" "要配置位置名称，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`。然后，选择一个现有位置，或点击 " ":guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新位置，然后在 :guilabel:`位置名称` 字段中输入所需名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity" " to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the " ":ref:`parent location `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50 msgid "" "To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of" " the alphabetically named storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53 msgid "" "Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest " "to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for " "shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three " "locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62 msgid "" "To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, " "'WH/Stock'." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67 msgid "" "To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the " "following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is" " stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71 msgid "" "Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74 msgid "" "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product" " form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighteen " "units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84 msgid "" "After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery " "order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal " "strategy." msgstr "添加产品后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`，创建一个交付订单，使用移除策略将产品保存在最近的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" "要了解*在哪里*拣选单位的更多详细信息，请选择位于最右侧的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（项目符号列表）`图标。这样做会启动 " ":guilabel:`打开：库存移动`弹窗，根据移除策略显示预留物品的拣选方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then " "selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3 msgid "FEFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for " "removal based on their assigned removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14 msgid "Removal date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16 msgid "" "Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, " "which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration " "date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19 msgid "" "The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, " "ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` " "or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the " ":guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates." msgstr "" "必须在:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用:guilabel:`批次和序列号` " "和:guilabel:`有效期` 功能，才能追踪有效期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31 msgid "" "The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the " "product was received to the number of days specified in the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form." msgstr "产品的到期日期是通过将产品收到日期与产品表单中 :guilabel:`到期日期` 字段指定的天数相加来确定的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34 msgid "" "The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of " "days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form." msgstr "移除日期是将此到期日期减去产品表单中 :guilabel:`移除日期` 字段指定的天数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38 msgid "" ":doc:`Expiration dates " "<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`到期日期 <.../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following " ":guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51 msgid "" "A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the " "expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By " "extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57 msgid "" "To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product " "form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60 msgid "" "Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and " "select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal " "Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "" "Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n" "smart button from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures " "that products with the nearest removal date are picked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74 msgid "" "To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following " "example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing" " twelve eggs." msgstr "要了解这种移除策略如何运作，请看下面关于产品`一箱鸡蛋 `的示例，这是一个装有 12 个鸡蛋的盒子。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77 msgid "" "The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First" " Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" "产品 :guilabel:`按批次`追踪，产品类别 :guilabel:`强制移除策略`设置为 :guilabel:`先到期，先出库（FEFO）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up force removal strategy `" msgstr ":ref:`设置强制移除策略 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking `" msgstr ":ref:`启用批次跟踪 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：易腐烂产品 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35 msgid "LOT1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36 msgid "LOT2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37 msgid "LOT3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38 msgid "On-hand stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75 msgid "2" msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96 msgid "1" msgstr "1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98 msgid "April 4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99 msgid "April 10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100 msgid "April 15" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102 msgid "February 26" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103 msgid "March 4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104 msgid "March 9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and create a new quotation." msgstr "要查看移除策略的实际效果，请转到 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并创建一个新报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December " "29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, " "using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`确认` 创建今天（12 月 29 日）的交货订单，并使用 :abbr:`FEFO （先到期，先出库）` " "移除策略，保留到期日最早的批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" "要查看详细信息，请点击交货单的 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡中的 :guilabel:`列表（项目列表）`图标，该图标位于一箱鸡蛋 " "产品线的最右侧。此操作会开启:guilabel:`打开：库存移动`弹窗。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120 msgid "" "Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with " "the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is " "selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3 msgid "FIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the " "earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products" " that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock " "retention of specific styles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14 msgid "" "Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive" " on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that " "have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are " "selected first for picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29 msgid "Arrival date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31 msgid "" "To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a" " product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial " "numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the " "lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39 msgid "" "Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on" " December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49 msgid "" "To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, " "consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52 msgid "" "The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In," " First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55 msgid "" "The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62 msgid "" "The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of " "white shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74 msgid "3" msgstr "3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Created on `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77 msgid "March 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78 msgid "April 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79 msgid "May 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for six white shirts by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with" " the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from " "`LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "采用先进先出策略为销售订单预留两个批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3 msgid "Least packages removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the " "fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock " "without needing to open multiple boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12 msgid "" "To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following " "example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk " "packages of `100 kg`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15 msgid "" "To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the " "least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened " "package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21 msgid "" "A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some " "orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24 msgid "" "When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25 msgid "" "When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 " "kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in " "two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32 msgid "" "Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is " "used to fulfill an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`Packages feature ` " "**must** be enabled to use this strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The " "product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, " "is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one " "remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47 msgid "" "To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and " "click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighty " "kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a" " new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58 msgid "" "On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount " "automatically picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the " "quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` " "is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst-1 msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3 msgid "LIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Last In, First Out* (LIFO) removal strategy picks the **newest** " "products on-hand, based on the date they entered a warehouse's stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:8 msgid "" "Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " "First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that " "has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that " "entered the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16 msgid "" "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19 msgid "" "Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is " "tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product " "category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28 msgid "" "The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various" " lot number details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43 msgid "June 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44 msgid "June 3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45 msgid "June 6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so " "reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder" " blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 msgid "Inventory aging report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 msgid "" "The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights " "into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10 msgid "" "Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, " "or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at " "risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of " "rot/decay for fast-expiring items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " ":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18 msgid "" "To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24 msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, " "with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default " "filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only " "products from receipts, and are currently in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and " ":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these " "items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 msgid "" "Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column " "or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed " "breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` " "by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " ":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 msgid "Inventory aging report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43 msgid "" "Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception " "**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. " "Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of " "items purchased on each day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 msgid "" "Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation " "layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51 msgid "" "Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from " "vendors do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:71 msgid "Generate reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56 msgid "" "After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report " "`, it can be used to create and " "share different reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59 msgid "" "A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Aging` report are detailed below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63 msgid "Rotating stock report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65 msgid "" "To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory " "Aging`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` " ":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a " "drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " ":guilabel:`Favorite` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71 msgid "" "Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so " "expands the pivot table to show a product in each row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the " "date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose " ":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, " "or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the " ":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected " "time period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 msgid "" "For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such " "as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by " ":guilabel:`Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 msgid "" "The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total " "purchasing cost, for each time period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90 msgid "" "Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` " "option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to " ":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products " "were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business " "owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " "overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " "to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " "`, or view past inventory to see " "product locations on specific dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 msgid "" "To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " "enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " "locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " "in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " "`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " "each location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" " is specified here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " ":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " "quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " "such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 msgid "" "Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" " product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " "the product was moved from one location to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 msgid "" "View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " ":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " ":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " ":guilabel:`To Do` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "" "Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " "rules <../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " "page to replenish products at the specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:62 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " "to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " "product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:66 msgid "" "To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " "click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" "left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" " at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:73 msgid "" "After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " "`, it can be used to create " "and share different reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:77 msgid "" "A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " "dashboard are detailed below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:81 msgid "Dead stock report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:83 msgid "" "To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" " steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:144 msgid "" "Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" " reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " ":guilabel:`Favorite` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:88 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " "option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:91 msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:94 msgid "" "This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " "` page, accessed by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:105 msgid "Stranded inventory report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:107 msgid "" "Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " "apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " "storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" " transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " "are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " "the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:112 msgid "" "To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " "steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " "where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " "`WH/Packing`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:117 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " "resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show search result for the location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:124 msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:127 msgid "" "Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " "*WH/Input* location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:129 msgid "" "The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " "refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " "identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:138 msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:140 msgid "" "To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " ":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " "steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:146 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " "from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:148 msgid "" "The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " "cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:154 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " "transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " "inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 msgid "Moves history dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" " product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" " reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " "this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " "turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 msgid "" "The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 msgid "" "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 msgid "Display Moves History report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 msgid "Navigate the moves history report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " "quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " "tracked product being moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " ":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " ":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " "operation)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 msgid "Search options" msgstr "搜索选项" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 msgid "" "Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " "report to display relevant information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 msgid "Filters" msgstr "筛选" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " "custom filters to find specific stock records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " "includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " ":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" " customer returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " "another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " "the virtual, production :doc:`location " "<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " "options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " "days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 msgid "Group By" msgstr "分组方式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " "groupings to the search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " ":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " "Available`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " ":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " "`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" " column in this report)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," " go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" " Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " "<../advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "收藏夹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 msgid "" "To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " "be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " "search`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 msgid "" "Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " "current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " "report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " "available to other users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:134 msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 msgid "Stock report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " "products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " "those delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 msgid "" "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 msgid "Navigate the stock report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 msgid "" "On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " "down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," " which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " "which shows products within a selected product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" " warehouses in the database. Refer to the " ":doc:`../inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse` documentation for " "more details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:30 msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " "on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " "calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " "<../inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" "pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " "<../inventory_management/count_products>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " "delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " "products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " "in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " "confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " "displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" " was moved from one location to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " "<../../product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for " "the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " "locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " "incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " "purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " "confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " "available with the *Website* app installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " "of Sale* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " "through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " ":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " ":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." " The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" " is ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 msgid "" "In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " "setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " "not available in self order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " "Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" " on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " "vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " "checkbox is ticked on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " "ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " "available with the *Subscription* app activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" " a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" " checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " "app installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" " :doc:`third-party manufacturer " "<../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic>`. Available " "only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" " with the *Expenses* app installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/product_tracking/type`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " "groupings to the search results." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " "<../../product_management/product_tracking/type>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " "these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " "Product Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" " categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:127 msgid "" "To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " "can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " "current search`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:130 msgid "" "Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " "current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " ":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " "users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "维护" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "通过追踪维护需求，**Odoo 维护**可帮助延长设备的使用寿命。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 教程：设备维护管理 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "添加新设备" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations," " including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery" " on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a " "computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by " "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，*设备*指的是日常运营（包括产品制造）中使用的任何物品。这可以指生产线上的一台机器、在不同地点使用的工具或办公空间中的一台计算机。在 " "Odoo 中注册的设备可以由使用 Odoo 数据库的公司拥有，也可以由第三方（如设备租赁中的供应商）拥有。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" "使用 Odoo *维护* 可以追踪单个设备及其维护要求信息。要添加新设备，请导航至 :guilabel:`维护` 模块，选择 " ":menuselection:`设备 --> 机器和工具 --> 创建`，然后按以下步骤配置设备：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`设备名称`：设备产品名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`设备类别`：设备所属的类别；例如，计算机、机械、工具等；可通过导航至:menuselection:`配置 --> " "设备类别`并点击:guilabel:`创建`来创建新类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：拥有设备的公司；同样，这可以是使用 Odoo 数据库的公司，也可以是第三方公司" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr ":guilabel:`使用者`：指定设备是否由特定员工、部门或两者使用；选择 :guilabel:`其他` 可同时指定员工和部门。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`维护团队'：负责维护设备的团队；可通过导航至 :menuselection:` 配置 --> 维护团队'并选择 " ":guilabel:`创建'来创建新团队；也可通过此页面分配每个团队的成员" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`技术员`：负责维修设备的人；可以用于在未指定维护团队或需要特定团队成员始终负责设备时，指定具体的个人；Odoo " "中的任何用户都可以被指定为技术员。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`工作中心`：如果设备在工作中心使用，请在此处指定；设备也可以通过导航到:menuselection:`维护 --> 设备 --> " "工作中心`，选择一个工作中心或使用:guilabel:`创建`按钮创建一个新的工作中心，然后点击工作中心表单上的:guilabel:`设备`选项卡，将设备分配到工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "完整配置的新设备表格示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "包括其他产品信息" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the page can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "新设备的产品信息选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "添加维护详情" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab at the bottom of the page provides " "information about the failure frequency of the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days " "the equipment is expected to operate between failures. This number can be " "configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days the " "equipment operates between failures. This number is calculated automatically" " based on previous failures, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the estimated date the equipment may " "experience its next failure. This date is calculated automatically based on " "the data in the :guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure` and :guilabel:`Latest " "Failure` fields, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: the most recent date on which the equipment " "failed. This date is based on the creation date of the equipment's most " "recent maintenance request, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the average number of days needed to repair" " the equipment. This number is calculated automatically based on the " "duration of previous maintenance requests, and cannot be configured " "manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for a piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:91 msgid "" "To see any open maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the " "page for the equipment, and click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button " "at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance calendar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:7 msgid "" "Avoiding equipment breakdowns, and blocks in warehouse work centers, " "requires constant equipment maintenance. Timely corrective maintenance for " "machines and tools that break unexpectedly, as well as preventive " "maintenance to ensure that such issues are avoided, are key to keeping " "warehouse operations running smoothly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can access the *Maintenance Calendar* to " "create, schedule, and edit both corrective and preventive maintenance " "requests, to stay on top of equipment and work centers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:16 msgid "Create maintenance request" msgstr "创建维护请求" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:18 msgid "" "Maintenance requests can be created directly from the *Maintenance " "Calendar*. To access the calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:21 msgid "" "To create a new request, click anywhere on the calendar. Doing so opens a " ":guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Name:` field, assign " "a title to the new request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "New event creation pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:28 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the pop-up window saves the new request with " "no additional details. If the request's creation should be canceled, click " ":guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:31 msgid "" "To add more details and schedule the request for a specific date and time, " "click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:33 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens a blank maintenance request form, where " "various details about the request can be filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:37 msgid "Edit maintenance request" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:39 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Request` field, assign a title to the new request. In the " ":guilabel:`Created By` field, from the drop-down menu, select which user the" " request was created by. By default, this field populates with the user " "actually creating the request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "New maintenance request form creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:47 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`For` field, from the drop-down menu, select if this " "request is being created for a piece of :guilabel:`Equipment`, or a " ":guilabel:`Work Center`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:51 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Work Center` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field's drop-" "down menu, two additional fields appear on the form: :guilabel:`Work Center`" " and :guilabel:`Block Workcenter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, select which work center in the " "warehouse this maintenance request applies to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Block Workcenter` option's checkbox is ticked, it is not " "possible to plan work orders, or other maintenance requests, in this work " "center during the time that this request is being performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Equipment` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, which it " "is by default, select which machine or tool requires maintenance from the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` field. Once a specific piece of equipment is selected," " a greyed-out :guilabel:`Category` field appears, listing the *Equipment " "Category* to which the equipment belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:66 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field, if necessary, click the drop-" "down menu to select a worksheet template. These templates are custom " "templates that can be filled out by the employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:70 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` field, the :guilabel:`Request Date` field " "displays the date requested for the maintenance to happen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field provides two selectable radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Corrective` and :guilabel:`Preventive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective` maintenance is for requests that arise for immediate " "needs, such as broken equipment, while :guilabel:`Preventive` maintenance is" " for planned requests, to avoid breakdowns in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:80 msgid "" "If this request is tied to a specific |MO|, select that |MO| from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:83 msgid "" "From the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the desired " "maintenance team who will perform the maintenance. In the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field, select the technician responsible for the " "request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Filled-out details of maintenance request form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to open a calendar " "popover. From this popover, select the planned date of the maintenance, and " "click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:94 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Duration` field, enter the the amount of hours (in a " "`00:00` format) that the maintenance is planned to take." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Priority` field, choose a priority between one and three " ":guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`. This indicates the importance of the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:100 msgid "" "If working in a multi-company environment, from the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, select the company to which this maintenance " "request belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:103 msgid "" "At the bottom of the form, there are two tabs: :guilabel:`Notes` and " ":guilabel:`Instructions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:105 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, type out any internal notes for the team or " "technician assigned to the request, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:108 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab, if necessary, select one of the three " "radio button options to provide maintenance instructions to the assigned " "team or technician. The available methods for providing instructions are via" " :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide`, or :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Instructions tab options on maintenance request form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:117 msgid "Calendar elements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:119 msgid "" "The *Maintenance Calendar* provides various views, search functions, and " "filters to help keep track of the progress of ongoing and planned " "maintenance requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:122 msgid "" "The following sections describe elements found across various views of the " "calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:125 msgid "Filters and Favorites" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:127 msgid "" "To access the maintenance calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:130 msgid "" "To add and remove filters for sorting data on the *Maintenance Calendar*, " "click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle pointed down)` icon, to the right of the " "search bar at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:133 msgid "" "The left-hand side of the resulting drop-down menu lists all the different " ":guilabel:`Filters` users can select. By default, :guilabel:`To Do` and " ":guilabel:`Active` are selected, so all open requests are displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:138 msgid "" "To add a custom filter to the :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar`, click " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, under the :guilabel:`Filters` section of the " "drop-down menu. This opens an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:142 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, configure the properties of the new rule for the " "filter. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:145 msgid "" "The right-hand side of the drop-down menu lists the :guilabel:`Favorites`, " "or any searches that have been saved as a favorite to be revisited at a " "later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Favorites section of filters drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:152 msgid "" "To save a new :guilabel:`Favorite` search, select the desired " ":guilabel:`Filters`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save current search`. In the " "field directly below :guilabel:`Save current search`, assign a name to the " "search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:156 msgid "" "Under the assigned name, there are two options, to save the current search " "either as the :guilabel:`Default filter`, or as a :guilabel:`Shared` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:159 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Default filter` sets this filter as the default when " "opening this calendar view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:162 msgid "" "Selecting the :guilabel:`Shared` filter makes this filter available to other" " users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:164 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save`. When clicked, the new " ":guilabel:`Favorite` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Favorites` column, and" " a :guilabel:`⭐ (gold star)` icon appears with the filter's name in the " "search bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:169 msgid "Views" msgstr "查看" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:171 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is available in six different views: " ":guilabel:`Calendar` (default), :guilabel:`Kanban`, :guilabel:`List`, " ":guilabel:`Pivot`, :guilabel:`Graph`, and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Different view type icons for maintenance calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:180 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "日历视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calendar` is the default view displayed when the " ":guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is opened. There are a number of options in" " this view type for sorting and grouping information about maintenance " "requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:186 msgid "" "In the top-left corner of the page, there is a drop-down menu set to " ":guilabel:`Week`, by default. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the " "different periods of time, in which the calendar can be viewed: " ":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. There is also an " "option to :guilabel:`Show weekends`, selected by default. If unselected, " "weekends are not shown on the calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Calendar period drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:196 msgid "" "To the left of this menu, there is a :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon and a " ":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon. Clicking these arrows moves the calendar " "backward or forward in time, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:199 msgid "" "To the right of the drop-down menu set to :guilabel:`Week`, by default, is a" " :guilabel:`Today` button. Clicking this button resets the calendar to view " "today's date, no matter which point in time is being viewed before clicking " "it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:203 msgid "" "At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a " "minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, " "displaying all the *Technicians* with requests currently open. Click the " ":guilabel:`(panel)` icon at the top of this sidebar to open or close the " "sidebar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Technician` list only displays if technicians are assigned to" " open requests, and individual technicians are only listed, if they are " "listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` on at least **one** maintenance request " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:214 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "看板视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:216 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, all open maintenance requests are " "displayed in Kanban-style columns, in their respective stages of the " "maintenance process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:219 msgid "" "Each maintenance request appears on its own task card, and each task card " "can be dragged-and-dropped to a different stage of the Kanban pipeline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:222 msgid "" "Each column has a name (i.e. :guilabel:`In Progress`). Hovering at the top " "of a column reveals a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️" " (gear)` icon reveals a list of options for that column: :guilabel:`Fold`, " ":guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Automations`, and :guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Column options for stage in Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:230 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` folds the column to hide its contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:232 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens an :guilabel:`Edit: (stage name)` pop-up " "window, with the corresponding stage name, wherein the column's details can " "be edited. The following are the column options that can be edited:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Edit In Progress pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the stage in the Kanban pipeline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Maintenance Pipe`: when checked, this stage's column is" " folded by default in the :guilabel:`Kanban` view type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Request Confirmed`: when this box is not ticked, and the " "maintenance request type is set to *Work Center*, no leave is created for " "the respective work center when a maintenance request is created. If the box" " *is* ticked, the work center is automatically blocked for the listed " "duration, either at the specified date, or as soon as possible, if the work " "center is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: the order in the maintenance process, in which this " "stage appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:249 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Request Done`: if ticked, this box indicates this stage is the " "final step of the maintenance process. Requests moved to this stage are " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:252 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. If no changes have been made, " "click :guilabel:`Discard`, or click the :guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:256 msgid "List view" msgstr "列表视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:258 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`List` view selected, all open maintenance requests are " "displayed in a list, with information about each request listed in its " "respective row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:261 msgid "" "The columns of information displayed in this view type are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:263 msgid ":guilabel:`Subjects`: the name assigned to the maintenance request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee who originally created the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: the category the equipment being repaired belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stage`: the stage of the maintenance process the request is " "currently in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:268 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company environment, the company in the " "database the request is assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:272 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "数据透视视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:274 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Pivot` view selected, maintenance requests are displayed" " in a pivot table, and can be customized to show different data metrics." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:277 msgid "" "To add more data to the pivot table, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. By default, :guilabel:`Count` is selected. " "Additional options to add to the table are :guilabel:`Additional Leaves to " "Plan Ahead`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and :guilabel:`Repeat Every`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Measures options on Pivot view page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:285 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` button is the :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button. Clicking this button opens a pop-up window titled " ":guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your pivot.`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:289 msgid "" "There are two tabs in this pop-up window: :guilabel:`Spreadsheets` and " ":guilabel:`Dashboards`. Click into one of these tabs, and select a " "spreadsheet or dashboard in the database to add this pivot table to. Once " "ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. If this table shouldn't be added to a " "spreadsheet or dashboard, click :guilabel:`Cancel`, or click the " ":guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" "弹出窗口中有两个选项卡：:guilabel:`电子表格` 和 " ":guilabel:`仪表板`。点击其中一个选项卡，然后在数据库中选择电子表格或仪表板，将此透视表添加到其中。准备就绪后，点击:guilabel:`确认`。如果该表不应添加到电子表格或仪表板，请点击" " :guilabel:`取消`，或点击 :guilabel:`X` 图标关闭弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:294 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button are three " "buttons:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` 按钮的右侧有三个按钮：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Flip axis`: the x and y axis of the pivot data table flip." msgstr ":guilabel:`翻转轴`：翻转数据透视表的 X 轴和 Y 轴。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand all`: all the available rows and columns of the pivot data" " table expand fully." msgstr ":guilabel:`全部展开`：透视数据表的所有可用行和列全部展开。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:298 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download xlsx`: the pivot data table is downloaded as an .xlsx " "file." msgstr ":guilabel:`下载 xlsx`：数据透视表将下载为 .xlsx 文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "图形视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:303 msgid "" "With the graph view selected, the following options appear between the " "search bar and visual representation of the data. These graph-specific " "options are located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` and " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` buttons." msgstr "" "选择图表视图后，搜索栏和数据可视化表示之间会出现以下选项。这些特定于图表的选项位于 :guilabel:`计量方式` 和 " ":guilabel:`插入电子表格` 按钮的右侧。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Graph type icons on Graph view page." msgstr "图表视图页面上的图表类型图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:311 msgid "" "There are three different types of graphs available to users to view the " "data:" msgstr "有三种不同类型的图表可供用户查看数据：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:313 msgid ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`: the data is displayed in a bar chart." msgstr ":guilabel:`柱状图`：以柱状图显示数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:314 msgid ":guilabel:`Line Chart`: the data is displayed in a line chart." msgstr ":guilabel:`折线图`：以折线图显示数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Pie Chart`: the data is displayed in a pie chart." msgstr ":guilabel:`饼状图`：以饼状图显示数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:317 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Bar Chart` graph, the data can be " "formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "以 :guilabel:`饼状图` 形式查看数据时，数据可以按以下方式格式化：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:327 msgid ":guilabel:`Stacked`: the data is stacked on the graph." msgstr ":guilabel:`堆叠图`：数据堆叠在图表上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:329 msgid ":guilabel:`Descending`: the data is displayed in descending order." msgstr ":guilabel:`降序`：按降序显示数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:322 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:330 msgid ":guilabel:`Ascending`: the data is displayed in ascending order." msgstr ":guilabel:`升序`：按升序显示数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:324 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Line Chart` graph, the data can be " "formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "以 :guilabel:`折线图` 图表形式查看数据时，数据可以按以下方式格式化：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:328 msgid ":guilabel:`Cumulative`: the data is increasingly accumulated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:332 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Pie Chart` graph, all relevant data is" " displayed by default, and no additional formatting options are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:336 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "活动视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:338 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, all open maintenance requests " "are listed in their own row, with the ability to schedule activities related" " to those requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance requests on Activity view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:345 msgid "" "Maintenance requests are listed in the :guilabel:`Maintenance Request` " "column as activities. Clicking a request opens a :guilabel:`Maintenance " "Request` popover that indicates the status of the request, and the " "responsible technician. To schedule an activity directly from the popover, " "click :guilabel:`➕ Schedule an activity`. This opens a :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:350 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, choose the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, provide a " ":guilabel:`Summary`, schedule a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and choose the " "responsible user in the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Schedule Activity pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:358 msgid "" "Type any additional notes for the new activity in the blank space under the " "greyed-out :guilabel:`Log a note...` field. When clicked, this changes to " ":guilabel:`Type \"/\" for commands`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:361 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Schedule` to schedule the activity. " "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done` to close the " "activity, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to close the activity and " "open a new one, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to cancel the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:365 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, each activity type available " "when scheduling an activity is listed as its own column. These columns are " ":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " ":guilabel:`Maintenance Request`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, :guilabel:`Upload " "Document`, :guilabel:`Request Signature`, and :guilabel:`Grant Approval`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:370 msgid "" "To schedule an activity with that specific activity type, click into any " "blank box on the corresponding row for the desired maintenance request, and " "click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon. This opens an :guilabel:`Odoo` pop-up " "window, wherein the activity can be scheduled." msgstr "" "要安排特定活动类型的活动，请点击所需维护请求对应行的任意空白框，然后点击 :guilabel:`➕（加号）`图标。将打开一个 " ":guilabel:`Odoo` 弹出窗口，可在其中安排活动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Odoo pop-up schedule activity window." msgstr "Odoo 弹出式日程活动窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:379 msgid ":doc:`maintenance_requests`" msgstr ":doc:`maintenance_requests`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:380 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:243 msgid ":doc:`add_new_equipment`" msgstr ":doc:`add_new_equipment`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance requests" msgstr "维护请求" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:7 msgid "" "In order to keep equipment and work centers functioning properly, it is " "often necessary to perform maintenance on them. This can include preventive " "maintenance, intended to prevent equipment from breaking down, or corrective" " maintenance, which is used to fix equipment that is broken or otherwise " "unusable." msgstr "" "为了保持设备和工作中心的正常运行，通常有必要对其进行维护。这可能包括预防性维护，目的是防止设备发生故障；也可能包括纠正性维护，用于修复损坏或无法使用的设备。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can create *maintenance requests* to schedule " "and track the progress of equipment and work center maintenance." msgstr "在 Odoo *维护*中，用户可以创建*维护请求*，以安排和追踪设备和工作中心的维护进度。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:18 msgid "" "To create a new maintenance request, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance" " app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Requests`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要创建新的维护请求，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护应用程序 --> 维护 --> 维护请求`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:21 msgid "" "Begin filling out the form by entering a descriptive title in the " ":guilabel:`Request` field (e.g., `Drill not working`)." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`请求` 字段中输入描述性标题（例如，`钻孔机不工作`），开始填写表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:24 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Created By` field auto-populates with the user creating the " "request, but a different user can be selected by clicking on the drop-down " "menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`创建者` 字段会自动填充创建请求的用户，但点击下拉菜单可以选择不同的用户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:27 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`For` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Equipment` if the " "maintenance request is being created for a piece of equipment, or " ":guilabel:`Work Center` if it is being created for a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:31 msgid "" "Depending on the option selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, the next " "field is titled either :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center`. " "Using the drop-down menu for either field, select a piece of equipment or a " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:35 msgid "" "If the *Custom Maintenance Worksheets* setting is enabled in the " "*Maintenance* app's settings, a :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field appears" " below the :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center` field. If " "necessary, use this field to select a worksheet to be filled out by the " "employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" "如果在 *维护保养* 应用程序的设置中启用了 *自定义维护工作表* 设置，则在 :guilabel:`装备` 或 :guilabel:`工作中心` " "字段的下方会出现一个 :guilabel:`工作表模板` 字段。如有必要，可使用此字段选择工作表，由执行维护的员工填写。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:40 msgid "" "The next field is titled :guilabel:`Request Date`, and is set by default to " "the date on which the maintenance request is created. This date cannot be " "changed by the user." msgstr "下一个字段名为 :guilabel:`请求日期`，默认设置为创建维护请求的日期。用户不能更改该日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:43 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Corrective`" " option if the request is intended to fix an existing issue, or the " ":guilabel:`Preventive` option if the request is intended to prevent issues " "from occurring in the future." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`维护类型` 字段中，如果请求旨在修复现有问题，请选择 :guilabel:`纠正` 选项；如果请求旨在防止将来发生问题，请选择" " :guilabel:`预防` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:47 msgid "" "If the request is being created to address an issue that arose during a " "specific manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing" " Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:50 msgid "" "If an |MO| was selected in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field, a " ":guilabel:`Work Order` field appears below it. If the issue arose during a " "specific work order, specify it in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:53 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the maintenance team that is " "responsible for managing the request. If a specific team member is " "responsible, select them in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field is used to specify the date on which " "maintenance should take place, and the time it should begin. Choose a date " "by clicking on the field to open a calendar in a pop-up window, and then " "select a day on the calendar. Enter an hour and minute in the two fields " "below the calendar, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date and time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Duration` field is used to specify the time it takes to " "complete the maintenance request. Use the text-entry field to enter the time" " in a `00:00` format." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:64 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Work Center` was selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, a " ":guilabel:`Block Workcenter` checkbox appears below the :guilabel:`Duration`" " field. Enable the checkbox to prevent work orders or other maintenance from" " being scheduled at the specified work center while the maintenance request " "is being processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to communicate the importance (or " "urgency) of the maintenance request. Assign the request a priority between " "zero and three :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`, by clicking on the desired star " "number. Requests assigned a higher priority appear above those with a lower " "priority, on the Kanban board used to track the progression of maintenance " "requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "details about the maintenance request (why the maintenance issue arose, when" " it occurred, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:77 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Instructions` tab is used to include instructions for how " "maintenance should be performed. Select one of the three options, and then " "include the instructions as detailed below:" msgstr "guilabel:`说明`选项卡用于包含如何进行维护的说明。从三个选项中选择一个，然后按下面的详细说明写入说明：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`PDF`: click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the " "device's file manager, and then select a file to upload." msgstr ":guilabel:`PDF`：点击:guilabel:`上传文件` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器，然后选择要上传的文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Google Slide`: enter a :guilabel:`Google Slide link` in the text-" "entry field that appears after the option is selected." msgstr ":guilabel:`Google 幻灯片`：在选中该选项后出现的文本输入框中输入 :guilabel:`Google幻灯片` 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Text`: enter the instructions in the text-entry field that " "appears after the option is selected." msgstr ":guilabel:`文本`：在选择选项后出现的文本输入框中输入说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst-1 msgid "A maintenance request form filled out for a piece of equipment." msgstr "为设备填写的维护申请表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:92 msgid "Process maintenance request" msgstr "处理维护请求" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:94 msgid "" "Once a maintenance request has been created, it appears in the *New Request*" " stage of the *Maintenance Requests* page, which can be accessed by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> " "Maintenance Requests`." msgstr "" "创建维护请求后，该请求将出现在*维护请求*页面的*新请求*阶段，可通过导航至 :menuselection:`维护应用程序 --> 维护 --> " "维护请求`进行访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:98 msgid "" "Maintenance requests can be moved to different stages by dragging and " "dropping them. They can also be moved by clicking on a request to open it in" " a new page, and then selecting the desired stage from the stage indicator " "bar, located above the top-right corner of the request's form." msgstr "维护请求可以通过拖放移动到不同的阶段。也可以通过点击申请在新页面中打开，然后从申请表右上角的阶段指示栏中选择所需的阶段来移动申请。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:102 msgid "" "Successful maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Repaired` " "stage, indicating that the specified piece of equipment or work center is " "repaired." msgstr "成功的维护请求应转入 :guilabel:`已维护` 阶段，表明指定的设备或工作中心已完成维护。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:105 msgid "" "Failed maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Scrap` stage, " "indicating the specified piece of equipment, or work center, could not be " "repaired, and must instead be scrapped." msgstr "失败的维护请求应转移到 :guilabel:`报废` 阶段，表示指定的设备或工作中心无法维护，必须报废。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance setup" msgstr "维修设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Maintenance* helps companies schedule corrective and preventive " "maintenance on equipment used in their warehouse. This helps companies avoid" " equipment breakdowns, blocks in warehouse work centers, and emergency " "repair costs." msgstr "Odoo *维护保养* 可帮助企业安排仓库设备的纠正性和预防性维护。这有助于公司避免设备故障、仓库工作中心堵塞和紧急维修开销。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:13 msgid "Maintenance teams" msgstr "保养团队" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:15 msgid "" "When creating maintenance requests, a *maintenance team* can be assigned to " "the request as the team responsible for handling the request." msgstr "在创建维护保养申请时，可为申请指定一个 *维护保养团队*，作为负责处理申请的团队。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:18 msgid "" "To view existing maintenance teams, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Configuration --> Maintenance Teams`." msgstr "要查看现有维护保养团队，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 配置 --> 维护保养团队`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:21 msgid "" "From the resulting :guilabel:`Teams` page, a list of all existing teams (if " "any) is displayed, with the :guilabel:`Team Name`, :guilabel:`Team Members`," " and :guilabel:`Company` listed in the columns, by default." msgstr "" "在生成的 :guilabel:`团队` " "页面中，将显示所有现有团队（如有）的列表，默认情况下，:guilabel:`团队名称`、:guilabel:`团队成员`和 :guilabel:`公司`" " 列中都会列出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "List of Teams on Maintenance Teams page." msgstr "维护团队页面上的团队列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:29 msgid "" "To add a new team, click :guilabel:`New`. This adds a blank line at the " "bottom of the list of teams. In the blank field that appears below the " ":guilabel:`Team Name` column, assign a name to the new maintenance team." msgstr "" "要添加新团队，请点击 :guilabel:`新建`。这将在团队列表底部添加一行空白。在 :guilabel:`团队名称` " "列下面出现的空白栏中，为新的维护团队指定一个名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team Members` column, click the field to reveal a drop-" "down menu with existing users in the database. Choose which users should be " "members of the new maintenance team." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队成员` 列中，点击该字段以显示一个下拉菜单，其中包含数据库中的现有用户。选择哪些用户应成为新维护团队的成员。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:36 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Search More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Team Members` " "pop-up window to search for users **not** shown on the initial drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`搜索更多...` 打开 :guilabel:`搜索：团队成员 `弹出窗口，搜索**未**在初始下拉菜单中显示的用户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Search: Team Members pop-up window." msgstr "搜索：团队成员弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:43 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Company` column, if in a multi-company environment, click " "the drop-down menu to select the company in the database to which this new " "maintenance team belongs." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`公司` 列中，如果在多公司环境中，点击下拉菜单选择该新维护团队所属数据库中的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:49 msgid "" "The team members assigned to maintenance teams are also referred to as " "*Technicians*, when viewing the *Maintenance Calendar*." msgstr "在查看*维护日历*时，分配到维护团队的团队成员也被称为*技术人员*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:52 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance " "Calendar`, and click on an existing maintenance request. From the resulting " "popover, locate the :guilabel:`Technician` field. The name listed in the " "field is the team member, and is the user responsible for that particular " "request." msgstr "" "导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 维护保养 --> 维护保养日历`，然后点击现有维护请求。在弹出窗口中找到 " ":guilabel:`技术人员` 字段。字段中列出的姓名是团队成员，也是负责该特定请求的用户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance request popover with Technician field shown." msgstr "弹出维护申请窗口，显示技术人员字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:61 msgid "" "At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a " "minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, " "displaying all the technicians (or team members) with requests currently " "open." msgstr "" "页面最右侧有一个侧边栏，包含一个设置为今天日期的最小化日历，以及一个 :guilabel:`技术人员` " "列表，显示当前打开请求的所有技术人员（或团队成员）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:66 msgid "Equipment" msgstr "设备" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:68 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, *equipment* refers to machines and tools used " "internally in warehouse work centers. Equipment can include technology such " "as computers or tablets, power tools, machines used for manufacturing, and " "more." msgstr "在 Odoo *维护保养* 中，*设备*指仓库工作中心内部使用的机器和工具。设备可包括计算机或平板电脑、电动工具、用于制造的机器等技术。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:73 msgid "Equipment categories" msgstr "设备类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:75 msgid "" "Each piece of equipment belongs to an *equipment category*. Before adding " "new equipment, make sure that a fitting equipment category is created." msgstr "每件装备都属于一个 *装备类别*。在添加新装备之前，请确保已创建了合适的装备类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:78 msgid "" "To create a new equipment category, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. " "Doing so opens a blank equipment category form." msgstr "" "要创建新的设备类别，请导航至:menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 配置--> " "设备类别`，然后点击:guilabel:`新建`。这样就会打开一个空白的设备类别表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Equipment category form with various information filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:86 msgid "" "On the blank form, assign a name in the :guilabel:`Category Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:88 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, assign a user to be responsible for " "the equipment in this category, if necessary. By default, the user who " "creates the category is selected as :guilabel:`Responsible`, by default." msgstr "" "必要时，在 :guilabel:`负责人` 字段中指定一个用户，对该类别中的设备负责。默认情况下，创建类别的用户被选为 :guilabel:`负责人`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:92 msgid "" "If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom " "the equipment in this category belongs." msgstr "如果在多公司环境中，请点击 :guilabel:`公司` 字段中的下拉菜单，然后在数据库中选择该类别中的设备所属的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:95 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, assign an email alias to this " "category, if necessary." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`邮件别名` 字段中，为该类别指定一个电子邮件别名（如有）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Comments` field, type any comments or notes for internal " "users to reference in relation to this category, if necessary." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`评论` 字段中，键入任何评论或注释，供内部用户在必要时参考与此类别相关的内容。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:101 msgid "" "Once a new equipment category is created, all equipment belonging to that " "category, as well as any past or currently open maintenance requests, are " "available from the equipment category form." msgstr "一旦创建了一个新的设备类别，属于该类别的所有设备，以及任何过去或当前开放的维护申请，都可以从设备类别表单中获取。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:104 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories`, and select a category to view. Locate the :guilabel:`Equipment`" " and :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart buttons at the top of the form." msgstr "" "导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设备类别`，并选择要查看的类别。找到表单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`设备` 和 :guilabel:`维护保养` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Equipment and Maintenance smart buttons on equipment category form." msgstr "设备类别表单上的设备和维护智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:112 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Equipment` smart button to view all equipment belonging" " to this category. Click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button to view " "any past, or currently open, maintenance requests." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`设备` 智能按钮，查看属于此类别的所有设备。点击 :guilabel:`维护保养` " "智能按钮，查看过去或当前打开的任何维护请求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:117 msgid "Machines & tools" msgstr "机器 & 工具" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:119 msgid "" "To add new equipment, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> " "Equipment --> Machines & Tools`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a " "blank equipment form." msgstr "" "要添加新设备，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 设备 --> 机器和工具`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。将打开一个空白设备表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, assign a name for the new equipment. In the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Category` field, click the drop-down menu and select " "which category this new equipment should belong to." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`名称` 字段中，为新设备指定一个名称。在 :guilabel:`设备类别` 字段中，点击下拉菜单，并选择新设备所属类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:126 msgid "" "If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom " "the new equipment belongs." msgstr "如果在多公司环境中，请点击 :guilabel:`公司` 字段中的下拉菜单，并在数据库中选择新设备所属的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:129 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Used By` field, select from one of three radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employee`, or :guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Left-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:136 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Department` is selected, a :guilabel:`Department` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu and " "select the department that uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:140 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Employee` is selected, an :guilabel:`Employee` field appears " "below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu, and select " "the employee who uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:143 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Other` option is selected, both the :guilabel:`Department`" " and :guilabel:`Employee` fields appear below the :guilabel:`Used By` field." " Click the drop-down menus for the respective fields, and choose which " "department and employee uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:147 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Team` field, select the team responsible for " "this equipment. In the :guilabel:`Technician` field, select the team " "member/user responsible for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Right-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:154 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Used in location` field, enter the location wherein this " "equipment will be used, if not in an internal work center (e.g. in an " "office)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:157 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, click the drop-down menu, and select " "which work center this equipment will be used in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:160 msgid "" "In the blank space under the :guilabel:`Description` tab at the bottom of " "the form, add any relevant information describing the equipment for users to" " reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:164 msgid "Product Information tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:166 msgid "" "To add any relevant information while creating a new piece of equipment, " "from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Product Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:173 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add the vendor from which the equipment was" " purchased. In the :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field, add the product " "reference number obtained from the vendor, if applicable." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中，添加购买设备的供应商。在 :guilabel:`供应商参考编号` " "字段中，添加从供应商处获得的产品参考编号（如适用）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:177 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Model` field, specify which model this equipment is, if " "applicable. If the equipment is serialized, add a serial number in the " ":guilabel:`Serial Number` field." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`型号` 字段中，指定该设备的型号（如适用）。如果设备已序列化，请在 :guilabel:`序列号` 字段中添加序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:180 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar" " popover, and select a date. This date indicates when this equipment was " "first put in use, and will be used to compute the Mean Time Between Failure " "(MTBF) in the equipment's :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`生效日期` 字段中，点击日期以弹出日历，然后选择一个日期。该日期表示设备首次投入使用的时间，将用于计算设备的 " ":guilabel:`维修保养` 选项卡中的平均无故障时间（MTBF）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:184 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Cost` field, specify how much the equipment cost to " "acquire, if applicable." msgstr "如适用，在 :guilabel:`成本` 字段中指定设备的购置成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:186 msgid "" "If the equipment is covered under a warranty, specify the " ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date` by selecting a date from the calendar " "popover in that field." msgstr "如果设备在保修期内，请从该字段的日历弹出窗口中选择一个日期，指定 :guilabel:`保修到期日期`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:190 msgid "Maintenance tab" msgstr "维护保养选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:192 msgid "" "Various maintenance metrics are available for each piece of equipment, and " "are automatically computed, based on corrective maintenance, and planned " "preventive maintenance." msgstr "根据纠正性维护和计划中的预防性维护，可自动计算每台设备的各种维护指标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:195 msgid "" "To view the maintenance metrics for a specific piece of equipment, from the " "equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "要查看特定设备的维护指标，请从设备表单中点击 :guilabel:`维护保养` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance tab on equipment form showing computed metrics fields." msgstr "设备表格上的维护选项卡显示计算指标字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:202 msgid "Doing so reveals the following fields:" msgstr "这样做会显示以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days)" " before the next failure is expected. This is the **only** field not greyed-" "out, and the **only** field users can edit." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`预计平均故障间隔时间`：预计下次故障发生前的时间（天数）。这是**唯一**未灰化的字段，也是**唯一**用户可以编辑的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days) between " "reported failures. This value is computed based on completed corrective " "maintenances." msgstr ":guilabel:`平均故障间隔时间`：报告故障之间的间隔时间（天数）。该值根据已完成的纠正性维护计算得出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:209 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the date on which the next failure is " "expected. This date is computed as the Latest Failure Date + |MTBF|." msgstr ":guilabel:`预计下次故障`：预计下次故障发生的日期。该日期的计算公式为最新故障日期 + |MTBF|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: The date of the latest failure. The value in " "this field updates once a failure is reported for this equipment." msgstr ":guilabel:`最新故障`：最近一次故障的日期。一旦该设备报告了故障，此字段中的值就会更新。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the amount of time (in days) it takes to " "repair this equipment upon failure. This value updates once a maintenance " "request is completed for this equipment." msgstr ":guilabel:`平均修复时间`：设备发生故障时的修复时间（天数）。一旦该设备的维护请求完成，该值就会更新。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:217 msgid "Work centers" msgstr "工作中心" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:219 msgid "" "To view the work centers where equipment is being used, and how the " "equipment is being used in them, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app" " --> Equipment --> Work Centers`, and click into a work center." msgstr "" "要查看正在使用设备的工作中心以及设备在其中的使用情况，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 设备 --> " "工作中心`，然后点击进入工作中心。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:223 msgid "" "From the resulting work center form, click the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab to " "view all machines and tools being used in that specific work center." msgstr "在生成的工作中心表格中，点击 :guilabel:`设备` 选项卡，查看该特定工作中心使用的所有机器和工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:226 msgid "" "Each piece of equipment is listed with certain relevant information: the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`, the responsible :guilabel:`Technician`, the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Category` it belongs to, and a few important " "maintenance metrics: its |MTBF|, |MTTR|, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` " "date." msgstr "" "每台设备都列出了一些相关信息：:guilabel:`设备名称`、负责的:guilabel:`技术人员`、所属的:guilabel:`设备类别`以及一些重要的维护指标：|MTBF|、|MTTR|" " 和 :guilabel:`预计下次故障`日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "List of equipment included in a work center." msgstr "工作中心所含设备清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:235 msgid "" "To add new equipment to a work center directly from the work center form, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This opens" " an :guilabel:`Add: Maintenance Equipment` pop-up window." msgstr "" "要直接从工作中心表单向工作中心添加新设备，请点击 :guilabel:`设备` 选项卡下的 :guilabel:`添加行`。这将打开一个 " ":guilabel:`添加：维护设备`弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:239 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, select the equipment that should be added to the " "work center, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "从弹出窗口中选择要添加到工作中心的设备，然后单击 :guilabel:`选择`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "生产" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" "**Odoo " "制造**帮助制造商安排、计划和处理生产订单。利用工作中心控制面板，将平板电脑放在车间，实时控制工单，并允许员工触发维护操作、反馈回路、质量问题等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：MRP `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码扫描器 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr ":doc:`物联网盒子（MES）`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "高级配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "使用套装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，*套件*是一种可生产和销售的物料清单（BoM）。套件是出售给客户的一套未组装组件。它们可以作为独立产品销售，但也是管理更复杂物料清单（BoMs）的有用工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "要使用、制造和销售工具包，需要同时安装 :guilabel:`制造` 和 :guilabel:`库存` 应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "将套件创建为产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "要将套件用作可销售的产品，或仅仅用作组件组织工具，首先应将套件作为产品来创建。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "要创建套件产品，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" "然后，为新套件产品指定一个名称。接下来，在 :guilabel:`常规信息` 选项卡下，将 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设为 " ":guilabel:`消耗品`。套件产品作为消耗品效果最好，因为套件的库存通常不会被追踪。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" "虽然套件几乎总是应设置为 :guilabel:`消耗品` ，但使用**Anglo-Saxon**会计制度的公司可能需要将工具包创建为 " ":guilabel:`可储存产品`。这是因为在处理工具包发票时，销售成本（COGS）将记入会计日记账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" "与可储存产品不同，:guilabel:`库存` 选项卡的:guilabel:`路径` 指定对套件并不重要，因为 Odoo " "使用套件各个组件的路径进行补货。套件产品的所有其他参数可根据偏好进行修改。准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "套件组件也必须通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 配置为产品。这些组件无需特殊配置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "设置套件 BoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "在对套件产品及其组件进行全面配置后，可为套件产品创建一个新的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。在 " ":guilabel:`产品` 字段旁边，点击下拉菜单以显示产品列表，然后选择先前配置的套件产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`BoM 类型` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`套件` " "选项。最后，在:guilabel:`组件`选项卡下，点击:guilabel:`添加行`，添加每个所需的组件，并在:guilabel:`数量`栏下指定其数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，保存新创建的:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "材料清单上的套件选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "如果套件仅用作可销售产品，则只需在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡下添加组件，无需配置生产操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "当套件作为产品销售时，它在报价单和销售订单上显示为一个单独的细列项目。但是，在交货单上，套件的每个组件都会列出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "使用套件管理复杂的 BoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" "套件还用于管理多层次的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。这些产品包含作为组件的**其他** :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品，因此需要*嵌套*" " :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。将预配置套件并入多级:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，可更简洁地组织捆绑产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "要配置这种以套件为组件的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，请转到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "物料清单`，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`产品` 字段旁边，点击下拉菜单以显示产品列表，然后选择所需的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 产品。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`BoM 类型` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`制造该产品` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡下，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` " "并选择套件作为组件。将套件作为组件添加后，就无需单独添加套件的组件。任何 :guilabel:`BoM 类型` 都可用于上层产品的 " ":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "结构 & 成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" "要全面了解多级 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`组成部分，请点击 :guilabel:`结构与成本` 智能按钮。子级 " ":abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`可从该报告中展开和查看。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "结构和成本报告中的扩展工具包。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" "为具有多级 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`的产品创建制造单时，套件产品会自动展开以显示所有组件。套件的 " ":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`中的任何操作也会添加到制造单的工单列表中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" "套件主要用于将组件捆绑在一起进行组织或销售。要管理需要制造子组件的多级产品，请参阅 :doc:`此文档` " "有关子组件的内容。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" "Odoo " "允许同一产品的多个变体使用一份物料清单（BoM）。为具有变体的产品合并:abbr:`物料清单`，可避免管理多个:abbr:`物料清单`，从而节省时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "激活产品变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" "要激活产品变体功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并向下滚动至 :guilabel:`产品` " "部分。然后，点击复选框启用 :guilabel:`变体` 选项。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 应用设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" "有关配置产品变量的更多信息，请参阅 " ":doc:`产品变体<.../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "从库存应用程序设置中选择 “变体”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "创建自定义产品属性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "激活产品变体功能后，在 :guilabel:`变体` 页面上创建和编辑产品属性。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`属性` 按钮可从 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 访问 " ":guilabel:`属性` 页面，或点击 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 属性` 访问 " ":guilabel:`属性` 页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " "attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" "进入 :guilabel:`属性` 页面后，点击现有属性，或点击 :guilabel:`创建`，创建新属性。点击 :guilabel:`创建` " "会显示一个新的空白表单，用于自定义属性。对于现有属性，请点击其表单上的 :guilabel:`编辑` 进行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " ":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " "options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " "Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" "指定 :guilabel:`属性名称` 并从 :guilabel:`类别` 字段的下拉菜单中选择一个类别。然后，在 :guilabel:`显示类型` 和" " :guilabel:`变体创建模式` 字段旁边选择所需的选项。选择所需选项后，点击 :guilabel:`属性值`选项卡下的 " ":guilabel:`添加行` 添加新值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " "checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " "products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " "choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "应用BOM 组件至产品变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " "one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " "product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " "the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "附加选项菜单上的“应用于变体”选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "每个组件可分配给多个变体。未指定变体的组件将在产品的每个变体中使用。同样的原则也适用于配置操作和副产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " "assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" " :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" "在通过组件分配定义变体 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`时，:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`主要部分的 :guilabel:`产品变体` " "字段应留空。该字段*仅*用于创建专门用于一种产品变体的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "当对 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`进行了所有需要的配置后，点击表格顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " "operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "销售和制造 BoM 产品的变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" "要销售和制造 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品的变体，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建新报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "销售 BoM 产品的变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "进入空白的 :guilabel:`报价` 表单后，点击 :guilabel:`客户` 字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡下点击 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，并从下拉菜单中选择先前创建的带有变体的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品。这样会弹出一个 " ":guilabel:`配置产品` 窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" " correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" "在弹出窗口中，点击所需的属性选项，配置要生产产品的正确变体。然后，点击 `1` 旁边的绿色 :guilabel:`+` 或 :guilabel:`-` " "图标，根据需要更改要销售和生产的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "配置用于选择变体属性的产品弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " "will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" "选择所有规格后，点击 :guilabel:`添加`。这将使弹出窗口变为第二个 :guilabel:`配置` " "弹窗，如果之前已创建了可选产品，则将显示这些产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" "然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存所有更改，并点击 :guilabel:`报价` 表单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`确认`，创建并确认新的销售订单（SO）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "BoM 产品的制造变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" "一旦确认了:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，:guilabel:`制造`智能按钮将出现在:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`表单的顶部。点击 " ":guilabel:`制造` 智能按钮，打开 :guilabel:`制造订单` 表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " "components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" "在该表单的 :guilabel:`组件`选项卡下，列出了所选变体的相应组件。根据变体的不同，会列出不同的组件。要查看任何必须或可选的 " ":guilabel:`操作` 步骤，请点击:guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " ":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" "要完成销售，请再次通过页面顶部的 :guilabel:`面包屑导航` 点击回到 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）` 。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`创建发票`，再次点击 :guilabel:`创建发票`，向客户开具订单发票。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "管理半成品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "配置半制成品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "半成品的物料清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be " "completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried" " out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order " "dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable " "it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work " "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "了解更多" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " "documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " "<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, " "click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, " "click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " "pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the " "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo " "*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on " "their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order " "dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a " "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that " "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting " "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and " "time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period " "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has " "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 " "pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut " "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to " "the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order " "that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup.rst:5 msgid "Basic setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "物料清单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " "along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" " a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " "and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " "well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" "To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " "Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" "Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " "accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " "well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" " a field or a line item)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 msgid "Components" msgstr "组件" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " "manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " ":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " "create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " ":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " "its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" "Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " "to enable these columns:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " "<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " "When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " "component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " "check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " "where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " "the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Operations" msgstr "操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " "register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " "*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " "--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " "a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " "various fields of the operation are configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," " or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " ":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " "for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " "variants, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " "<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " "tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " "operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " "can record and modify time themselves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 msgid "" "Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " ":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " "estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " "operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " "operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " "`_ and determining `work center" " availability `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 msgid "" "Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " ":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " "access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " ":guilabel:`Description` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 msgid "" "Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" " more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " "above to configure another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 msgid "" "After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " "button to choose an operation to duplicate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 msgid "Instructions" msgstr "说明" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 msgid "" "To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " "installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 msgid "" "Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " "operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " "column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " "operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " "quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " "Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " ":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " "step in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 msgid "" "Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " "instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " "carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " "control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " "<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " "customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " "consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" " the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " "a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " "consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " "not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " "first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " "displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " "components are in available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 msgid "" "Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " ":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "" "Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " "Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " "from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " "operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " ":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " "operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " "this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " "distribution models " "<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " "to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " "journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " "|MO| from the date of confirmation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " "replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 msgid "" ":doc:`Analytic distribution " "<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 msgid "" ":doc:`Lead times " "<../../inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 msgid "" "A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " "can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 msgid "" "To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" "Products` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " ":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " ":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " "by-product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 msgid "" "The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " "producing `Red Wine`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "制造产品配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" "要在 Odoo *制造* " "中制造产品，必须正确配置产品。这包括启用*制造*路径和为产品配置物料清单（BoM）。完成这些步骤后，就可以在创建新的制造订单时选择该产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "激活制造路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "在每个产品的产品页面上都可以激活“制造”路径。要执行此操作，首先导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> " "产品`。然后，选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" "在产品页面，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，然后启用 :guilabel:`路径` 部分中的 :guilabel:`制造` 复选框。这告诉 " "Odoo 可以制造该产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "产品页面库存选项卡上的“制造”路径。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 msgid "" "The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " "optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " "<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly " "manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 msgid "" "Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " "the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " "Floor* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 msgid "" "**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" " card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "配置物料清单（BoM）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "接下来，必须为产品配置 |BOM|，以便 Odoo 知道产品是如何生产的。BOM 是生产产品所需的组件和操作的列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" "要为特定产品创建 |BOM|，请导航至:menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择产品。在产品页面，点击页面顶部的 " ":guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后选择 :guilabel:`新建` 以配置新的 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "产品页面上的“物料清单”智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" "在 |BOM| 上，:guilabel:`产品` 字段会自动填充产品。在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中，指定 BoM 生产的单位数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡并点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在 |BOM| 中添加一个组件。从 :guilabel:`组件` " "下拉菜单中选择一个组件，然后在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量。继续在新行中添加组件，直到添加完所有组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "物料清单上的组件选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" "接下来，选择 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。点击:guilabel:`添加行`，弹出 :guilabel:`创建操作`窗口。在 " ":guilabel:`操作` 字段中，指定要添加的操作名称（如装配、切割等）。从 :guilabel:`工作中心` " "下拉菜单中选择执行操作的工作中心。最后，点击:guilabel:`保存并关闭` 完成添加操作，或点击 :guilabel:`保存并新建` 添加更多操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" "只有启用 :guilabel:`工作中心` 设置后，才会显示 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。要执行此操作，请导航至 " ":menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用 :guilabel:`工作中心` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "物料清单上的操作选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement " "of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory " "counts still update based on the number of components used and products " "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, " "allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change " "the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three " "options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and " "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in " "Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to " ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "" "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| " "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "" "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and " "operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations " "are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the " ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "最后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "" "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "" "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at " "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Shop Floor workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the *Shop Floor* module, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "On the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the " ":guilabel:`↗️ (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of " "the first work order to be processed. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:117 msgid "" "On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the " "top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:124 msgid "" "When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop " "Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is " "configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that " "displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, " "and the steps required to complete the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:133 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:137 msgid "" "Alternatively, work order steps can be completed by clicking the checkbox " "that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. " "When using this method, the step is automatically marked as completed, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:141 msgid "" "The final step on a work order card is titled *Register Production*. This " "step is used to register the number of product units that were produced. If " "the number produced is equal to the number that the |MO| was created for, " "click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to " "automatically register that number as the quantity produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:146 msgid "" "If a different number must be entered, click the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step to open a pop-up window. Enter the number of units produced" " in the :guilabel:`Units` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "register that number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:151 msgid "" "The *Register Production* step appears on every work order card. It must be " "completed for the first work order that is processed. After doing so, the " "step appears as already completed for each remaining work order in the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:155 msgid "" "After completing all of the steps for a work order, a button appears on the " "footer of the work order card. If any other work orders must be completed " "before the |MO| can be closed, the button is titled :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done`. If there are no additional work orders to complete, the button is " "titled :guilabel:`Close Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:160 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` causes the work order card to fade away. " "Once it disappears completely, the work order's status is marked as " "*Finished* on the |MO|, and the next work order appears in the *Shop Floor* " "module, on the page of the work center where it is configured to be carried " "out. Any additional work orders can be processed using the instructions " "detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:166 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` causes the work order card to fade " "away. Once it disappears, the |MO| is marked as *Done*, and the units of the" " product that were produced are entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:170 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` or :guilabel:`Close Production`, " "each button is replaced by an :guilabel:`Undo` button. Click the " ":guilabel:`Undo` button before the work order card fades away to keep the " "work order open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:175 msgid "" "This section details the basic workflow for processing an |MO| in the *Shop " "Floor* module. For a more in-depth explanation of the module and all of its " "features, please see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview " "` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "三步制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick " "components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished " "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" "Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一个、两个或三个步骤制造产品。使用三步制造时，Odoo " "会创建分拣组件转移、制造订单（MO）和存储成品转移，并根据取出的组件和创建的成品数量更新库存计数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" "在新的 |MO| 上，从 :guilabel:`产品` " "下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品。guilabel:`物料清单'字段会自动填充相关的物料清单（BoM）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the " ":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: " "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" "确认三步 |MO| 后，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`转移` " "智能按钮。点击该按钮，进入|MO|的:guilabel:`转移`页面。该页面列出了两种传输方式： *WH/PC/XXXXX* （拣选组件转移）和 " "*WH/SFP/XXXXX* （存储成品转移）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the " "|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the " "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX`，打开 |MO| 的拣选组件传输。该传送用于跟踪部件从存放地点到用于制造产品地点的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "" "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" "将组件从存储位置转移出来后，点击转移顶部的 :guilabel:`验证`，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:`立即转移?`窗口中点击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。这样做会将传输标记为 :guilabel:`完成`，并更新库存计数，以反映传输的组件数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "最后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` 面包屑导航，返回 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "要从 |MO| 本身完成工单，首先要导航到:menuselection:`制造-->操作-->制造单`，然后选择一个制造单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的开始按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的“完成”按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:136 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step, and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "加工成品转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:185 msgid "" "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page " "by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This " "time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products " "transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products " "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" "完成 |MO| 后，点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`转移` 按钮返回订单的 :guilabel:`转移` 页面。这次，选择 " ":guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` 打开商店成品转移。此转移用于追踪成品从生产地到存储地的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:190 msgid "" "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" "将成品转移到存储位置后，点击转移顶部的 :guilabel:`验证'，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:` 立即转移?`窗口中点击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。这样做会将转移标记为 :guilabel:`完成`，并更新库存计数以反映转移的成品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "两步制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not " "generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. " "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" "Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一步、两步或三步制造产品。使用两步制造时，Odoo " "会创建制造订单（MO）和拣选组件转移，但不会生成成品入库转移。库存计数仍会根据制造产品的数量进行更新，但不会追踪将产品转入或转出库存的行为。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components " "transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of " "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" "确认两步 |MO| 后，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`转移` 智能按钮。点击该按钮可打开 |MO| 的 " "“拾取组件转移”。此传输用于追踪部件从存放地点到用于制造产品地点的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" "在 |MO| 页面，选择 :guilabel:`工单` 选项卡。一旦开始处理需要完成的第一个工单，请单击该操作的 :guilabel:`开始` " "按钮。然后，Odoo *制造* 会启动一个计时器，记录工单完成所需的时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的开始按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的完成按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "车间现场" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. " "*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It " "cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "导航" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards " "for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be " "toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the " "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned" " to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on " "the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply " "search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at " "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the" " employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to " "sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every " "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the " ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of" " units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun" " on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has " "begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if" " any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. " "Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of " "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. " "To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the" " line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created " "for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for " "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. " "This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if " "there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work " "orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. " "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade " "away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for " "every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is " "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of " "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that" " the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being " "produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the" " work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, " "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to " "complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on " "the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears." " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`" " line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a " ":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order " "card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and " "the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work " "orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and " "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the" " work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears" " on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain " "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's " "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working " "on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is " "working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under " "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add " "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor time tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:8 msgid "" "By signing in to the Odoo *Shop Floor* module as *operators*, employees are " "able to track the amount of time they spend working on each work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo tracks the time it takes to complete each work order, as well as the " "time each operator spends on each work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:15 msgid "Operator sign in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:17 msgid "" "To sign in to the *Shop Floor* module as an operator, sign in to the Odoo " "database, and open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module. The employee " "profile that is signed in to the database is automatically signed in as an " "operator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:21 msgid "" "All active operators are listed in the operator panel on the left side of " "the module. The panel can be opened or collapsed by clicking the " ":guilabel:`show/hide panel (white square with black column on left side)` " "button, located in the top-left corner of the module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel in the Shop Floor module, with the show/hide panel button" " above it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:29 msgid "" "To sign in to *Shop Floor* as a different employee, click the :guilabel:`+ " "Add Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window, which lists every employee that " "is able to sign in to the module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:33 msgid "" "Click on a specific employee to sign in using their profile. If no PIN code " "is required to sign in as that employee, the profile will be signed in " "automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:36 msgid "" "If a PIN code is required, a :guilabel:`Password?` pop-up window appears, " "showing a number pad, from which the code can be entered. Enter the code " "using the number pad, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to sign in to the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Password?\" pop-up window, which is used to enter an operator PIN " "code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:45 msgid "" "A PIN code can be set for each employee, which must be entered each time " "they sign in to the *Shop Floor* module, check in or out in the *Kiosk Mode*" " of the *Attendances* application, or sign in as a cashier in the *Point of " "Sale* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:49 msgid "" "To set an employee PIN, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees` app, and " "select a specific employee. At the bottom of the employee's form, click on " "the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab, and enter a numerical code in the " ":guilabel:`PIN Code` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:53 msgid "" "Once an employee is signed in to the module, their name appears in the " "operator panel, along with every other employee that has signed in. While " "the panel can list multiple employees, only one employee can be active at " "any given time, on a single instance of the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:57 msgid "" "Click on an employee's name to make their profile active. The active " "employee appears highlighted in blue, while employees that are signed in, " "but not active, have their names faded out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:60 msgid "" "To sign out a specific employee from the module, click the :guilabel:`X " "(remove)` button next to their name, in the operator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:64 msgid "Track work order duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:66 msgid "" "To track time spent working on a work order, begin by selecting the employee" " working on it from the operator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:69 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the page for the work center where the work order is " "scheduled to be carried out. This can be done by selecting the work center " "from the top navigation in the *Shop Floor* module, or by clicking the name " "of the work center on the card for the manufacturing order (MO) that the " "work order is a part of." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:74 msgid "" "On the page for the work center, find the card for the work order. Once work" " begins, click the header of the work order card to start timing the " "duration it takes to complete. This duration is displayed by a timer on the " "header of the work order card, which tracks the collective time spent " "working on the work order, by all employees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "A work order card with an active timer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:83 msgid "" "In addition, the reference number of the work order appears in the operator " "panel, under the name of the employee working on it, along with a second " "timer, which tracks the amount of time the employee has spent on the work " "order individually. This timer only reflects work done during the current " "session, even if the employee has previously worked on the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:88 msgid "" "Employees are able to work on multiple work orders simultaneously, and track" " their time for each. The reference number for each work order being worked " "on appears below the employee's name, along with a timer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "An employee card in the operator panel, showing two work order timers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:96 msgid "" "To pause the timer on the work order card, and remove the work order from " "below the employee's name on the operator panel, click the header a second " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button " "at the bottom of the work order card, which causes the card to fade away. If" " the timer is still active, it stops once the card disappears completely." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:104 msgid "View work order duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:106 msgid "" "To view the duration of a work order, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:109 msgid "" "To view and select |MOs| that have been completed and marked as *Done*, " "remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, by " "clicking on the :guilabel:`X (close)` button on the right side of the " "filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:113 msgid "" "On the page for the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab to see a " "list of all work orders included in the |MO|. The time it took to complete " "each work order is displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Duration` column of the " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:117 msgid "" "The *Real Duration* represents the total time spent working on the work " "order by all workers who worked on it. It includes time tracked in the *Shop" " Floor* module, as well as time tracked on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab " "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "分包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "" "In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " "third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" " then sold by the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 msgid "" "Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " "company and the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 msgid "" "For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " "variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" " and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " "manufacturing themselves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 msgid "" "This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " "as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " "subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " "are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " "work to subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 msgid "" "On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " "to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " "profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " "arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " "projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 msgid "" "In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " "variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" " happens to finished products once they are manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 msgid "" "To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " ":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 msgid "" "With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " "Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " "*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" " the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" " it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " "Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " "be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " "pages:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 msgid "Subcontracting workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " "between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 msgid "" "In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " "responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " ":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "" "In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " "sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " "workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " "documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 msgid "" "In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " "purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " "the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " ":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "" "In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " "to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" " products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " "to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 msgid "" "In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " "either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " "end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" "Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" " to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " "outlined in their respective documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" "The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " "variables:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" " from here on referred to as `C`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 msgid "" "The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " "subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 msgid "" "The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " "shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "" "The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" " to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " "to as `x`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 msgid "" "Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " "represented by the following equation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 msgid "" "P = C + M + S + D + x\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 msgid "" "It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " "include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " "dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" " of dropshipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " "certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " "purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " "the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 msgid "" "For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " "configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " "subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " "company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 msgid "" "Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " "an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 msgid "" "Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " "means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " "to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " "subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " "factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " "takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " "both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " "orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " "required for both manufacturing and delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 msgid "Product delivery lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 msgid "" "To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " "subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " "them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" " Time` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " "product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 msgid "" "Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " "for each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 msgid "Lead time workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 msgid "" "After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " "by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " "Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 msgid "" "Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " "product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " "adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 msgid "" "Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" " |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " "time, as specified on the product's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 msgid "" "If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" " to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " "subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " "that date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " "|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" " an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " "tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " "two days for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 msgid "" "On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " "Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " "days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 msgid "" "Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" " |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 msgid "" "The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " "it on May 8th, two days later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " "certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " "purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " "the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 msgid "" "Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" " subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" " lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " "the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" " order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 msgid "" "In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " "additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " "set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " "the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" " it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " "manufacturing must begin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " "` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " "the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" " to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 msgid "" "This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " "to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " "components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " "*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " "the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " "orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " "dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 msgid "" "To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " ":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" " from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 msgid "" "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " "entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 msgid "" "While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " "subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" " the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " "start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " "enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 msgid "Component delivery lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 msgid "" "From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " "component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " ":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 msgid "" "On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." " If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 msgid "" "Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " "dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 msgid "" "Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 msgid "" "Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" " in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " "selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " "quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" " time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 msgid "" "When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " "auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " "of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " "dropship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 msgid "" "When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" " Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " "extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 msgid "" "Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " "the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " "listed on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " "so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " "and have them sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " "Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 msgid "" "On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" " the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " "finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " "|PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " "|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " "components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " "the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" " order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " "now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 msgid "" "After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " "click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " "confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" " component, before delivering it to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " "and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " "an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" " manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " "for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 msgid "" "On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " "well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " "the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 msgid "" "On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " "World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " "Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 msgid "" "On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " "delivery date of May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 msgid "" "The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " "dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " "Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " "for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " "giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " "May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " "components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " "bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " "means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " "` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" " subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" " cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 msgid "" "This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " "the components must also be considered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " "a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " "*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " "deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " "subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " "|BoM| from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" " time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " "product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 msgid "" "When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " "auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " "of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " "ship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 msgid "" "When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " "Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " "extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " "so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " "page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " "subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" " deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" " to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " "Expected Arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" " components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" " :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " "as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " "into account the time required for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " "from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " "components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " "subcontractor order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 msgid "" "After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " "the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " "manufacturing the unicycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" " an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " "unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " "two days for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 msgid "" "On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " "as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " "to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 msgid "" "They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " "30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 msgid "" "The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " "subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" " the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " "the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 msgid "" "It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" " *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" " days before the Deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " "May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " "Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " "Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 msgid "Basic subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 msgid "" "In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " "third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" " then sold by the contracting company." msgstr "在制造中，分包是指公司聘请第三方制造商或分包商生产产品，然后由承包公司销售的过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 msgid "" "In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " "necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " "worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." msgstr "在基本分包中，分包商负责获取必要的部件。这意味着承包公司只需负责分包产品生产出来后的情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 msgid "" "The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " "subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" "subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " "subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " "products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " "manufactured by them." msgstr "" "购买使用基本分包生产的产品的工作流程与从供应商处购买非分包产品的流程类似。主要区别在于分包产品的配置方式，以及分包产品从供应商处发送的时间较长，因为它们必须首先由供应商生产。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 msgid "" "To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " ":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要在 Odoo 中使用分包，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置--> 设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`操作` " "标题下 :guilabel:`分包` 设置旁边的复选框。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" " to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`分包` 设置后，还需要正确配置分包产品和产品的 |BoM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 msgid "Configure product" msgstr "配置产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 msgid "" "To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要为基本分包配置产品，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择一个产品，或点击 " ":guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 msgid "" "On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " "product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " "entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" "在产品表单中，选择:guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在:guilabel:`供应商` " "下拉菜单中选择分包商，并在:guilabel:`价格` 字段中输入价格，将产品的分包商添加为供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" " field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " "product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " "enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " "subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 msgid "Configure BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " "--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 msgid "" "For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " "<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " "option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " ":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" " subcontracting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " "calculating the product's expected arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 msgid "" "When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " "manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 msgid "" "Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " "|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " "**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 msgid "" "If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" " not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " "product is shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 msgid "" "The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " "product is being purchased from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 msgid "" "If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " "with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," " or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 msgid "" "If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " "starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " "inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 msgid "Create SO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 msgid "" "It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" " from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " "purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " "step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 msgid "" "To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 msgid "" "Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " "subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" " quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" " the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " "(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " "stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 msgid "" "If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" " a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 msgid "" "This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " "end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " "enough stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 msgid "Process PO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 msgid "" "If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " ":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " "|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " "the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 msgid "" "If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 msgid "" "Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " "subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " "quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " "subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " "can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 msgid "" "A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " "top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 msgid "" "PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " "top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " "ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " "depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 msgid "" "If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " "once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" " :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " "receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" " the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 msgid "Process dropship order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 msgid "" "If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" " to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" " the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " "the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " "to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 msgid "Process delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 msgid "" "If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " "finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " "delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" " the customer, and process the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " "the product has been shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" " necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " "them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " "(PO) for that product is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 msgid "" "The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " "product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 msgid "" "It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " "dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " "them shipped directly to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 msgid "" "The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " "from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " "default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " "contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 msgid "" "However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " "Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " "this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " "ships the finished product directly to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 msgid "" "This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " ":ref:`workflow section ` of" " this doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 msgid "" "To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " "enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " "properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " "components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " "a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " "the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " "determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " "manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " "on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " "subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 msgid "Configure bill of materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " "the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " "select the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 msgid "" "Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" " specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 msgid "Configure Components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 msgid "" "To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " "in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` button to the right of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 msgid "" "On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " "a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " "the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" " subcontractor, once they are purchased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " ":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 msgid "" "Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 msgid "" "The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 msgid "" "Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " "*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" " vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 msgid "" "Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " "creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 msgid "" "Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " "components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" " process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 msgid "" "If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" " not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " "product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 msgid "" "If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " "with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " "or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 msgid "" "If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " "with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 msgid "Create an SO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 msgid "" "Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " "product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`客户` 下拉菜单中选择客户。然后，在 :guilabel:`订单行` " "选项卡上点击:guilabel:`添加产品`，在:guilabel:`产品 `下拉菜单中选择产品，并在:guilabel:`数量`字段中输入数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " "the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " "product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |SO|，此时页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮。这是*分包商* " "|PO|，或为从分包商处购买分包产品而创建的 |PO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " "*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " "there is no stock of the product on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 msgid "" "If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " "create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 msgid "" "This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " "end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " "even if there is stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 msgid "Process subcontractor PO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 msgid "" "If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," " and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "如果在上一步中未创建 *分包商* |PO|，则现在通过导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单` 并点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`进行创建。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 msgid "" "Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." msgstr "从 :guilabel:`供应商` 下拉菜单中选择分包商，开始填写 |PO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" " new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡中，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 创建新产品系列。在 :guilabel:`产品` " "字段中选择分包商生产的产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " "|PO|." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，以确认 *承包商* |PO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" " to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " "and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" "当确认产品的 |PO| 需要向分包商直运组件时，会自动创建收据或分送订单，并可通过 |PO| 顶部出现的相应 :guilabel:`收据` 或 " ":guilabel:`直运`智能按钮访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 msgid "" "A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" "button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 msgid "" "In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " "the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " "automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "此外，还将为从供应商处购买并发送给分包商的组件创建 |RfQ|。但是，|RfQ|**并不**自动链接到*分包商* |PO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 msgid "" "Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " "Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " "|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" "一旦 |RfQ| 得到确认并成为*供应商* |PO|，就会创建一个*分包商*订单。该订单同时与 *供应商* |PO| 和 *分包商* |PO| 关联。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" msgstr "确认供应商 RfQ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 msgid "" "To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" " to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " "Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " "confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" "要访问通过确认*分包商* |PO| 创建的|RfQ|，请导航至:menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> " "询价单`。在:guilabel:`供应商`字段中选择列出正确供应商的 " "|RfQ|，并在:guilabel:`源文件`字段中选择确认*分包商*|PO|后创建的收据参考号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 msgid "" "On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " "Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" " the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " "confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " "and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " "*subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 msgid "" "A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" "Dropship smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 msgid "" "Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" " *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " "respectively." msgstr "" "组件交付给分包商后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，并选择 *供应商* |PO| 或 *分包商*" " |PO|。然后，分别点击 :guilabel:`直运` 智能按钮或 :guilabel:`补货` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 msgid "" "Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " "subcontractor has received the components." msgstr "点击任一按钮都会打开*直运分包商*订单。点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮，确认分包商已收到组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" " *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" "分包商生产出成品后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，然后选择 *分包商* |PO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 msgid "" "If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " "product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" " the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " "inventory." msgstr "" "如果分包产品需要入库，产品到达后，点击 *分包商* |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接收产品` 按钮打开收据。然后，点击收据顶部的 " ":guilabel:`验证` 按钮，将产品登记入库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 msgid "" "Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" " *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " "receipt." msgstr "或者，选择 *分包商* |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接受` 智能按钮，然后点击收据顶部的 :guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 msgid "" "If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " "order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " "product to the customer." msgstr "" "如果分包产品需要直运，请选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`直运` 按钮以打开直运订单，并在分包商将产品发送给客户后点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " "has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" "产品运送给客户后，导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并选择 |SO|。选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` " "智能按钮打开送货单，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认产品已发送给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 msgid "Resupply subcontractor" msgstr "分包商重新供应" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " "necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " "time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 msgid "" "The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " "product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" " it to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 msgid "" "It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " "Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 msgid "" "While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " "required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " "sourced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 msgid "" "When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " "the warehouse of the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 msgid "" "When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " "a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 msgid "" "The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " "the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 msgid "" "See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " "the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 msgid "" "To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " "enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " "properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " "materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 msgid "" "To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 msgid "" "The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " "subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 msgid "" "This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " "elements, like the cost of the product's components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " "enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " "the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " "select the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 msgid "Configure components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 msgid "" "To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " "in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` button to the right of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 msgid "" "On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " "select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " ":guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 msgid "" "Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 msgid "" "The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 msgid "" "Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " "purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" " dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 msgid "" "Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " "subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" " process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 msgid "" "While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " "automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " "also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " "when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 msgid "" "To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " "Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " "the components should be sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " "components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " "to confirm that the order has been sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " "(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " "stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 msgid "" "If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" " creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 msgid "" "If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " "subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " "created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 msgid "" "In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " "required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " "from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " "of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 msgid "" "A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" "buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 msgid "" "A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " "Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 msgid "" "Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " "subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " "Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" " the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " "card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " "ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " "depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 msgid "" "If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " "finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " "delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" " the customer, and process the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " "the product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "工作流" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:3 msgid "Allocation reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:11 msgid "" "When fulfilling sales orders (SOs), or sourcing components for manufacturing" " orders (MOs), it is sometimes necessary to prioritize one |SO| or |MO| over" " another. In situations where there is insufficient stock on-hand to fulfill" " every |SO| or |MO|, ensuring that products and components are reserved for " "priority orders is essential." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, allocation reports are used on |MOs| to assign " "products to specific sales orders |SOs|, or components to specific |MOs|. " "This ensures the products or components are available for those orders, and " "are not used by mistake." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:23 msgid "" "To use allocation reports, the *Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders* " "feature **must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders`." " Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:28 msgid "" "For products that are sold, it is also necessary to configure them so they " "can be included in |SOs|. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. " "Under the :guilabel:`Product Name` field on the product form, make sure that" " the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` checkbox is ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:34 msgid "Allocate products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:36 msgid "" "To allocate products or components from an |MO| to an |SO|, or to a " "different |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new" " |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:40 msgid "" "On the |MO| form, select a product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and " "specify the quantity to be produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:43 msgid "" "The rest of the allocation workflow depends on the current on-hand quantity " "of the product being manufactured, and whether or not there are any |SOs| or" " |MOs| which require the product, but have not already been allocated units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:47 msgid "" "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** " "there are too few units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then" " an :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button appears at the top " "of the page as soon as the |MO| is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:51 msgid "" "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** " "there are enough units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then " "the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button only appears at the " "top of the page once the |MO| has been marked as done, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Produce All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The Allocation smart button at the top of an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:61 msgid "" "If there **are not** any existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, " "the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button does not appear, " "even when the |MO| has been marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:64 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`MRP Reception Report` for the |MO|. This report lists open " "delivery orders or |MOs|, depending on the type of product produced in the " "original |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:69 msgid "Allocate to delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:71 msgid "" "If the |MO| contains a finished product, the report lists any open delivery " "orders for which quantities of the product have yet to be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:75 msgid "" "An |MO| is created to produce three units of a *rocking chair*. Clicking the" " :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report " "that lists open delivery orders that require one or more rocking chairs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:79 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` button to the right of a specific order to " "assign products for each quantity required to fulfill that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:83 msgid "" "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one " "quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` assigns" " five units of the product to fulfill both quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Assign` next to a specific quantity to only " "assign products to that quantity, and not any others in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:91 msgid "" "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one " "quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign` next to the" " quantity of one unit assigns a product to that quantity, but leaves the " "quantity of four units without any products assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing finished products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:100 msgid "Allocate to MO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:102 msgid "" "If the |MO| contains a component, the report lists any open |MOs| for which " "quantities of the component have yet to be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:106 msgid "" "An |MO| is created to produce three units of *wood*, which is used as a " "component for the *rocking chair* product. Clicking the " ":guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report " "that lists open rocking chair |MOs| that require one or more pieces of wood." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:110 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign` button to the right " "of a specific |MO| to assign components to that |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:118 msgid "Unassign products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:120 msgid "" "After assigning products to a quantity within a delivery order, or " "components to an |MO|, the :guilabel:`Assign` button turns into an " ":guilabel:`Unassign` button. Click :guilabel:`Unassign` to unreserve the " "assigned products from that quantity, making them available for other " "quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:125 msgid "Print labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst:127 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign`, the " ":guilabel:`Print Labels` or :guilabel:`Print Label` button to the right of " "either button becomes selectable. Selecting either button generates and " "downloads a PDF document with one label for each product that was assigned. " "These labels are used to designate each product as being reserved for that " "specific order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/allocation.rst-1 msgid "" "The assignment labels generated by clicking Print Labels or Print Label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:3 msgid "By-Products" msgstr "副产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:9 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, it is common to be left with residual " "materials, in addition to the finished product. These materials are known as" " *by-products*. By specifying the by-products created during manufacturing " "on a product's bill of materials (BoM), the quantity of by-products on-hand " "is tracked by Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:15 msgid "" "Manufacturing a *rocking chair* requires ten pieces of wood. During " "production, five pieces of *scrap wood* are created, in addition to the " "rocking chair. By designating the scrap wood as a by-product on the rocking " "chair's |BoM|, Odoo tracks the on-hand count of scrap wood, as well as the " "quantity of rocking chairs produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:23 msgid "" "To specify by-products on a product's |BoM|, the *By-Products* setting " "**must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`By-Products` " "checkbox, located under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The By-Products setting on the Manufacturing app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:32 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`By-Products` setting enabled, a :guilabel:`By-products` " "tab appears on product |BoMs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:36 msgid "Add byproduct to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:38 msgid "" "To add by-products to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select a |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:41 msgid "" "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a" " line`, and select the by-product in the :guilabel:`By-product` drop-down " "field. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity of the by-" "product produced during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:45 msgid "" "If the by-product is produced during a specific operation of a manufacturing" " order (MO), select the operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` " "field. For example, if a scrap wood by-product is produced during an " "*Assemble* operation, select that operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The By-Products tab on a BoM, configured with a \"Scrap Wood\" by-product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:55 msgid "Manufacture by-product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:57 msgid "" "When an |MO| is completed and marked as *Done*, Odoo registers the quantity " "of by-products created during the manufacturing process. To create a new " "|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:61 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, select a |BoM| on which by-" "products have been specified. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Product` field " "auto-populates with the corresponding product. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to " "confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:65 msgid "" "When manufacturing is completed, click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button at" " the top of the |MO|. After doing so, inventory counts update to reflect the" " quantity of by-product(s) produced, as well as the quantity of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:69 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button at the top of the |MO| page" " to see the movements of components and products. Each by-product is listed " "on the resulting :guilabel:`Inventory Moves` page, with the :guilabel:`From`" " column displaying the virtual production location, and the :guilabel:`To` " "column displaying the location where the by-product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The Product Moves page for an MO with by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:11 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:16 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:20 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:24 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:32 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:36 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:40 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:56 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:65 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "Create a backorder in Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:71 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:74 msgid "" "In order to use the *Shop Floor* module, the *Work Orders* setting must be " "enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox, " "and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:78 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| for multiple units of a product, for which a backorder needs " "to be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card so that no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:91 msgid "" "Complete the steps on the work order's card until the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step is reached, and then click on it to open the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:95 msgid "" "Do **not** click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the " "step. Doing so automatically registers the full amount of units as having " "been produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:98 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of " "units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number " "entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field." " Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:106 msgid "" "The pop-up window disappears and the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the work " "order's card updates to reflect the number of units produced, as a fraction " "of the number of units for which the |MO| was originally created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom-right of the " "work order's card. The work order card begins to fade away. Once it " "disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the " "original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114 msgid "" "This new reference number represents the backorder |MO|. The original |MO|'s" " reference number now appears with a `-001` tag added to the end of it to " "distinguish it from the backorder |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:117 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has no remaining work orders, it can be closed by " "selecting the :guilabel:`All` filter in the top navigation of the *Shop " "Floor* module, and then clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` at the bottom " "of the |MO|'s card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:121 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has remaining work orders that must be completed before" " it can be closed, cards for these work orders appear on the *Shop Floor* " "pages for the work centers where they are configured to be carried out. They" " can be processed as normal, and additional backorders can be created from " "their work order cards using the instructions detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the current work order for the backorder |MO| is ready to be processed," " this can also be completed as normal, and an additional backorder can be " "created from its work order card by following the instructions detailed in " "this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:130 msgid "" "After the final work order for the backorder |MO| has been completed, the " "|MO| can be closed by clicking the :guilabel:`Close Production` button at " "the bottom of the work order's card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "制造过程中的废料" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "在制造过程中，可能需要报废制造部件或成品。如果部件或产品损坏，或因其他原因无法使用，就有必要报废。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" "默认情况下，报废组件或成品会将其从物理库存中移除，并将其放置在名为*虚拟位置/报废*的虚拟位置中。虚拟位置**并非**物理空间，而是 Odoo " "中的一个名称，用于追踪不再属于实际库存的物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information, see the documentation about the different types of " ":ref:`locations `." msgstr "" "有关详细信息，请参阅有关不同类型 :ref:`位置` 的文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:20 msgid "" "Components can be scrapped from both the *Manufacturing* app and the *Shop " "Floor* module, before the associated manufacturing order (MO) is closed. " "Finished products can only be scrapped from the *Manufacturing* app, and " "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" "在关闭相关制造订单（MO）之前，可从*制造*应用程序和*车间*模块报废部件。成品只能在*制造*应用程序中报废，而且只能在关闭相关 |MO| 后报废。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" "废料订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废` " "查看。每个报废订单都会显示创建订单的日期和时间，以及报废的产品和数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" "要查看每个报废项目的总量，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`，然后从 :guilabel:`搜索...` " "栏移除 :guilabel:`内部` 筛选器，以显示所有虚拟位置。从列表中选择 :guilabel:`虚拟位置/废料` 位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:75 msgid "Scrap pop-up window" msgstr "报废弹出窗口" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:39 msgid "" "Scrapping components and finished products is done through the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window. The pop-up window can be accessed from an " "|MO| in the backend, or the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "报废部件和成品可通过 :guilabel:`报废` 弹出窗口完成。弹出窗口可通过后台的 |MO| 或 *车间* 模块访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "Scrap component from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "To scrap a component from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|. At the top of the |MO|, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` " "button to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" "要报废 |MO| 中的部件，首先导航到:menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后选择一个 |MO|。在 |MO| " "顶部，点击 :guilabel:`报废` 按钮，打开 :guilabel:`报废` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:50 msgid "Scrap finished product from Manufacturing" msgstr "从制造中报废成品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "To scrap a finished product from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an open |MO|, and then click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button to " "close it." msgstr "" "要报废一个 |MO| 中的成品，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。选择一个打开的 |MO|，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`全部生产` 按钮关闭它。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "To select an |MO| that has already been closed, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and " "then select the desired |MO|." msgstr "" "要选择已关闭的 |MO|，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，从 :guilabel:`搜索...` " "栏移除 :guilabel:`待办` 筛选器，然后选择所需的 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60 msgid "" "Once closed, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button at the top of the |MO| to " "open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "关闭后，单击 |MO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`报废` 按钮，弹出 :guilabel:`报废` 窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "Scrap component from Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "" "To scrap a component from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Shop Floor`. Then, either click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three " "vertical dots)` button on an |MO| card, or select a work center from the top" " navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a " "work order card." msgstr "" "要报废*车间* 模块中的组件，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`车间`。然后，点击 |MO| 卡上的 :guilabel:`⋮ " "（三竖点）`按钮，或从顶部导航选择一个工作中心，然后点击工单卡上的 :guilabel:`⋮ （三竖点）`按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71 msgid "" "Either method opens the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window. " "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the window to open the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" "无论使用哪种方法，都会打开 :guilabel:`你想做什么？`弹出窗口。点击窗口上的 :guilabel:`报废` 按钮，打开 " ":guilabel:`报废` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "" "After opening the scrap pop-up window using one of the methods " ":ref:`detailed above `, select the " "component or finished product being scrapped, from the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" "使用 :ref:`详见上文 ` 方法之一打开报废弹出窗口后，从 " ":guilabel:`产品` 下拉菜单中选择要报废的组件或成品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:81 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity being scrapped." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中，输入报废数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Source Location` field is set to the warehouse's " "pre-production location, while the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` field is set " "to the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. If either the source or" " scrap location should be changed, select a different location from their " "respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" "默认情况下，:guilabel:`源位置`字段设置为仓库的预生产位置，而:guilabel:`废料位置`字段设置为:guilabel:`虚拟位置/废料`位置。如果要更改源位置或废料位置，请从各自的下拉菜单中选择不同的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking " "order should be created to replace the scrapped component(s) upon " "confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for " "warehouses with :doc:`two-step <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` or " ":doc:`three-step <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing " "enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step " "<../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to scrap the selected component. After " "one or more scrap orders have been created, a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears at the top of the screen. Click it to view a list of all " "scrap orders for the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "If a picking order was automatically created to replenish the scrapped " "components, it can be accessed by opening the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "app, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick " "Components` card, and selecting the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "拆分和合并制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a" " single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, " "it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple " "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "*制造*中，可以为单件物品或同一物品的多个单位创建生产订单。在一些情况下，可能需要将包含多个单位的生产订单拆分为两个或多个订单，或将两个或多个订单合并为一个订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple " "units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As " "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" "制造订单只能包含一个产品的一个单位，或者多个单位使用相同的物料清单（BoM）的单一产品。因此，只有当每个订单都包含相同的产品，并且使用相同的 BoM " "进行制造时，才能合并制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "拆分制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the " ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" "要将一个制造订单拆分成多个订单，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> " "制造订单`，然后选择一个制造订单。在页面顶部，:guilabel:`新建`按钮旁边会显示生产单的参考编号，旁边还有一个:guilabel:`⚙️（设置）`" " 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`⚙️（设置）` 按钮打开生产单的常规设置，然后选择 :guilabel:`拆分`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上的设置和拆分按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up " "window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of " "manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then " "click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new " "manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the " ":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will " "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split " "into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` " "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The " "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "合并制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the " ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The " "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. " "Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create " "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, it is necessary to dismantle manufactured products into their" " individual components. This may be required if too many units of a product " "were built, or if the components of one product must be reclaimed to use in " "the manufacturing of another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, products can be dismantled, and their components " "returned to inventory, using *unbuild orders*. By using unbuild orders to " "accomplish this task, inventory counts for the finished product and its " "components remain accurate, based on the quantity of products dismantled, " "and the quantity of components reclaimed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:17 msgid "Create unbuild order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "A new unbuild order can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Unbuild Orders`, and " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:22 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new unbuild order by selecting a :guilabel:`Product` " "to unbuild. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field auto-" "populates with the corresponding bill of materials (BoM). If a different " "|BoM| should be used, click on the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and " "select it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:27 msgid "" "Alternatively, a specific |BoM| can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` field before selecting a product, which causes the corresponding " "product to auto-populate in the :guilabel:`Product` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Next, specify the :guilabel:`Quantity` of the product that is being unbuilt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:33 msgid "" "If the product being unbuilt was originally manufactured in a specific " "manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, select the location where the " "product being unbuilt is currently stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:39 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field, select the location where the" " reclaimed components are stored after the unbuild order is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:42 msgid "" "If the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature is enabled in the settings of the " "*Inventory* app, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears on the " "unbuild order, which can be used to specify the lot(s) or serial number(s) " "of the product being unbuilt, if any are assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:46 msgid "" "If the Odoo database has been configured with multiple companies, a " ":guilabel:`Company` field appears on the unbuild order, which can be used to" " specify the company that owns the product being unbuilt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:50 msgid "" "Finally, once the product has been unbuilt, click the :guilabel:`Unbuild` " "button at the top of the order to confirm that it has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst-1 msgid "A filled-out unbuild order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:58 msgid "" "While it is possible to create unbuild orders for products that have zero " "(or fewer) units on-hand, this is not advised, since it can lead to " "inventory inconsistencies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:61 msgid "" "If an unbuild order is created for a product with zero (or fewer) units on-" "hand, a pop-up window appears, warning the user that there is an " "insufficient quantity to unbuild." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "To ignore the warning, and proceed with the unbuild order, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window. To return to the " "unconfirmed unbuild order, click :guilabel:`Discard`, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "The insufficient quantity pop-up that appears after trying to confirm an unbuild order\n" "for a product with zero or fewer units on hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:73 msgid "" "After completing an unbuild order, inventory counts automatically update, " "based on the quantity of products unbuilt, and the quantity of components " "reclaimed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:77 msgid "" "A `Coat Rack` product is comprised of one `Wooden Pole` component and six " "`Wooden Dowel` components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:80 msgid "" "An unbuild order is created for one unit of the `Coat Rack`. Once the order " "is completed, the on-hand quantity of `Coat Racks` decreases by one, while " "the on-hand quantities of `Wooden Poles` and `Wooden Dowels` increase by one" " and six, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:85 msgid "Scrap unusable components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "In some cases, components may be unusable after the unbuilding process is " "completed. To ensure that inventory counts accurately reflect the quantity " "of usable components on-hand, any component that can no longer be used " "should be removed from inventory using a :doc:`scrap order " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "使用主生产排程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:7 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:17 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "在MPS设置中，您可以定义MPS的时间范围（月/周/天）以及您随时要显示的时段数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " "click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" "现在，转到：菜单选择:`计划->主生产计划`，然后点击*添加产品*。您现在可以定义您的安全库存目标（=在此期间结束时您想要拥有的库存）以及每个期间必须或可以补充的最小和最大数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " "by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" " quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" " to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" "在MPS视图中，您可以通过单击*行*来决定要显示哪些信息。例如，*实际需求*将显示您在此期间已经订购了多少产品，或者*可以承诺*，在同一时期仍然可以销售的产品（您计划补充的产品-" "已经销售的产品在此期间）。如果你喜欢，你也可以决定隐藏行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "估计需求并发起补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:40 msgid "" "The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " "in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " "demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" "下一步是估计所选时期的需求。这是在*预测需求*行中完成的。您可以随时轻松地将需求预测与实际需求（=确认销售额）进行比较。成品的需求预测将影响其组件的间接需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "" "Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " "different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" " supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" "一旦确定了预测需求，将自动计算不同时期的补充数量。您应该根据交货时间（供应商交货时间或制造交货时间）启动的补充信息然后以绿色显示。您现在可以点击补充按钮启动补充。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:54 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:61 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " "cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "如果您手动编辑*建议补货*数量，单元格左侧会出现一个小十字。如果您想回到Odoo给出的自动计算值，只需单击交叉点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "单元格颜色的含义" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:69 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "作为*建议补充*线的一部分的单元格可以根据情况采取不同的颜色：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr " **** ：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:80 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:86 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些询价单或制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " "are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " "center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" "Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " "off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " "Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" " and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" "Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" "For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " "center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " "center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " "selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" "A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " "working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " "details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" " the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " ":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" " Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " ":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " "manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" "On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " "default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for" " testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept " "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" "Odoo *产品生命周期管理*（*PLM*）提供了一种系统化的方法，用于在概念开发、设计、制造、营销和上市后支持阶段对产品进行测试、协作和迭代。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "有了审批，主要利益相关者就可以在实施前对变更进行审查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "变更管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "工程变更指令（ECO）类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize " "and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" "为*工程变更指定*（ECO）分配*ECO 类型*，以组织和追踪对产品和物料清单（BoMs）的变更。每种 |ECO| 类型在甘特视图中将 |ECO| " "分隔成一个项目，确保协作者和利益相关者**只**能查看和协助相关的 |BOM| 改进。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product " "Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware " "Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in " "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" "例如，电子芯片制造商可能会使用 “新产品介绍”、“产品改进”、“组件变更”和“固件更新”等 |ECO| 类型。这样，设计师和工程师就可以专注于 " "“新产品介绍”和“产品改进”项目中的 |ECO|，避免无关的供应商变更或固件更新 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "创建 ECO 类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "要访问和管理 ECO 类型，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> ECO 类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新的 ECO 类型。在新的 :guilabel:`ECO 类型` 表格中，填写以下信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`：|ECO| 类型的名称，它将组织项目中该*类型*的所有 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted " "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`电子邮件别名`：如果填写了此可选字段，则向此电子邮件地址提交的电子邮件将自动在此 |ECO| 类型的最左级生成 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related " "|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field " "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" "“配方变更” |ECO| 类型用于在单个项目中组织和追踪相关的 |ECO|。配置 :guilabel:`电子邮件别名` 字段后，“配方更改” 项目中的 " "|ECO| 会发送到电子邮件地址“pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "ECO 类型示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "编辑 ECO 类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" "通过导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> ECO 类型` 页面，修改现有 |ECO| " "类型名称和电子邮件别名。在该页面中，从列表中点击所需的 |ECO| 类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "在每个 |ECO| 类型的表单中，继续编辑 :guilabel:`名称` 和 :guilabel:`电子邮件别名` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "" "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to " "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" "在 |ECO| 类型的项目中，*阶段*就像里程碑，用于在准备应用更改之前确定 |ECO| " "的进度。（例如，“反馈”、“进行中”、“已批准”、“已完成”）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that " "changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews " "and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by " "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" "此外，还可以在每个阶段添加所需的审批人，确保在审批人审查和批准 |ECO| 之前，不能对生产 |BOM| 进行更改。这样做可以防止生产 |BOM| " "上出现错误，因为在建议的更改应用到生产 |BOM| 上之前，至少要对其进行一次审核。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which " "is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores " "|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" "根据最佳做法，至少应有一个 *验证* 阶段（该阶段要求有审批人）和一个 *关闭* 阶段（用于存储已取消或已批准用作下一个生产 |BOM| 的 |ECO|" " 阶段）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "创建阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" "要添加阶段，请转到 :menuselection:`PLM` 应用程序，并从 :guilabel:`PLM 概览` 仪表板中为 |ECO| " "类型选择目标项目。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the " "|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text " "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" "然后，在 |ECO| 类型的 :guilabel:`工程变更指令` 项目管道上，点击 :guilabel:`+ 阶段` " "按钮。此操作将显示一个文本框，用于填写阶段名称。填写完毕后，点击 :guilabel:`添加` 按钮完成添加阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" "新的 “已分配” 阶段将已分配的 |ECO| 与 “新” 阶段中未分配的 |ECO| 区分开来。添加另一个阶段有助于产品经理追踪未分配的任务。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "在项目中为 ECO 类型创建一个新阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "验证阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "从 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览` 中单击一个 ECO 类型，打开该类型的 |ECOs| 看板视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" "要配置验证阶段，请将鼠标悬停在预定阶段上，然后选择 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标。然后，点击:guilabel:`编辑` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "在弹出的编辑阶段窗口中配置验证阶段，方法是选中 :guilabel:`允许应用变更` 的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" "然后，点击:guilabel:`添加行`，在:guilabel:`审批人`部分添加审批人，并指定审查人的:guilabel:`角色`、:guilabel:`用户`和:guilabel:`审批类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "确保至少有一名审批人配置了 :guilabel:`审批类型`: :guilabel:`需要批准`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "在弹出窗口中指定的阶段丢弃 |ECO| 时，会自动通知列出的审批人。完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage " "`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and " "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" "在 |ECO| 类型 “新产品介绍”中，通过点击 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标并选择 :guilabel:`编辑` " "来配置验证阶段“已验证”。此操作将打开 :guilabel:`编辑：已验证` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by " "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "将“工程经理”添加为批准人后，只有经该用户批准的 |ECO| 才能进入下一阶段，并将更改应用于生产 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "此外，请检查 :guilabel:`允许应用变更` 选项，以确保行为正确。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "选中“允许应用变更”选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "关闭阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up " "window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "打开 :guilabel:`编辑: [阶段]` 弹窗，配置关闭阶段。要执行此操作，请将鼠标悬停在预定阶段上，然后点击右上角出现的 " ":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）`图标。然后，从下拉菜单中点击 :guilabel:`编辑`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`编辑: [阶段]` 弹窗中，选中 :guilabel:`折叠在看板视图中`、:guilabel:`允许应用变更` 和 " ":guilabel:`最后阶段` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" "通过选中 :guilabel:`折叠在看板视图中`、:guilabel:`允许应用变更` 和 :guilabel:`最后阶段` " "选项，可配置关闭阶段“有效”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "工程变更指令" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" " change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " "<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "可创建工程变更指令：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "创建 ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select " "the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. " "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" "要创建新的 |ECO|，首先要导航到 *PLM* 应用程序。然后，选择用于跟踪变更进度的 |ECO| 类型卡。在 :guilabel:`工程变更指令` " "页面上，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize " "and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| " "related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product " "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" "了解如何创建新的 :ref:`ECO 类型 `，以分类和组织变更指令。这样做可确保员工只查看与其职责相关的 " "|ECO|，无论是涉及新产品介绍、有针对性的产品线更新还是法规合规性履行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "在 |ECO| 表格中，填写以下相应字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 是对改进的简要概述。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`类型`：指定用于组织 |ECO| 的 |ECO| 类型项目。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates" " if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If " "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing " ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production " "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific " "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization." " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version " "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo " "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the " "product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the " "components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing " "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| " "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not " "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** " "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view " "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not " "yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by " "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: " "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the " "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the " ":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the " "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "应用更改" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage " "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button " "becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved " "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" " tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the " "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard " "`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| " "in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number " "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three " "horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens " "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the" " :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in " "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in " "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are " "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "查看 ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X " "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" "要查看建议的更改，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览`。在 `BOM 更新` |ECO| " "类型卡片中，:guilabel:`X 工程变更` 按钮表示从平板视图创建的操作更改数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban " "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`X 工程变更` 按钮，打开 |ECO| 类型的看板视图。要查看建议，请在`新建`阶段选择一个 |ECO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the " ":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" "在 |ECO| 中，查看 :guilabel:`操作变更` 选项卡中建议更改的摘要。点击:guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮，导航到修订后的 " "|BOM| 并更详细地查看建议更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step " "from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" "一名操作员建议，在对产品`键盘`的:abbr:`MO（制造订单）``WH/MO/00010`执行`组装开关`操作时，从平板视图添加一个步骤，以检查是否有破损的组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` " "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" "然后，在 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览` 中导航到 `BOM 变更` ECO 类型，就可以查看创建的 " "|ECO|。默认情况下，从平板视图创建的 |ECO| 会在 `新建`阶段生成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the " "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr " :guilabel:`负责人`字段会分配给提出建议的操作员，以便修改 |BOM| 的员工向提出变更的人进一步了解情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "在“BOM变更”的 ECO 类型中找到处于*新*阶段的新 ECO。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of " ":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction " "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" "在修改后的 |BOM| 中，切换到 :guilabel:`操作` 标签，然后选择 :guilabel:`☰ （三条横线）` " "图标。这样就会打开执行操作的:guilabel:`步骤` 列表，最新的指令标题为` 新步骤建议：`，后面是用户输入的标题。单击细列项目，查看建议的修改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "BoM *操作* 选项卡中的“显示说明”图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" "在 :ref:` 质量控制点`表单中，确保准确填写以下表单字段，以便为操作员提供详细说明：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr ":guilabel:`标题`：重新命名，以简明扼要地描述新指令。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this " "instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for " "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the " "worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, " "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the " ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking " "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions " "of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component " "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use " "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for " "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select " "the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the " ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "版本历史" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" "要管理 |BOM| 的所有以前、当前和未来版本，首先要导航到:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "物料清单`，然后点击所需的 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to " "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" "在 |BOM| 页面，点击 :guilabel:`ECO` 智能按钮，然后选择右上角的 :guilabel:`≣（四条横线）`图标，切换到列表视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr "只有安装了 *PLM* 应用程序，|BOM| 上才会显示 :guilabel:`ECO` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "在 BoM 上显示 ECO 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the " "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" "在产品的 |ECO| 列表中，导航到顶部的搜索栏，然后单击右侧的 :guilabel:`▼ （向下箭头）` 图标，进入 :guilabel:`筛选器` " "下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" "然后，按 :guilabel:`已完成` |ECO| 筛选，以查看：|BOM| 修订历史、应用更改的 :guilabel:`负责` 用户，以及 " "|BOM| 的 :guilabel:`有效日期`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "点击每个 |ECO| 查看过去的组件、操作和与 |BOM| 相关的设计文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "显示产品 BoM 的 ECO 修订历史。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` " "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`有效日期` 字段为空，|ECO|的 :guilabel:`有效` 日期将自动设置为 " ":guilabel:`尽快`，|BOM|的修订历史中不会记录任何日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "物料清单生效日期列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the " "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "设计文件" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "将计算机辅助设计（CAD）文件、PDF 文件、图像或其他设计资料附加到 |BOM| 本身。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of " "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 物料清单`，然后选择所需的 |BOM|。在 |BOM|" " 上，导航到*沟通栏*，然后点击 :guilabel:`📎（回形针）`图标。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` " "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "与 |BOM| 相关的文件显示在 :guilabel:`文件` 部分。要添加更多设计文件，请选择 :guilabel:`附加文件` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "在沟通栏中显示回形针图标，以便将文件附加到 BoM。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "在 ECO 中管理设计文件" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and " "applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. " "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" "在 |ECO| 中添加、修改和删除文件。一旦 |ECO| 被批准和应用，新文件就会自动链接到生产的 |BOM|。存档文件会从 |BOM| " "中移除，但仍可在 |ECO| 中访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, " "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" "要管理 |ECO| 中的设计文件，首先导航到:menuselection:`PLM 应用程序-->更改`并选择所需的|ECO|。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`文件` 智能按钮，打开 :guilabel:`附件` 页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`" " icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, " "or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are " "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" "将鼠标悬停在每个附件上，显示 :guilabel:`︙（三个竖点）` 图标。在此处，选择是否 " ":guilabel:`编辑`、:guilabel:`删除`或 :guilabel:`下载`该文件。对这些文件所做的任何更改都包含在 |ECO| " "中，只有在应用 :ref:`更改已应用 ` 后才会应用到正式运行 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original " "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard " "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed " "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "已存档文件**不会**被永久删除 — 它们仍可在上一个 |ECO| 中访问，或作为存档文件在最新的 |ECO| 中访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| " "are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" "在其他 |ECOs| 正在修改先前版本时更新生产 |BOM| 可能会发生冲突。新的生产 |BOM| 和以前的生产 |BOM| 之间的差异会显示在 " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` 选项卡中，只有在这种情况下才可见。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| " "version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added," " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" "当前 BOM 版本为 5 时，创建了两个 ECO，ECO0011 和 ECO0012。在ECO0011 中，添加了一个新组件 Space " "stabilizer，并应用了这些变更。这意味着当前 BOM 版本变为了 6。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "对 ECO 进行更改，以更新生产 BOM。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" "这意味着 `ECO0012` 正在修改一个过时的 |BOM|。如 :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` " "选项卡所示，|BOM| 缺少了 `Space stabilizer` 组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur " "in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the " "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "项目管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "审批" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to " "stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. " "Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. " "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended " "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign" " them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, " "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a " "line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the " "approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering " "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to " "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply" " changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." msgstr "在“已验证”阶段设置“必须批准”ECO 的审批人。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "管理审批" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" "审批人可以通过导航到 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序`，查看 ECO " "类型的卡片，其中显示了分配给他们的未完成任务数量，从而轻松追踪待办事项审批情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "以下是 ECO 项目卡上每个按钮的作用：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must " "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting " "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to " "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been " "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the " "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required " "to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying" " changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" "当 :guilabel:`批准类型` **未**设置为 :guilabel:`需要批准`时，在使用 :guilabel:`应用变更` " "按钮应用更改之前，无需相关用户的批准。因此，无需先点击 :guilabel:`批准` 按钮，:guilabel:`应用变更` 按钮**将直接生效**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "自动活动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is " "automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers " "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" "当 |ECO| 进入验证阶段时，会自动为指定的审批人创建一个计划活动来审核 |ECO|。审批者将在其活动收件箱中收到通知，可通过页面顶部的 " ":guilabel:` 🕘（时钟）` 图标访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` " "notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, " ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO " "Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon" " to view additional information, including the approval's " ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "显示计划批准 ECO 的其他详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "后续活动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for " "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" "当 |ECO| 被拒绝时，需要将任务分配给项目成员，以便在 |ECO| 批准前进行必要的修改。要创建有截止日期的任务，请导航到被拒绝的 |ECO| " "表单，然后转到沟通栏。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned " "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "在沟通栏 :guilabel:`计划活动` 部分选择 :guilabel:`标记完成` 按钮关闭活动，并打开用于创建任务的弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "显示 *标记已完成* 窗口，以显示 *已完成 & 安排下一步*、*已完成* 和 *丢弃* 按钮，从而关闭计划的活动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` " "to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for " "completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` " "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`标记已完成`窗口中，点击:guilabel:`完成并安排下一步`打开新的:guilabel:`安排活动`窗口。接下来，设置 " ":guilabel:`分配给` 团队成员和完成更改的 :guilabel:`截止日期`。在 :guilabel:`摘要` " "字段和文本框中提供任务详细信息。点击:guilabel:`日程表` 按钮关闭窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. " "Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and " "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" "关闭窗口后，在 |ECO| 表单上，将 |ECO| 向后移动一个阶段。这样做可确保团队成员完成更改并将 |ECO| 返回验证阶段时，为审批者创建一个新的" " :guilabel:`ECO 批准` 任务。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the " "|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver " "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" "审批者为 |ECO| 的 :guilabel:`负责人`，即 `Laurie Poiret` 创建一个活动，详细说明审批者:guilabel:`接受` " "|ECO| 所需的更改。点击 :guilabel:`日程表` 按钮，为 Laurie 创建活动计划，到期日期为`08/15/2023`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "创建一个计划活动，对已拒绝的 ECO 进行后续更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "购买" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "**Odoo 采购**有助于追踪采购协议、报价单和采购订单。了解如何监控采购招标、自动补货和跟进订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程: 采购 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高级" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "分析你的采购情况" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " "track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " "better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" "如果您的公司经常采购产品，您有几个理由来跟踪和分析您的绩效。收集到的见解可以帮助您更好地预测和计划未来的订单。例如，您可以评估您的业务是否依赖于特定供应商，并且数据可以帮助您就价格折扣进行谈判。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "生成自定义报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " "reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " "performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" "转到*报告*访问采购分析。只需访问报告仪表板，您就可以快速了解实际性能。默认情况下，报告仪表板显示一个折线图，显示每天采购订单的未征税数量，下面是关键指标和枢轴表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的报告仪表板" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "虽然最初提供的数据很有用，但您可以使用多种工具和功能来获取有关采购的更多见解。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "使用过滤器选择所需的数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " "*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " "orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" "Odoo提供了几个默认过滤器，您可以通过单击*过滤器*来使用和组合。当您选择一个或多个过滤器时，Odoo会查找与您选择的至少一个过滤器匹配的所有订单，并使用数据填充图表，关键指标和枢轴表。预先配置的过滤器是：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" msgstr "全部*询价单*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" msgstr "所有*采购订单*，取消的除外" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "*去年确认日期*包括去年确认的所有订单，包括已取消的采购订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "*订单日期*包括所有订单-报价和购买订单请求（包括已取消的订单）-取决于创建日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "*确认日期*包括所有已确认的订单，包括已取消的订单，具体取决于确认日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "当您必须选择一个时段时，您可以使用多年，并且至少选择一年，多个季度和最近三个月。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "如果您使用*订单日期*或*确认日期*过滤器，*比较*功能显示在*过滤器*旁边。它使您能够比较您过滤的时间段与前一个时间段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的报告筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "添加自定义过滤器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" " customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " ":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " "filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " "click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " "simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " "filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" "由于有 31 种筛选选项可供选择，您自定义数据集的可能性几乎是无限的。转到:menuselection:“Filters --> Add Custom " "Filter”，指定筛选选项应满足的条件（例如*等于*、*包含*等），然后单击*应用*。如果您想选择同时匹配多个条件的订单（*and* " "运算符），请重复该过程以添加另一个自定义过滤器。如果您想使用 *or* 运算符，请不要单击 *应用*，而是单击 *Add a " "condition*。添加所有所需的筛选选项后，单击*应用*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的自定义报告筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" " on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" "为避免每次都必须重新创建自定义过滤器，请单击以下选项保存它们：菜单选择:`收藏->保存当前搜索->保存`。然后，可以通过单击*文件夹*访问自定义的搜索过滤器，甚至可以在打开报告仪表板时将其设置为默认过滤器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "准确衡量你需要什么" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " "prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " "presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" "在选择要测量的内容之前，您需要决定是更喜欢使用图表视图还是数据透视视图。默认情况下，仪表板显示两个视图。但是，您选择的度量不会应用于这两个视图。您可以通过单击仪表板右上角的图标来单独访问每个视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中切换报告视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "可视化数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " "three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" "通过选择三个图表中的一个，只需单击即可变换主图形：条形图、直线图或饼图。有十四种不同的测量方法可用，但一次只能使用一种。但是，您可以使用19个*组*中的一个或多个*组*对度量值进行分组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的报告图表视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " "group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " "additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" "对于条形图和折线图，选定的度量值是y轴，您选择的第一个组用于创建x轴。添加更多组会添加其他线条（折线图）或将条形图转换为堆叠条形图。对于饼图，选择的组越多，显示的切片越多。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" msgstr "浏览您的数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " "Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " "at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " "*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " "column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" "透视表视图使您能够非常详细地研究数据。与图形视图不同，透视表允许您同时添加几个度量。通过单击*Measures*或*Total*列中的**+**符号，您可以添加任意数量的措施，每个措施分配到一个新列。通过点击*Total*行中的**+**符号，您可以添加*Groups*。如果您单击一个组的**+**符号，您可以添加子组，等等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 采购中的数据透视表视图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "您可以在电子表格应用程序中直接插入透视表的数据，或将其导出为Excel文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 msgid "Procurement expenses report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 msgid "" "With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" " time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " "cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 msgid "Create procurement expenses report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 msgid "" "By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " "Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 msgid "Add filters and groups" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 msgid "" "On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " "to switch to pivot view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 msgid "" "While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " ":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " "the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " "recommended starting point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 msgid "" "Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " "the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " "columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 msgid "" "Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " "|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " "column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " "comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " "|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 msgid "" "Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 msgid "" "The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " "depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " ":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " "more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " "entire category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 msgid "" "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " "appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " "under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " ":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " "as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " "time period from the previous year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 msgid "" "While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " "can be selected at a time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 msgid "" "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 msgid "" "The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " "**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 msgid "Add measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 msgid "" "After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " ":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 msgid "" "By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " ":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " ":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " "drop-down list of available measures." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 msgid "" "Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " "procurement expenses report:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " "measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " "supplier performance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " "order efficiency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" " accuracy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 msgid "" "Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " "additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " ":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " "analysis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 msgid "" "After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 msgid "View results" msgstr "查看结果" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 msgid "" "After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " "generates in the selected view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " "editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " "*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 msgid "" "The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " ":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " "corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" "chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " "chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 msgid "Vendor costs report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 msgid "" "With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " "costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " "and track seasonal changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 msgid "Create vendor costs reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 msgid "" "To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " "dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " "for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " "comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " "|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " "it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" " individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " ":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " "Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 msgid "" "To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " ":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 msgid "" "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " "options are only available after the date range is selected under the " ":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " ":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " "as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " "time period from the previous year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 msgid "" "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " "vendor costs report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, the report displays with the following measures: " ":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " ":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " "drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " "it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " "click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 msgid "" "It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " ":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " ":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " "Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 msgid "" "After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " "`, the report generates in the pivot " "view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " "editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " "*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 msgid "" "A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" " costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 msgid "" "The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." " Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " ":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "管理交易" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Blanket orders" msgstr "一揽子订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing." msgstr "一揽子订单是公司与供应商之间签订的长期采购协议，以预先确定的价格定期交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "" "Blanket orders are helpful when products are consistently purchased from the" " same vendor, but in different quantities, and at different times." msgstr "当产品始终从同一供应商处购买，但数量和时间不同时，一揽子订单很有帮助。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "通过简化订购流程，一揽子订单不仅能节省时间，还能节省资金，因为在与供应商谈判批量价格时，一揽子订单会更有优势。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:23 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "创建新的一揽子订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, enable the *Purchase Agreements* feature from the " "*Purchase* app settings. Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click" " the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" "要创建一揽子订单，请在*采购*应用程序设置中启用*采购协议*功能。导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，在" " :guilabel:`订单` 部分，点击 :guilabel:`采购协议` 复选框。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存` 以执行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "In addition to creating blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* setting " "also allows users to create alternative requests for quotation (RfQs)." msgstr "除创建一揽子订单外，*采购协议*设置还允许用户创建其他询价单（RfQ）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "在采购应用程序设置中启用采购协议。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:38 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders -->" " Blanket Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new blanket order " "form." msgstr "" "要创建一揽子订单，请进入 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 一揽子订单`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。这将打开一个新的一揽子订单表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" "Configure the following fields in the new blanket order form to establish " "predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:" msgstr "在新的一揽子订单表格中配置以下字段，以建立经常性长期协议的预定规则：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr ":guilabel:`采购代表`：分配给此特定一揽子订单的用户。默认情况下为创建协议的用户；可直接从该字段旁边的下拉菜单中更改用户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr ":guilabel:`协议类型`：此一揽子订单归类为采购协议的类型。在 Odoo 中，一揽子订单是唯一的正式采购协议。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once" " or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-" "down menu next to this field." msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商`：与此协议绑定的供应商，可以是一次性绑定，也可以是经常性绑定。可直接从该字段旁边的下拉菜单中选择供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: the agreed-upon currency to be used for this exchange." " If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency " "can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr ":guilabel:`货币`：本次交换使用的商定货币。如果数据库中激活了多种货币，则可从该字段旁边的下拉菜单中更改货币。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: the date that this purchase agreement will " "be set to expire on. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this " "field blank." msgstr ":guilabel:`协议到期日期`：此采购协议的到期日期。如果此一揽子订单不应过期，请将此字段留空。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: the date that this blanket order should be placed" " on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a" " new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Order " "Deadline* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an |RfQ| are expected, if created directly from a blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the " "*Expected Arrival* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any " "existing |PO|, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By" " default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is " "listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "**cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:73 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, change the quantity of each product, and set a " "price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" "填写完所有相关字段后，点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在 :guilabel:`产品` 栏下添加产品。然后，在 :guilabel:`数量` " "栏中更改每个产品的数量，并在 :guilabel:`单价` 栏中设置价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:78 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products are not automatically added to the product lines. Instead, the " "prices **must** be manually assigned, by changing the value in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed " "vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain `0`." msgstr "" "将产品添加到新的总括订单时，产品的现有价格不会自动添加到产品行。相反，必须通过将 :guilabel:`单价` " "列中的值更改为与所列供应商商定的价格，手动分配价格。否则，价格将保持为 `0`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:83 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon that becomes visible when hovering over the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed." " This navigates to the blanket order settings." msgstr "" "要直接从总括订单表单查看和更改总括订单的默认采购协议设置，请点击 :guilabel:`➡️（右箭头）`图标，该图标悬停在 " ":guilabel:`协议类型` 字段上时可见，其中列出了 :guilabel:`总括订单`。这将导航到总括订单设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Internal link arrow next to Agreement Type field on blanket order form." msgstr "总括订单表格上协议类型字段旁边的内部链接箭头。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:92 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed, and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be " "changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type " "of selection:" msgstr "" "此处，可以编辑总括订单设置。在 :guilabel:`协议类型` 部分中，可以更改 :guilabel:`协议类型` 的名称，也可以更改 " ":guilabel:`协议选择类型`。有两个选项可以激活选择类型：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RfQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders are canceled." msgstr ":guilabel:`仅选择一个RfQ（独占）`：当确认一个采购订单时，其余的采购订单将被取消。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RfQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders are **not** canceled. Instead, multiple" " purchase orders are allowed." msgstr ":guilabel:`选择多个RfQ（非独占）`：当确认一个采购订单时，其余的采购订单**不会**被取消。相反，允许存在多个采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the :guilabel:`Lines`" " and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields can be edited. Doing so sets how new " "quotations should be populated when using this purchase agreement." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`新报价的数据` 部分中，可以编辑 :guilabel:`行` 和 :guilabel:`数量` " "字段。这样做可设置使用此采购协议时，新报价应如何填充。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "总括订单的采购协议类型编辑屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "可以为 :guilabel:`行` 激活两个选项：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket " "order, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr ":guilabel:`使用协议行`：在创建新报价单时，如果新报价单选择了总括订单，则产品行会预先填充总括订单上列出的相同产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the settings carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines do **not** populate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order pre-populate on the product " "lines, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation, **and** " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines pre-populate, but all" " quantities are set to `0`. The quantities **must** be manually set by the " "user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Once any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`New` (via the " "breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order " "form. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement." msgstr "" "进行任何所需的更改后，点击 :guilabel:`新建`（通过页面顶部的面包屑）导航回一揽子订单表格。然后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` " "保存新的采购协议。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:132 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage (in the upper-right corner) " "changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Ongoing`, meaning this " "agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|." msgstr "" "一旦确认，一揽子订单的阶段（右上角）将从 :guilabel:`草稿` 变为 :guilabel:`进行中`，这意味着在创建新的 |RfQs| " "时，可以选择并使用此协议。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:136 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "创建并确认一揽子订单后，仍可对产品、数量和价格进行编辑、添加或从采购协议中删除。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:140 msgid "Create a new |RfQ| from the blanket order" msgstr "从一揽子订单中创建新的 |RfQ|" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with " "information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations" " are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the " ":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form." msgstr "" "确认一揽子订单后，可直接从一揽子订单表格创建新的报价。使用该表单的 |RfQ|会根据表单中设定的规则预填充信息。此外，通过表格右上方的 " ":guilabel:`RFQ/ 订单` 智能按钮，新报价单会自动链接到该一揽子订单表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click the " ":guilabel:`New Quotation` button. This opens a new |RfQ|, that is pre-" "populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured" " on the blanket order form." msgstr "" "要从一揽子订单表创建新报价单，请点击 :guilabel:`新报价单` 按钮。将打开一个新的 " "|RfQ|，并根据一揽子订单表上配置的设置预先填入正确的信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:151 msgid "" "From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send" " an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a " "printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" "在新的 |RfQ| 表单中，点击 :guilabel:`通过电子邮件发送`撰写并向列出的供应商发送电子邮件。点击 :guilabel:`打印 RFQ` " "生成可打印的 PDF 报价单；或者，准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单` 确认 |PO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "从一揽子订单中复制产品和规则的新报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 msgid "" "Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via " "the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there" " is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the " "top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see" " the |PO| that was just created." msgstr "" "确认 |PO| 后，点击返回一揽子订单表（通过页面顶部的面包屑导航）。在一揽子订单表格中，表格右上方的 :guilabel:`RFQ/订单` " "智能按钮列出了一个 |RfQ| 。点击 :guilabel:`RFQ/订单` 智能按钮，查看刚刚创建的 |PO| 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "一揽子订单表中的 RFQ 和订单智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:171 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the products included in the order." msgstr "一揽子订单一经确认，订单中产品的 :guilabel:`采购`选项卡下就会添加一个新的供应商行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:174 msgid "" "This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment " "<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are " "referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at" " what price the product should be replenished." msgstr "" "这使得空白订单在使用 :doc:`自动补货 <.../../purchase/products/reordering>` 时非常有用，因为 " ":guilabel:`供应商`、:guilabel:`价格` 和 :guilabel:`协议` " "信息在供应商行中被引用。这些信息决定了何时、何地、以何种价格补充产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "带有与一揽子订单相关联的补货协议的产品表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:184 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Alternative RfQs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:12 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " "the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest, " "fastest vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by creating alternative requests for quotation " "(RfQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each |RfQ| can be compared, and a decision can be " "made for which products to purchase from which vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:21 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " "|RfQs| to spend money efficiently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:28 msgid "" "To create alternative |RfQs|, the *Purchase Agreements* feature **must** be " "enabled in the *Purchase* app settings. To enable the feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:33 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:35 msgid "" "Doing so enables the ability to create alternative |RfQs|, as well as " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:42 msgid "" "To save time creating alternative |RfQs|, custom vendors, prices, and " "delivery lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of a product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:45 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select a product to edit. On the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 msgid "" "From the drop-down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor`" " column, then set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`, if" " necessary. Clicking the :guilabel:`(optional columns drop-down toggle)` " "icon, at the top right of the header row, provides additional column options" " to add to the line item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:57 msgid "Create an |RfQ|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new |RfQ|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:61 msgid "" "On the blank |RfQ| form, add a vendor from the drop-down menu, next to the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, in the " ":guilabel:`Products` tab, to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" " :guilabel:`Product` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:65 msgid "" "Then, set the desired quantity to purchase in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "column, and change the purchase price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column, " "if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:68 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`(optional columns drop-down toggle)` icon, at the " "top right of the header row, provides additional column options to add to " "the line item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:71 msgid "" "Repeat these steps to add as many column options in the :guilabel:`Products`" " tab as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of Measure) to " "purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:75 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:77 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window, wherein the message to" " the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if needed. Once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "This sends an email to the vendor listed on the |RfQ| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." msgstr "撰写和发送报价电子邮件弹窗。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:87 msgid "" "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " "|RfQs|, because vendors can confirm if their past prices still hold today, " "which helps companies choose the best offers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "Create alternative |RfQs|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:95 msgid "" "Once a |PO| is created and sent to a vendor, alternative |RfQs| can be " "created for additional vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other " "factors, to help make a decision for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:98 msgid "" "To create alternative |RfQs| from the original, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 msgid "" "From this window, select an alternative vendor from the drop-down menu next " "to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, to whom the alternative quotation is " "assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:109 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original |RfQ| are" " copied over to the alternative. For this first alternative quotation, leave" " the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "This opens a new |RfQ| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:114 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, the new " "form is already pre-populated with the same products, quantities, and other " "details as the previous, original |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:118 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do **not** need to be added, " "unless desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:121 msgid "" "However, if a chosen vendor is listed in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under" " a specific product form included in the order, the values set on the " "product form carry over to the |RfQ|, and **must** be changed manually, if " "necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:125 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, followed by :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:129 msgid "" "An option to :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines` also appears. Clicking this " "navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, where alternative " "|RfQs| can be compared, side-by-side. For more information on this, refer to" " the :ref:`Compare Product Lines ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:134 msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window. Once again, " "choose a different vendor from the drop-down menu next to " ":guilabel:`Vendor`. For this particular |RfQ|, however, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Doing so removes all products on the new" " alternative |RfQ|, leaving it blank. The specific products which should be " "ordered from this particular vendor can be added in as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:140 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation should be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`X (remove)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:146 msgid "" "This creates a third, new |RfQ|. But, since the product quantities of the " "original |RfQ| were **not** copied over, the product lines are empty, and " "new products can be added as needed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " "and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the desired number of specific products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:156 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window, wherein the message to" " the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if necessary. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:159 msgid "" "From this newest form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Under this " "tab, all three |RfQs| can be seen in the :guilabel:`Reference` column. " "Additionally, the vendors are listed under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, " "and the order :guilabel:`Total` (and :guilabel:`Status`) of the orders are " "in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:164 msgid "" "The date in the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` column is calculated for each " "vendor, based on any pre-configured lead times in the vendor and product " "forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "Link new |RfQ| to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:172 msgid "" "Even if a quotation is not created directly from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab of another |RfQ|, it can still be linked to " "existing |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" "To do that, begin by creating a new |RfQ|. Navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`. Fill out the |RfQ|, according to the " ":ref:`previous instructions `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:178 msgid "" "Then, once ready, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Since this new " "|RfQ| was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "" "However, to link this |RfQ| with existing alternatives, click " ":guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor`" " column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "This opens an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window. Select the " "desired previously-created |RfQs|, and click :guilabel:`Select`. All of " "these orders are now copied to this |RfQ|, and can be found under the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:193 msgid "" "If a large number of |POs| are being processed, and the previous |POs| can't" " be located, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon to the right of the " "search bar, at the top of the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:197 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Vendors are displayed in their own nested drop-down lists, and each vendor's" " list can be expanded to view open |POs| for that vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:204 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 msgid "" "Alternative |RfQs| can be compared side-by-side, in order to determine which" " vendors offer the best deals on the products included in the orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:209 msgid "" "To compare alternative |RfQs|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` " "app, and select one of the previously-created |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all linked |RfQs|. Next," " under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` option, click :guilabel:`Compare " "Product Lines`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, by default, groups by " ":guilabel:`Product`. Each product included in any of the |RfQs| is displayed" " in its own nested drop-down list, and features all of the |PO| numbers in " "the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:224 msgid "" "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " "products were ordered, :guilabel:`OTD`, the :guilabel:`Reference` number, " "the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (e.g., :guilabel:`RFQ`, " ":guilabel:`RFQ Sent`, etc.), the product :guilabel:`Description`, the " ":guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date, the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products " "ordered from each vendor, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` used for each " "product (if any), the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product, the " ":guilabel:`Total` price of the order, and the :guilabel:`Currency` applied " "to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:233 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, click" " :guilabel:`Clear` at the far-right end of that product line's row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:236 msgid "" "Doing so removes this specific product as a selectable option from the page," " and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:239 msgid "" "Additionally, on the |RfQ| form, in which that product was included, its " "ordered quantity is also changed to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, individual products can be " "selected by clicking the :guilabel:`Choose` button at the end of each " "corresponding row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:245 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:253 msgid "" "Once the desired products have been chosen from the :guilabel:`Compare Order" " Lines` page, the remaining |RfQs|, from which no products were chosen, can " "be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" "The cost in the :guilabel:`Total` column for each product that wasn't chosen" " is automatically set to `0`, indicated at the far-right of each " "corresponding row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:259 msgid "" "Although they haven't been canceled yet, this indicates that each of those " "orders can be canceled without having an effect on the other live orders, " "once those orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 msgid "" "To confirm an |RfQ| for which products were selected, click into one, and " "click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:269 msgid "" "This causes a pop-up window reading :guilabel:`What about the alternative " "Requests for Quotations?` to appear. From the pop-up window, two options are" " presented: :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` and :guilabel:`Keep " "Alternatives`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:273 msgid "If this |PO| should **not** be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:275 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the " "alternative |RfQs|. Selecting :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the " "alternative |RfQs| open, so they can still be accessed, if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:279 msgid "" "Once all products are ordered, :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be " "selected from whichever |PO| is open at that time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:286 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the |RfQs| listed, click the line item for" " that quotation. This opens an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up " "window, from which all details of that particular |RfQ| can be viewed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:290 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Close` to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:292 msgid "" "If all alternative |RfQs| should stay open, from the :guilabel:`What about " "the alternative Requests for Quotations?` pop-up window, click " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:295 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the " "top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:298 msgid "" "Click into the remaining |RfQs| that contain products that need to be " "ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:301 msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for " "Quotations?` pop-up window. If desired, and the remaining alternative |RfQs|" " are no longer needed, click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all " "other alternative |RfQs| linked with this order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:305 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:308 msgid "" "The canceled orders can be seen, greyed out and listed with a " ":guilabel:`Cancelled` status, under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the " "far-right of their respective rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:311 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be completed, and the products can be received into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:315 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:20 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Purchase* app, the *bill control* policy determines the " "quantities billed by vendors on every purchase order (PO), for either " "ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:13 msgid "" "The policy selected in the *Purchase* app settings acts as the default " "value, and is applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure the *bill control* policy, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase" " app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Under :guilabel:`Bill Control`, select either" " :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` or :guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Selected bill control policy in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a |PO| is " "confirmed. The products and quantities in the |PO| are used to generate a " "draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities received are used" " to generate a draft bill. An error message appears if creation of a vendor " "bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:39 msgid "" "If a specific product should use a different control policy than selected in" " the *Purchase* app settings, the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy for that " "product can be changed from its product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:43 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select a product. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section, modify" " the selection in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "3方匹配" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "The *3-way matching* feature ensures vendor bills are only paid once some " "(or all) of the products included in the |PO| have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:53 msgid "" "To activate *3-way matching*, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`3-way matching` to enable " "the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Enabled 3-way matching feature in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature **only** works with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 msgid "" "When *3-way matching* is enabled, vendor bills display a :guilabel:`Should " "Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When a new vendor bill " "is created, the field is set to :guilabel:`Yes`, since a bill **cannot** be " "created until at least some of the products included in a |PO| have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a vendor bill from a |PO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`. From the :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` " "page, select the desired |PO| from the list. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Bill`. Doing so opens a new draft :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form, in the " ":guilabel:`Draft` stage. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and locate " "the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:80 msgid "" "The |PO| selected from the list **must not** be billed yet, or an " ":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window appears. This occurs for |POs| " "with a :guilabel:`Received quantities` policy, and a :guilabel:`Fully " "Billed` :guilabel:`Billing Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Invalid Operation pop-up window for billed Purchase Order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` to view the " "available options: :guilabel:`Yes`, :guilabel:`No`, and " ":guilabel:`Exception`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Should Be Paid field status on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:96 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a |PO| has not been received, Odoo " "only includes the products that *have* been received in the draft vendor " "bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:99 msgid "" "Draft vendor bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the" " price of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:102 msgid "" "If the draft bill's information is changed, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` " "field status is set to :guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices " "the discrepancy, but does not block the changes or display an error message," " since there might be a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:107 msgid "" "To process the vendor bill, select a date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` " "field, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`, followed by :guilabel:`Register " "Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:110 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window. From this window, " "accounting information is pre-populated based on the database's accounting " "settings. Click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to process the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:114 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill, and the bill displays " "the green :guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field " "status is set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:118 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is automatically set by Odoo." " However, the status can be manually changed by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "查看采购订单的帐单状态" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "" "Once a |PO| is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be viewed under" " the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the |PO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:128 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`Billing Status` of a |PO|, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select a " "|PO| to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab, and locate the " ":guilabel:`Billing Status` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Billing status field on a purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:137 msgid "" "The table below details the different values the :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "field could read, and when they are displayed, depending on the *Bill " "Control* policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:144 msgid "Billing Status" msgstr "账单状态" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:145 msgid "On received quantities" msgstr "收到数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:146 msgid "On ordered quantities" msgstr "订购数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:147 msgid "Nothing to Bill" msgstr "无需开单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:148 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "采购订单已确认；未收到任何产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:149 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "*不适用*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:150 msgid "Waiting Bills" msgstr "未收到账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:151 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；未创建票据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:152 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "订单已确认" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:153 msgid "Fully Billed" msgstr "已完全开单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:154 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；已创建账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:155 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "已创建账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "管理供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:12 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services " "purchased by a company from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they " "arrive from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or " "services purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* " "app's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:22 msgid "" "To configure the default bill control policy, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to " "the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:25 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Bill Control` feature lists two policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected acts as the default for any new product created. Each " "policy acts as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** all (or " "part) of the total order has been received. The products and quantities " "received are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:39 msgid "Once a policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy than the one set in the " "*Purchase* app settings, that product's control policy can be overridden by " "going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form, and selecting the " "desired policy in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "The *3-way matching* policy ensures vendor bills are only paid once all (or " "some) products in a purchase order (PO) have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" "To activate 3-way matching, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature is **only** intended to work with the" " :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "" "Depending on the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill " "creation is completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:76 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "订购数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the *Bill Control* " "policy set to *Ordered Quantities*, first navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click :guilabel:`New` from the " ":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) form. On the " "blank |RfQ| form, add a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`" " under the :guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:126 msgid "" "On the product line, select a product from the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity to order in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RfQ| into a " "|PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. From here, add " "a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Once ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:98 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *Ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Once a payment has been received, click :guilabel:`Register Payment` at the " "top of the bill to record it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window to appear, " "wherein a payment :guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen, and a " ":guilabel:`Payment Method` selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:158 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be edited from this pop-up " "window, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so displays a green :guilabel:`Paid` banner " "on the |RfQ| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "Received quantities" msgstr "收到数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the bill control policy " "set to *Received quantities*, first navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new |RfQ| form. On the blank |RfQ| form, add a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:132 msgid "" "When using the *Received quantities* control policy, clicking " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products are received causes an " ":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "Odoo requires at least partial quantities of the items included in the |PO| " "to be received in order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:142 msgid "" "On the |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the " "warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the :guilabel:`Done` " "(received) quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:146 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the |PO|, via the breadcrumb, and click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. " "From here, add a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. Once " "ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the " "draft." msgstr "" "这将打开处于 :guilabel:`草稿` 状态的 :guilabel:`供应商账单` 表单。在此，在 :guilabel:`账单日期` " "字段中添加账单日期。准备就绪后，点击草稿顶部的 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认账单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "Manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "在会计中管理供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, without" " having to create a purchase order first." msgstr "供应商账单也可直接从 *会计* 应用程序创建，无需先创建采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:170 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click" " :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form." msgstr "" "导航至 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 供应商 --> 账单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。这样就会显示一个空白的 " ":guilabel:`供应商账单` 表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中添加供应商。然后，在 :guilabel:`发票行` 选项卡中点击 " ":guilabel:`添加一行`，添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, " "and enter the quantity to order in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "从 :guilabel:`产品` 字段的下拉菜单中选择产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入要订购的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Bill Date`, and configure any other necessary " "information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the bill." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`账单日期` 并配置其他必要信息。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认账单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "Once confirmed, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals. These journals are populated based on the " "configuration on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and " ":guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" "确认后，点击:guilabel:`日记账项目` 选项卡查看 :guilabel:`账户` 日志。这些日记账根据相应 :guilabel:`供应商` 和 " ":guilabel:`产品` 表单上的配置填充。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If necessary, click :guilabel:`Credit Note` to add a credit note to the " "bill. Additionally, a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number can be added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Register Payment`, followed by " ":guilabel:`Create Payment`, to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "To link a draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down menu" " next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete` *before* clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, " "and select a |PO| from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:196 msgid "The bill auto-populates with the information from the chosen |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:207 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, " "click the :guilabel:`checkbox` in the top-left corner, beside the " ":guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" "导航至 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 供应商 --> 账单`。然后，点击左上角 :guilabel:`编号` 列旁边的 " ":guilabel:`新建` 按钮下的 :guilabel:`复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:211 msgid "" "This selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Status` of " ":guilabel:`Posted` or :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "这将选择所有 :guilabel:`状态` 为 :guilabel:`已发布` 或 :guilabel:`草稿` 的现有供应商账单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:214 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print` button to print the selected " "invoices or bills." msgstr "点击 :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`打印`按钮，打印选定的发票或账单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process payments for " "multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`注册付款` 一次创建和处理多个供应商账单的付款。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:219 msgid "" "Only payments with their :guilabel:`Status` listed as :guilabel:`Posted` can" " be billed in batches. Payments in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage **must** be " "posted before they can be included in a batch billing." msgstr "" "只有:guilabel:`状态`为:guilabel:`已发布`的付款才能分批计费。处于 :guilabel:`草稿` " "阶段的付款**必须**已发布，才能纳入批量计费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Register Payment` opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` " "pop-up window. From the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` the " "bills should post to, choose a :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and select a " ":guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`登记付款`，弹出 :guilabel:`登记付款`窗口。在弹出窗口中，选择账单应发布到的 " ":guilabel:`日记账`，选择 :guilabel:`付款日期`，并选择 :guilabel:` 付款方式`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to :guilabel:`Group Payments` together from this " "pop-up window, as well. If this checkbox is ticked, only one payment is " "created, instead of one per bill. This option only appears if the *Batch " "Payments* feature is enabled in the settings of the " ":menuselection:`Accounting` app." msgstr "" "在弹出窗口中还可以选择 :guilabel:`批量付款` 合并付款。如果勾选该复选框，则只创建一笔付款，而不是每张账单创建一笔付款。只有在 " ":menuselection:`会计` 应用程序的设置中启用*批量付款*功能时，才会出现此选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:232 msgid "" "Once ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button. This creates a list" " of journal entries on a separate page. The journal entries on this list are" " all tied to their corresponding vendor bills." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`创建付款` 按钮。这将在一个单独页面上创建一个日记账条目列表。该列表中的日记账条目都与相应的供应商账单绑定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "弹出批量计费登记付款窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr ":doc:`control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" "对于某些产品，有必要确保随时都有最低库存量。通过为产品添加重新订购规则，可以实现重新订购流程的自动化，从而在库存量低于设定阈值时自动创建采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "必须安装 *库存* 模块才能使用重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "配置产品以重新订购" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "必须以特定方式配置产品，才能为其添加重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" "从 :menuselection:`库存`、:menuselection:`制造`、:menuselection:`采购`或 " ":menuselection:`销售` 模块开始，导航至 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品` 并点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`，以创建新产品。或者，查找数据库中已存在的产品，然后点击产品表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "接下来，在产品表单中，选中 :guilabel:`可以采购` 选项，在 :guilabel:`产品名称` " "字段下启用重新订购。最后，在:guilabel:`常规信息`选项卡下将:guilabel:`产品类型`设置为`可储存产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置产品以便重新订购。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "为产品添加重新排序规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" "正确配置产品后，可通过选择产品表单顶部现在可见的 :guilabel:`重新排序规则` 选项卡，然后点击:guilabel:`重新排序规则` 面板上的 " ":guilabel:`创建` 来添加重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "从 Odoo 产品页面访问产品的重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "创建后，可通过定义以下字段配置重新订购规则，以自动生成订购单：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr ":guilabel:`位置` 指定收到订购数量并将其入库后的存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`最小数量` 设置重新订购规则的下限，而 :guilabel:`最大数量` " "设置上限。如果库存低于最小数量，将创建新的采购订单，以补充到最大数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`最小数量` 设置为 `5`，:guilabel:`最大数量` 设置为 " "`25`，并且现有库存数量下降到四个，将创建一个包含该产品 21 个单位的采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" "可以对 :guilabel:`多个数量` 进行配置，使产品只能按一定数量分批订购。根据输入的数量，这可能导致创建的采购订单会使库存超过 " ":guilabel:`最大数量` 字段中指定的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`最大数量` 设置为`100`，但 :guilabel:`多个数量` 设置为分批订购产品`200`，则将创建一个包含该产品 " "200 个单位的采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UoM` " "指定订购数量的计量单位。对于离散产品，应设置为`单位`。但是，对于水或砖块等非离散产品，也可以设置为`体积`或`重量`等计量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:3 msgid "Temporary reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "Some businesses require certain products to always have a minimum quantity " "of stock on-hand at any given time. To avoid stock falling below a certain " "threshold, companies can create *reordering rules* in Odoo to automate " "purchase orders for specific products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:9 msgid "" "Reordering rules keep the forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold," " without exceeding a specified upper limit, or maximum amount. When a " "product with a reordering rule falls below a specified quantity, Odoo " "generates an order using the specified *route* (e.g. *Buy* or *Manufacture*)" " to replenish the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:14 msgid "" "In certain cases, businesses might opt for *temporary reordering rules* when" " they do not want specific products to be replenished automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, a \"temporary\" reordering rule is created in the replenishment " "dashboard when a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:19 msgid "is configured with a *Buy* route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:20 msgid "has no reordering rule configured" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:21 msgid "has `0` quantity in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:22 msgid "is included in a sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:24 msgid "" "This rule is deleted upon confirmation of the purchase order (PO) generated " "for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:27 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" ":doc:`../../inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure a product that triggers temporary reordering rules when its " "stock reaches `0`, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要配置产品，使其在库存为`0`时触发临时重新订购规则，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:37 msgid "" "The same configurations can also be made on an existing product, by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting an " "existing product." msgstr "" "同样的配置也可以在现有产品上进行，方法是进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 并选择一个现有产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:40 msgid "" "On the product form, enter the product name, and ensure the :guilabel:`Can " "be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` options are enabled, located " "beneath the :guilabel:`Product Name` field." msgstr "" "在产品表单中输入产品名称，并确保位于 :guilabel:`产品名称` 字段下方的 :guilabel:`可出售` 和 :guilabel:`可购买` " "选项已启用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:44 msgid "" "Then, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product`, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`常规信息` 选项卡下，将 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设为 `可储存产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under :guilabel:`Vendor`, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line` to select a vendor from the drop-down menu. " "Then, set a purchase price under :guilabel:`Price`." msgstr "" "然后，单击 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，在 :guilabel:`供应商` 下点击:guilabel:`添加行` " "从下拉菜单中选择一个供应商。然后，在 :guilabel:`价格` 下设置购买价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:51 msgid "" "A vendor **must** be set for temporary reordering rules to work. While a " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)` can still be created automatically, attempting " "to replenish the product from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard in the" " *Inventory* app triggers a warning to add a vendor on the product form." msgstr "" "必须设置供应商，临时重新订购规则才能生效。虽然仍可自动创建 :guilabel:`PO（采购订单）`，但尝试从 *库存* 应用程序中的 " ":guilabel:`补货` 仪表板补充产品时，会触发在产品表单上添加供应商的警告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:0 msgid "Warning pop-up upon clicking to replenish product with no set vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:60 msgid "" "Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the " ":guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. " "Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, " "indicating there are no rules applied to this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "" "Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand " "buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:69 msgid "Trigger temporary reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:71 msgid "" "To trigger a temporary reordering rule, create a new sales order for a " "product by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "要触发临时重新排序规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 新建`，为产品创建新的销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:74 msgid "" "Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-" "down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" "然后，在 :guilabel:`客户` 字段中添加客户，并点击 :guilabel:`订单行`选项卡中 :guilabel:`产品` 列下的 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`。然后，从下拉菜单中选择所需的产品。最后，:guilabel:`确认` :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules." msgstr "产品销售订单未设置重新订购规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:83 msgid "Check replenishment report" msgstr "检查补货报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:85 msgid "" "To see the temporary reordering rule created for the out-of-stock product " "included in the sales order, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard." msgstr "" "要查看为销售订单中的缺货产品创建的临时重新订购规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货`。打开 " ":guilabel:`补货` 仪表板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:89 msgid "" "On this dashboard, locate the product for which the temporary reordering " "rule was created. On its product line, its :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity, " "negative :guilabel:`Forecast` quantity, *Buy* :guilabel:`Route`, and " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity to replenish can be seen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:93 msgid "" "Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the " "row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:100 msgid "" "To use the one-time, temporary reordering rule, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`. This action triggers a confirmation pop-up window in the top-right " "corner, reading :guilabel:`The following replenishment order has been " "generated`, along with a new purchase order number." msgstr "" "要使用一次性临时重新订购规则，请点击 :guilabel:`一次订购`。此操作会触发右上角的确认弹出窗口，内容为 " ":guilabel:`已生成以下补货订单`，并附有新的采购订单号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:105 msgid "" "Once the purchase order has been generated after clicking :guilabel:`Order " "Once`, refresh the page. The temporary reordering rule for the product no " "longer appears in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard." msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`订购一次` 生成订购单后，刷新页面。产品的临时重新订购规则不再出现在 :guilabel:`补货` 仪表板中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:110 msgid "Complete purchase order" msgstr "完成订购单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:112 msgid "" "To view the purchase order created from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and select the " "generated :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` from the :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` overview." msgstr "" "要查看从 :guilabel:`补货` 面板创建的采购订单，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序`，并从 " ":guilabel:`报价请求` 概述中选择生成的:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:116 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive " "Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase " "order." msgstr "" "在此单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`接收产品`。最后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 完成采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule." msgstr "使用临时重新订购规则订购产品的采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:123 msgid "Now, the original sales order can be delivered and invoiced." msgstr "现在，原始销售订单可以交付并开具发票。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is delivered and invoiced, ensure there " "are no reordering rules on the product form." msgstr "一旦 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`交付并开具发票，请确保产品表单上没有重新订购规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:129 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, select the " "product, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button " "displays `0`." msgstr "" "进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，选择产品，并确认 :guilabel:`重新排序规则` " "智能按钮显示为`0`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " "sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " "measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" " and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" "当您购买产品时，供应商使用的计量单位可能与销售时不同。这可能会造成销售代表和采购代表之间产生混淆。每次手动转换计量单位也很耗时。有了 " "Odoo，您只需对产品进行一次配置，让 Odoo 来处理转换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "考虑以下示例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "你从美国供应商那里购买橙汁，他们使用 **** 。但是，您的客户是欧洲人，使用 ****。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "你从供应商那里以 ** **形式购买窗帘，然后用 **方米 **客户出售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "启用度量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "打开销售应用程序，进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`。在“产品目录”下，启用*度量单位*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "在 Odoo 销售中启用计量单位选项" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "指定销售和采购计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "标准计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" "默认情况下，数据库中有多种度量单位可用。每个都属于五个预先配置的度量单位类别之一：*长度/距离*、*单位*、*体积*、*重量*和*工作时间*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "您可以创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别（请参见下一节）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" "要为销售和购买指定不同的计量单位，请打开购买应用程序并转到:menuselection:“Products --> " "Products”。创建产品或选择现有产品。在产品的 *General Information* " "选项卡下，首先选择要用于销售（以及其他应用程序，例如库存）的 *Unit of Measure*。然后，选择要用于采购的 *Purchase Unit " "of Measure*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" "回到第一个例子，如果您以 **仑 **价格从供应商处购买橙汁，并以 ** " "**价格出售给客户，首先选择*L*（升）作为*计量单位*，选择*gal（US）*（加仑）作为*购买计量单位*，然后单击*保存*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置产品的计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "有时，您需要创建自己的单位和类别，这可能是因为度量值未在Odoo中预先配置，也可能是因为这些单位彼此不相关（例如，千克和厘米）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" "如果您以第二个示例为例，从供应商处以 ** **形式购买窗帘，并使用 **方米 " "**售卷件，则需要创建一个新的*度量单位类别*，以便将两个度量单位关联起来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位类别`。单击*创建*并命名类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建新的计量单位类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " "category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " "the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " "*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " "Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " "multiple of this value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "在示例中，由于您不能购买少于 1 卷并且不会使用卷的分数作为计量单位，因此您可以输入1。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建新的参考计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" "如果使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，则可能会出现警告消息，说明其高于*小数精度*，并且可能导致不一致。如果希望使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，请首先激活：ref:`开发者模式`，然后转到：菜单选择：`设置-->技术-->数据库结-->小数精度，选择*乘积度量单位*并相应地编辑*位*。例如，如果要使用0.00001的舍入精度，请将*位*设置为5。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "接下来，创建第二个度量单位，命名它，并选择与参考单位相同的度量单位类别。作为*类型*，根据您的情况选择*小于*或*大于参考测量单位*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "由于卷帘等于100平方米，因此应选择“较小”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "接下来，您需要输入参考单位和第二个单位之间的*比率*。如果第二个单位较小，则*比值*应大于1。如果第二个单位较大，则比值应小于1。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "对于卷帘，比率应设置为100。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "您现在可以像使用Odoo的标准测量单位一样配置您的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中使用您自己的单位设置产品的计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7 msgid "Quality" msgstr "质量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "**Odoo 品控** 帮助确保整个生产流程和库存移动过程中的产品质量。进行质量检查，自动控制质量检验频率，并在出现问题时创建质量警报。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 教程：质量概述 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "质量检查类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "指令质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types" " that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" "在Odoo *品控* " "中，*指令*检查是质量检查类型之一，可在创建新的质量检查或质量控制点（QCP）时选择。*指令*检查包括一个文本输入字段，允许创建者提供完成检查的指示说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:12 msgid "" "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" "有关如何配置质量检查或 |QCP| 的完整概述，请参阅 :ref:`质量检查` 和 :ref:`质量控制点` " "文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:17 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "处理指令质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:19 msgid "" "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed." " If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or " "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "*指令*质量检查有多种处理方式。如果质量检查分配给特定的制造、库存或工单，则可在工单上处理检查。另外，也可以在检查页面处理检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:24 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "质量检查页面的流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:26 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理*指令*质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`质量-->质量控制-->质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照 " ":guilabel:`指令` 指示完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:30 msgid "" "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" "如果产品通过检查，请单击质量检查表上方的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮。如果产品未通过检查，请点击 :guilabel:`未通过` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:34 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "对订单进行流程质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:36 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for" " which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行*说明*质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作" " --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。库存订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# " "待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:43 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button " "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" "在选定的制造或库存订单上，订单上方会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查` 按钮。点击该按钮可打开:guilabel:`质量检查` " "弹窗，处理为订单创建的任何质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "制造或库存订单上的质量检查弹窗。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:51 msgid "" "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions " "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" "要完成*说明*质量检查，请按照 :guilabel:`质量检查`弹窗中的详细说明进行操作。最后，单击 :guilabel:`验证`，确认检查已完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:55 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" "如果在质量检查过程中发现问题或缺陷，可能需要创建质量警报以通知质量团队。要执行此操作，请单击:guilabel:`质量警报`按钮，该按钮会在检查验证后出现在制造或库存订单的顶部。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:59 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." " For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" "点击:guilabel:`质量警报` 可在新页面上打开质量警报表单。有关如何填写质量警报表单的完整指南，请查看 :ref:`quality alerts" " ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:64 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "处理工单质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:66 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a " "specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order " "Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an " "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the |MO| as a whole." msgstr "" "配置由制造订单触发的 |QCP| 时，也可在 |QCP| 表单的 " ":guilabel:`工单操作`字段中指定特定工单。如果指定了工单，就会为该特定工单创建*指令*质量检查，而不是整个|MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71 msgid "" "Quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the " "*Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which an *Instructions* " "quality check is required." msgstr "" "为工单配置的质量检查**必须**从*车间*模块完成。要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> " "制造订单`。选择包含需要进行*说明*质量检查的工单的 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on " "the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work" " Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open" " the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" "在 |MO| 上，选择 :guilabel:`工单`选项卡，在要处理的工单行上点击:guilabel:`打开工单（带箭头的正方形）`按钮。在弹出的 " ":guilabel:`工单` 窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`打开车间` 按钮，打开 *车间* 模块。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step." msgstr "" "开始处理工单步骤，直到*指令*质量检查步骤。点击该步骤会弹出一个窗口，详细说明如何完成质量检查。完成后，点击:guilabel:`下一步` " "按钮完成检查，并进入下一步。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "车间模块中的指令检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, an *Instructions* quality check can be completed by clicking " "the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work " "order card. When using this method, the quality check automatically passes, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "另外，也可以通过单击工单卡上步骤行右侧的复选框来完成*指令*质量检查。使用这种方法时，质量检查会自动通过，不会出现弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:97 msgid "" "For a full guide to the *Shop Floor* module, see the :ref:`Shop Floor " "overview ` documentation." msgstr "" "有关 *车间* 模块的完整指南，请参阅 " ":ref:`车间概览` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "测量质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that " "can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point " "(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a " "product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, " "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" "在 Odoo *品控*中，*测量*检查是创建新质量检查或质量控制点（QCP）时可选择的质量检查类型之一。*测量* 检查提示用户测量产品的某个方面，并在 " "Odoo 中记录测量结果。若要通过质量检查，记录的测量值必须在某个*标准值的*公差*范围内。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "创建测量质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A " "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "创建 *测量* 质量检查有两种不同的方法。可以手动创建单个检查。或者，也可以配置一个 |QCP| 按预定时间间隔自动创建检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" "本文档仅详细介绍 *测量* 质量检查和 |QCPs| 特有的配置选项。要全面了解创建单个检查或 |QCP| 时可用的所有配置选项，请参阅 " ":ref:`质量检查` 和 " ":ref:`质量控制点` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:27 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" "要创建单个 *测量* 质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的质量检查表如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`测量` 质量检查类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 下拉字段中，选择负责管理检查的质量小组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`备注` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`指令` 文本框中，输入如何拍摄照片的指令。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "为测量质量检查配置的质量检查表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" "要创建自动生成 *测量* 质量检查的 |QCP| ，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的 |QCP| 表格如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`测量` 质量检查类型。这样会出现两个新字段： :guilabel:`标准` 和" " :guilabel:`容差`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:53 msgid "" "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the " "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`标准` 字段的第一个文本输入字段记录产品应符合的理想测量值。使用第二个文本输入字段指定应使用的测量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` " "and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum " "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`容差` 字段有两个子字段：:guilabel:`从` 和 :guilabel:`至`。使用 :guilabel:`从` " "字段指定可接受的最小测量值，使用 :guilabel:`至` 字段指定可接受的最大测量值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:55 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 下拉字段中，选择负责管理由 |QCP| 创建的检查的质量团队。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:62 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`指令` 文本字段中，输入如何进行测量的指令。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "QCP 表格配置用于创建测量质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:70 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "处理测量质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:64 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be " "processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" "创建*测量*质量检查后，可通过多种方式进行处理。如果质量检查被分配给特定的库存、制造或工单，则可在工单上处理检查。另外，也可以在检查页面处理检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:72 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "从检查页面处理检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:79 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理 *测量* 质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照" " :guilabel:`指令` 的说明进行测量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:83 msgid "" "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" "测量后，在质量检查表格的 :guilabel:`测量` 字段中记录测量值。要手动通过或不通过检查，请点击检查左上角的 :guilabel:`通过` 或 " ":guilabel:`不通过`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* " "and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the" " top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the " "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" "或者，如果质量检查被分配给一个已指定 *标准* 和 *偏差* 值的 |QCP| ，请点击检查左上角的 " ":guilabel:`测量`。如果记录的值在指定的*公差*范围内，则会自动将检查标记为*通过*；如果记录的值在*公差*范围外，则会自动将检查标记为*不通过*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:88 msgid "On an order" msgstr "在工单上处理检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:95 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing " "order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行 *测量* 质量检查，请选择需要检查的制造订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> " "操作 --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 " ":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:97 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the " "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "在选定的生产或库存订单上，页面顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` " "窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:106 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, " "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If the value entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:118 msgid "" "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-" "up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the " "pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units " "and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions " "entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the " "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:128 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:195 msgid "" "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` " "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:100 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:142 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:121 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:148 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality " "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:153 msgid "" "*Measure* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed " "from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card, so no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:167 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is " "reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the " "measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window," " and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176 msgid "" "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes, and " "the pop-up window moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if " "the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up " "window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181 msgid "" "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a " "message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be " "between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the " ":guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up" " window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor" " module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled " ":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measure in the " ":guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete " "the check and close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, exit the pop-up window by clicking the " ":guilabel:`X (close)` button in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on the bottom-" "right corner of the work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want " "to do?` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:164 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` button. Doing so opens a blank quality " "alert form in a new :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:169 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types " "that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the " "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "创建 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查有两种不同的方法。可以手动创建单个检查。或者，也可以配置一个 |QCP| 按预定时间间隔自动创建检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" "本文档仅详细介绍 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查和 |QCP| 特有的配置选项。要全面了解创建单个检查或 |QCP| 时可用的所有配置选项，请参阅 " ":ref:`质量检查` 和 :ref:`质量控制点 " "` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" "要创建单个 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的质量检查表如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`合格 - 不合格` 质量检查类型。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`备注`选项卡的 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中，输入如何完成质量检查的说明，以及检查通过必须满足的标准。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "为 “合格 - 不合格”质量检查配置的质量检查表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:45 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically," " begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" "要创建自动生成 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查的 |QCP|，首先导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> " "控制点`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。填写新的 |QCP| 表格如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to " "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中，输入如何完成质量检查的说明，以及检查通过必须满足的标准。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）表单配置用于创建 “合格-不合格” 质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:62 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "处理 “合格-不合格” 质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:71 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理*测量*质量检查，首先导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照 " ":guilabel:`说明` 指示完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:75 msgid "" "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at " "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "如果符合检查标准，请点击页面左上角的 :guilabel:`合格` 按钮。如果不符合条件，请点击 :guilabel:`不合格` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:81 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing" " order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 " ":menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单` 并单击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 " ":menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "在选定的生产或库存订单上，订单顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` " "窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on " "the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check " "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" "要处理 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口上的说明进行操作。如果符合检查标准，请单击窗口底部的 " ":guilabel:`合格` 按钮。如果不符合标准，请单击 :guilabel:`不合格` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "在生产或库存订单上弹出 “合格 - 不合格” 质量检查窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:105 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" "有关如何填写质量警报表单的完整指南，请查看 :ref:`质量警报 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:111 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:116 msgid "" "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Pass - Fail* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:130 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Pass - Fail* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details the criteria for whether the check passes or fails. Click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the pop-up window if the check " "passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if it fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:135 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the " "next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what " "should be done next." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:144 msgid "" "Alternatively, instead of clicking on the step to open the pop-up window, a " "*Pass - Fail* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that " "appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When " "using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up " "window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check " "types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality " "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Take a Picture* quality checks " "automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:51 msgid "" "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears " "after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a" " device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information " "about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on " ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" "如果安装了 *维护保养* 应用程序，则在选择 *Take a Picture* 检查类型后会出现 :guilabel:`设备` " "字段。使用此字段指定用于拍摄质量检查图片的设备。有关在 *维护保养* 应用程序中管理设备的信息，请参阅 :ref:`增加新设备 " "` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`指令` 文本框中，输入如何拍摄照片的说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）表单配置用于创建 “拍照” 质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:65 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "处理拍照质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:67 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks " "can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" "创建*拍照*质量检查后，可通过多种方式进行处理。如果质量检查被分配给特定的库存、制造或工单，则可在工单上处理检查。或者，也可以在检查页面上处理检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:74 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理*拍照*质量检查，首先导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择质量检查。按照 " ":guilabel:`指令` 说明拍照。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:78 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open " "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" "拍照后，确保照片存储在用于处理质量检查的设备（电脑、平板电脑等）上。然后，单击:guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 部分中的 " ":guilabel:`图片` 按钮，打开设备的文件管理器。在文件管理器中，导航到图片，选择图片，然后单击 :guilabel:`打开` 以附加图片。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "拍照质量检查上的编辑按钮（铅笔）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:90 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), " "for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行*拍照*质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作" " --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 " ":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101 msgid "" "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown " "on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" "按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口中显示的详细说明进行拍照。拍照后，确保照片存储在用于处理质量检查的设备上（电脑、平板电脑等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:105 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`" " section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to" " the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" "然后，点击 :guilabel:`图片` 部分中的 :guilabel:`拍照` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器。在文件管理器中，导航到图片，选择图片并点击 " ":guilabel:`打开` 以附加图片。最后，在弹出的 :guilabel:`质量检查` 窗口中点击 :guilabel:`验证`，以完成质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "在制造或库存订单上弹出 “拍照质量检查” 窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality " "alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality " "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" "如果必须创建质量警报，请点击 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮，该按钮在检查验证后出现在生产单或库存单的顶部。点击 " ":guilabel:`质量警报` 会在新页面上打开质量警报表单。有关如何填写质量警报表单的完整指南，请查看 :ref:`质量警报 " "` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:123 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" "在配置生产过程中触发的 |QCP| 时，也可在 |QCP| 表单的 " ":guilabel:`工单操作`字段中指定特定工单。如果指定了工单，就会为该特定工单而不是整个生产单创建*拍照*质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:128 msgid "" "*Take a Picture* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture*" " quality check is required." msgstr "" "为工单配置的**拍照*质量检查**必须**从*车间*模块完成。要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> " "制造订单`。然后，选择包含需要*拍照*质量检查的工单的 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Take a Picture* quality check step" " is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the picture should be taken. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" "处理工单步骤，直至*拍照*质量检查步骤。点击该步骤会弹出一个窗口，其中包含如何拍照的说明。拍照后，确保照片存储在用于处理质量检查的设备上（电脑、平板电脑等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button on the pop-up window to " "open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the " "picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" "然后，单击弹出窗口上的 :guilabel:`拍照` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器。在文件管理器中，导航到图片，选择图片，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`打开` 以附加图片。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:151 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to " "complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step" " of the work order." msgstr "最后，点击弹出窗口底部的 :guilabel:`验证` 以完成质量检查。然后，弹出窗口会进入工单的下一步。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "车间模块中的拍照检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:173 msgid "Review picture attached to quality check" msgstr "查看质量检查所附的图片" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:175 msgid "" "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by " "quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" "检查附加图片后，质量小组成员或其他用户可对其进行审查。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> " "质量检查`，然后选择要审查的质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:179 msgid "" "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the " "quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` " "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" "所附图片将显示在质量检查表单的 :guilabel:`图片` 部分。查看图片后，如果检查通过，请点击 :guilabel:`通过` " "按钮；如果检查失败，请点击 :guilabel:`失败` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:3 msgid "Failure locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs) are used to create *quality " "checks*, which prompt employees to confirm the quality of products, when " "they are included in certain operations. By setting one or more *failure " "locations* on a |QCP|, products that fail the quality checks it creates can " "be sent to one of the specified locations." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，*质量控制点*（QCP）用于创建*质量检查*，当产品包含在某些操作中时，QCP " "会提示员工确认产品质量。通过在|QCP|上设置一个或多个*故障位置*，未通过其创建的质量检查的产品可被发送到指定位置之一。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:14 msgid "" "The *Failure Location* feature was added in version 17.0 of Odoo, and does " "**not** appear in any previous version. To upgrade an Odoo database to a " "more recent version, see the documentation on :doc:`database upgrades " "<../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" "*故障位置* 功能是在 Odoo 17.0 版本中添加的，并**没有**出现在任何以前的版本中。要将 Odoo 数据库升级到最新版本，请参阅 " ":doc:`数据库升级<.../.../.../.../administration/upgrade>` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:21 msgid "" "To use failure locations, the *Storage Locations* setting **must** be " "enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app. This setting allows for the " "creation of sub-locations within a warehouse, including failure locations." msgstr "要使用故障位置，必须在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用 *存储地点* 设置。此设置允许在仓库内创建子位置，包括故障位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:25 msgid "" "To enable the *Storage Locations* setting, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " "checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouses` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要启用*存储位置*设置，请导航至:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，并勾选:guilabel:`仓库`标题下:guilabel:`存储位置`旁边的复选框。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "The Storage Locations setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "清单应用程序设置页面上的存储位置设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:34 msgid "" "Failure locations are most effective when used for products configured as " "*storable products*. This is because inventory counts are only tracked for " "storable products, versus *consumable* products, for which exact counts are " "not tracked." msgstr "当产品配置为*可储存产品*时，故障位置最有效。这是因为只有可储存产品才会追踪库存计数，而*消耗品*则不会追踪精确计数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:38 msgid "" "Quality checks can still be created for consumable products, and those " "products can be sent to a failure location if they fail a check. However, " "Odoo does not track the exact quantity of a consumable product stored at a " "failure location." msgstr "仍然可以为消耗品创建质量检查，如果检查不合格，这些产品可以被发送到故障位置。但是，Odoo 无法追踪存储在不合格地点的消耗品的确切数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:42 msgid "" "To configure a product as storable, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. In the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` field on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " "make sure that :guilabel:`Storable Product` is selected from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" "要将产品配置为可储存，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择产品。在 " ":guilabel:`一般信息` 标签的 :guilabel:`产品类型` 字段中，确保从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`可储存产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:48 msgid "Add failure location to QCP" msgstr "在 QCP 中添加故障位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:50 msgid "" "To add a failure location to a |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality " "app --> Quality Control --> Control Points`. Select an existing |QCP| from " "the list, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要将故障位置添加到 |QCP| 中，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控应用程序 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`。从列表中选择一个现有的 " "|QCP| 或点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建一个新的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:55 msgid "" "The following instructions only detail the configuration settings necessary " "for adding a failure location to a |QCP|. For a full overview of |QCPs| and " "all of the options available when configuring them, see the documentation on" " :doc:`quality control points `." msgstr "" "以下说明仅详细介绍了向 |QCP| 添加故障位置所需的配置设置。要全面了解 |QCPs| 以及配置时的所有选项，请参阅 " ":doc:`质量控制点` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Control Per` field on the |QCP| form, select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` option. Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Failure Locations`" " field to appear on the form. This field is only available when the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:64 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Failure Locations` field, select one or more locations " "from the drop-down menu. To create a new location, type the desired location" " name into the field, and then select :guilabel:`Create \"[name]\"` from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form in the Quality app, configured with a failure location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:73 msgid "Send products to failure location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:75 msgid "" "Once a |QCP| has been configured with one or more failure locations, " "products that fail a check created by the |QCP| can be routed to one of the " "locations." msgstr "一旦在 |QCP| 中配置了一个或多个故障位置，由 |QCP| 创建的检查未通过的产品就会被路由到其中一个位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, open an order that requires a quality check created by a |QCP| " "configured with a failure location. For example, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`, and select a " "receipt." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请打开一个需要由配置有故障位置的 |QCP| 创建的质量检查的订单。例如，导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> " "操作 --> 收据`，然后选择一个收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:82 msgid "" "At the top of the selected order, click the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` " "button to open a pop-up window, from which the quality check can be " "processed. At the bottom of the pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Fail` " "button to fail the quality check, which opens a second pop-up window, titled" " :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed for [Product]`." msgstr "" "在所选订单的顶部，点击 :guilabel:`质量检查` 按钮打开一个弹出窗口，可从该窗口处理质量检查。在弹出窗口的底部，点击 " ":guilabel:`失败`按钮，即质量检查不予通过，这将打开第二个弹出窗口，标题为 :guilabel:`[产品]质量检查失败`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Quantity Failed` field, enter the quantity of the product " "that failed to pass the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Failure Location` " "field, select a location to which the failed quantity should be sent. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window to close it." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`失败数量` 字段中，输入未通过质量检查的产品数量。在 :guilabel:`故障位置` " "字段中，选择应将不合格数量发送到的位置。然后，点击弹出窗口底部的 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "The pop-up window that appears after a quality check fails." msgstr "质量检查失败后弹出的窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:96 msgid "" "Finally, on the order, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of " "the page. Doing so confirms the products that failed the quality check were " "sent to the failure location, while products that passed it were sent to " "their normal storage locations." msgstr "" "最后，在订单上点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`验证` " "按钮。这样做可以确认未通过质量检查的产品被发送到失效位置，而通过质量检查的产品被发送到正常的存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:101 msgid "View failure location inventory" msgstr "查看故障位置库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:103 msgid "" "To view the product quantities stored in a failure location, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select a " "failure location from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` " "smart button on the location's page." msgstr "" "要查看故障位置中存储的产品数量，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "位置`。从列表中选择故障位置。然后，点击该位置页面上的 :guilabel:`当前库存` 智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:107 msgid "" "A failure location's page lists all of the products stored within the " "location, along with the quantity of each." msgstr "故障地点页面列出了该地点存储的所有产品，以及每种产品的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Quality alerts" msgstr "质量警报" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:8 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Quality* app, *quality alerts* are used to notify quality teams" " of product defects or other issues. Quality alerts can be created from a " "manufacturing or inventory order, from a work order in the *Shop Floor* " "module, or directly within the *Quality* app." msgstr "" "在 Odoo *品控* 应用程序中，*质量警报* " "用于通知质量团队产品缺陷或其他问题。质量警报可通过生产或库存订单、*车间*模块中的工单或直接在*品控*应用程序中创建。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "创建质量警报" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:15 msgid "There are multiple ways to create a new quality alert:" msgstr "创建新质量警报有多种方法：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:17 msgid "" "**From the Quality app itself**, by to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Quality Alerts`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to open a " "quality alert form." msgstr "" "**从品控应用程序创建**，转到 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量警报`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`，打开质量警报表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing " "Orders`, and then select an |MO|. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button" " at the top of the |MO| to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" "导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后选择一个 |MO|。点击 |MO| 顶部的 " ":guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮，在新页面中打开质量警报表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "|MO|. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise." msgstr "只有在要求对 |MO| 进行质量检查时，才能使用此方法。否则不会显示 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` " "button on an inventory order type card (Receipts, Delivery Orders, etc.), " "and then select an order. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the " "top of the order to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" "打开 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，点击库存订单类型卡（收据、送货单等）上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` " "按钮，然后选择一个订单。点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮，在新页面中打开质量警报表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "inventory order. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear " "otherwise. If the button does not appear, a quality alert can also be " "created by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the page " "and selecting the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` option from the resulting menu." msgstr "" "只有在要求对库存订单进行质量检查时才能使用此方法。否则不会显示 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮。如果按钮未出现，也可通过点击页面顶部的 " ":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）`图标并从菜单中选择 :guilabel:`质量警报` 选项来创建质量警报。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module, and then select a work center " "from the navigation bar at the top of the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮" " (three vertical dots)` button at the bottom-right of a work order card to " "open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` menu. Select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` option from this menu to open a quality " "alert in a pop-up window." msgstr "" "打开 :menuselection:`车间` 模块，然后从页面顶部的导航栏中选择一个工作中心。然后，点击工单卡右下角的 :guilabel:`⋮ " "（三个竖点）`按钮，打开 :guilabel:`你想做什么？` 菜单。从该菜单中选择 :guilabel:`创建质量警报` " "选项，在弹出窗口中打开质量警报。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" "Depending on how a new quality alert form is opened, certain fields on the " "form may already be filled in. For example, if a quality alert is created " "from a work order card in the *Shop Floor* module, the :guilabel:`Product` " "and :guilabel:`Work Center` are pre-filled." msgstr "" "根据打开新质量警报表单的方式，表单上的某些字段可能已经填好。例如，如果质量警报是通过 *车间* 模块中的工单卡创建的，则 :guilabel:`产品` " "和 :guilabel:`工作中心` 已预先填写。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:50 msgid "Quality alerts form" msgstr "质量警报表单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:52 msgid "" "After opening a new quality alert form, begin by giving it a short " ":guilabel:`Title` that summarizes the issue with the product." msgstr "打开新的质量警告表单后，首先给表单一个简短的 :guilabel:`标题`，概述产品的问题。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:55 msgid "Then, if the quality alert is referencing:" msgstr "如果质量警报是指：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:57 msgid "" "**A specific product or product variant**, select it from the " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Variant` drop-down menus." msgstr "**特定产品或产品变体**，请从 :guilabel:`产品` 或 :guilabel:`产品变体` 下拉菜单中选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:59 msgid "" "**A specific work center**, select it from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "从 :guilabel:`工作中心` 下拉菜单中选择**特定工作中心**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:60 msgid "" "**A specific picking order**, select it from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "从 :guilabel:`拣货` 下拉菜单中选择**特定分拣顺序**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:62 msgid "" "Next in the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is " "responsible for managing the quality alert. If a specific employee should be" " responsible for the quality alert, select them from the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "然后在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，选择负责管理质量警报的质量团队。如果质量警报应由特定员工负责，请从 :guilabel:`负责人` " "下拉菜单中选择该员工。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, select any tags relevant to the quality alert" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`标签` 字段中，从下拉菜单中选择与质量警报相关的任何标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Root Cause` field to select the cause of the quality " "issue, if known." msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`根本原因` 字段选择质量问题的原因（如果已知）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" "Lastly, choose a :guilabel:`Priority` level by selecting a :guilabel:`⭐ " "(star)` number between one and three. Quality alerts with higher priorities " "appear at the top of the :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` Kanban board in the " "*Quality* app." msgstr "" "最后，选择一个 :guilabel:`⭐（星）` 数字，在一到三之间选择一个 :guilabel:`⭐ 优先级` 级别。优先级较高的质量警报会出现在 " "*品控* 应用程序中 :guilabel:`质量警报`看板的顶部。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:75 msgid "" "At the bottom of the quality alert form are four tabs which aid in adding " "supplemental information or actions to be taken for the quality alert. They " "can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "质量警报表单的底部有四个选项卡，有助于添加补充信息或对质量警报采取的行动。可按以下方式填写：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:78 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Description` tab, enter a description of the quality " "issue." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`描述` 选项卡中，输入质量问题的描述。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab to detail the steps that should " "be taken to fix the issue." msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`纠正措施` 选项卡详细说明解决问题应采取的步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:81 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab to detail what should be done to " "prevent the issue from occurring in the future." msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`预防操作` 选项卡详细说明应采取哪些措施防止问题在将来发生。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:83 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the " "product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select " "the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when" " the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` " "field." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`杂项` 选项卡中，选择产品的 :guilabel:`供应商`。如果使用的是管理多个公司的 Odoo 数据库，请在 " ":guilabel:`公司` 字段中选择相关公司。最后，在 :guilabel:`分配日期` 字段中指定警报何时分配给质量团队。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out." msgstr "已填写的质量警报表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:93 msgid "Manage quality alerts" msgstr "管理质量警报" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:95 msgid "" "To view all existing quality alerts, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality -->" " Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`. By default, alerts are displayed in a " "Kanban board view, which organizes them into different stages based on where" " they are in the review process." msgstr "" "要查看所有现有质量警报，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> " "质量警报`。默认情况下，警报显示在看板视图中，看板视图会根据警报在审查流程中的位置将其划分为不同的阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:99 msgid "" "To move an alert to a different stage, simply drag and drop it on the " "desired stage. Alternatively, select a quality alert to open it, and then " "click the desired stage above the top-right corner of the quality alert " "form." msgstr "要将警报移动到不同的阶段，只需将其拖放到所需的阶段即可。或者，选择一个质量警报打开它，然后点击质量警报表右上角的所需阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:103 msgid "" "To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ " "(plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that " "appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and" " then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the " "alert card to open its form." msgstr "" "要在特定阶段创建新警报，请点击阶段名称右侧的 :guilabel:`+（加号）`按钮。在舞台标题下方出现的新警报卡中，输入警报的 " ":guilabel:`标题`，然后点击 :guilabel:`添加`。要配置警报的其余部分，请选择警报卡以打开其表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view." msgstr "质量警报页面，以看板视图显示警报。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:9 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "质量检查是由员工进行的人工检查，用于确保产品质量。在 Odoo 中，可对单个产品或同一库存操作或生产订单中的多个产品进行质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:13 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" "使用质量控制点（QCP）可以定期自动创建质量检查。通过 |QCP| " "创建的质量检查会出现在生产或库存订单上，处理订单的员工会被提示完成这些检查。有关如何创建和配置 |QCP| 的完整解释，请参阅 :ref:`质量控制点 " "` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:19 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" "虽然质量检查通常由 |QCP| " "自动创建，但也可以手动创建单个质量检查。如果员工想安排只进行一次的质量检查，或者想在没有提示的情况下注册质量检查，手动创建检查就非常有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "手动质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:27 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" "要手动创建单个质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`新建`。在质量检查表单中，首先从 :guilabel:`Control per` 下拉菜单中选择一个选项：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr ":guilabel:`操作` 请求检查整个操作（例如送货单）及其中的所有产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr ":guilabel:`产品` 要求对操作中的每个产品单位（例如，交货单中的每个产品单位）进行检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`数量`要求对操作中的每一数量的产品进行检查（例如，对交货单中的五单位产品进行一次检查）。选择 :guilabel:`数量` " "还会导致出现 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 下拉字段，可从中选择应进行质量检查的特定批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:40 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" "接下来，从 :guilabel:`拣货` 下拉菜单中选择库存操作，或从 :guilabel:`生产订单` 下拉菜单中选择生产订单。这是必要的，因为 " "Odoo 需要知道质量检查是针对哪个操作进行的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:44 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" "如果要将质量检查分配给特定的 |QCP|，请从 :guilabel:`控制点` 下拉菜单中选择。如果质量检查是手动创建的，但仍应被识别为属于某个特定的 " "|QCP|，这将非常有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中选择质量检查类型：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 提供如何进行质量检查的具体说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr ":guilabel:`拍照` 要求在完成支票之前在支票上附加一张照片。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr ":guilabel:`通过 - 不通过` 用于被检查产品必须满足特定条件才能通过检查的情况。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`测量` 会出现 :guilabel:`测量` 输入框，必须在其中输入测量值才能完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:57 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`工作表` 会导致出现 :guilabel:`质量模板` 下拉字段。用它来选择完成检查必须填写的质量工作表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，选择负责质量检查的质量小组。在 :guilabel:`公司` 字段中，选择拥有被检查产品的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:63 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" "在表格底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡上，在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本输入框中输入任何相关说明（例如，'附上产品图片'）。在 " ":guilabel:`说明` 文本输入框中输入质量检查的相关信息（创建人、创建原因等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:68 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" "最后，如果立即处理检查，则在检查通过时点击屏幕左上角的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮，在检查失败时点击 :guilabel:`不通过` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "填写质量检查表，选择合格-不合格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "处理质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:78 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" "质量检查可以直接在质量检查页面上处理，也可以从需要检查的生产或库存订单中处理。另外，如果为特定工单操作创建了质量检查，则会在*车间*模块中处理该检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:83 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" "无法手动创建分配给特定工单操作的单一质量检查。工单操作的质量检查只能由 |QCP| 创建。有关如何配置为特定工单操作创建质量检查的 |QCP| " "的信息，请参阅 :ref:`质量控制点 ` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "质量检查页面" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" "要从检查页面处理质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量检查 --> 质量检查`，然后选择要处理的检查。按照页面底部 " ":guilabel:`说明` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`说明` 字段中列出的说明完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:97 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "如果质量检查通过，请点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮。如果检查失败，请点击 :guilabel:`不通过` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "订单质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:103 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "要对订单进行质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> " "制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# " "待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:109 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "在选定的库存或生产订单上，订单顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` " "窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:113 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" "按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口上的说明操作。如果正在处理 “通过-不通过” 检查，请点击弹出窗口底部的 :guilabel:`通过` " "或 :guilabel:`不通过` 完成检查。对于所有其他质量检查类型，会出现 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮。点击该按钮完成检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上弹出的“质量检查”窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "工作订单质量检查" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:125 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a quality check is " "required." msgstr "" "要处理工单的质量检查，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。选择包含需要质量检查的工单的 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:135 msgid "" "For a full guide to the Shop Floor module, see the :doc:`Shop Floor overview" " <../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation." msgstr "" "有关车间模块的完整指南，请参阅 :doc:`车间概览 " "<.../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the quality check step is reached. " "Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how the check should " "be completed. After following the instructions, click :guilabel:`Validate` " "to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being " "processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" "处理工单步骤，直至到达质量检查步骤。点击该步骤会弹出一个窗口，详细说明应如何完成检查。按照说明操作后，点击:guilabel:`验证` " "完成检查。或者，如果正在处理*通过 - 不通过*检查，请点击 :guilabel:`通过` 或 :guilabel:`不通过` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete a quality check by clicking the checkbox on " "the right side of the step. Doing so automatically marks the check as " "*Passed*." msgstr "也可以通过点击步骤右侧的复选框来完成质量检查。这样做会自动将检查标记为*通过*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:151 msgid "" "The specific steps for processing a quality check depend upon the type of " "check being conducted. For information about processing each type of quality" " check, see the associated documentation:" msgstr "处理质量检查的具体步骤取决于所进行的检查类型。有关处理每种质量检查的信息，请参阅相关文档：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`" msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`" msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`" msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`" msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "质量控制点" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " ":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " "can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，*质量控制点*（QCP）用于在预定时间间隔内自动创建 :doc:`质量检查`。可以配置质量控制点 " "|QCP| 来创建针对特定操作（制造、交付等）以及这些操作中的特定产品的质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "使用 |QCP| 可以让质量团队确保定期检查产品，查看是否存在缺陷和其他问题。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "配置质量控制点" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "要创建新的 |QCP| ，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`，然后单击 :guilabel:`新建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "开始填写新 |QCP| 时，请输入唯一的 :guilabel:`标题`，使 |QCP| 容易识别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`产品` 字段中，选择 |QCP| 应适用的一个或多个产品。如果 |QCP| 应适用于整个产品类别，请在 " ":guilabel:`产品类别` 字段中选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " "trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`操作` 字段中，选择应触发 |QCP| 的操作。例如，在 :guilabel:`操作` 字段中选择 " ":guilabel:`制造`选项，将为新的制造订单（MO）创建质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" "When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " ":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" "创建新的 |QCP| 时，必须在 :guilabel:`操作` " "字段中列出至少一项操作。但是，:guilabel:`产品`和:guilabel:`产品类别`字段可以留空。如果留空，|QCP| " "将为指定操作的每个实例生成质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" "如果在 :guilabel:`操作` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`制造`操作，则其下方会出现一个新字段，标题为 " ":guilabel:`工单操作`。从该字段中选择特定工单，为该操作而非一般制造操作生成质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" "For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the " "`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is " "confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " "specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" "例如，可以配置一个 " "|QCP|，用于为`咖啡桌`产品的`组装`工单创建质量检查。然后，如果为`咖啡桌`确认了一个新的制造订单，该质量控制点将专门为`组装`操作创建一个质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product " "included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items" " within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " ":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr ":guilabel:`全部`：每次满足 |QCP| 条件时都会请求质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain " "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr ":guilabel:`随机`：对一定比例的操作随机请求质量检查，可在下面显示的 :guilabel:`每 #% 的转账` 字段中指定。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period" " of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`定期`：要求每隔一段时间进行一次质量检查，具体方法是在下面的字段中输入数值，并选择 " ":guilabel:`日`、:guilabel:`周`或 :guilabel:` 月`作为所需的时间间隔。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 字段中，指定应执行的质量检查类型。处理由 |QCP| 创建的质量检查的方法，取决于所选的质量检查类型：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 检查提供如何完成质量检查的具体说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr ":guilabel:`拍照` 检查要求上传产品图片，供指定的品控小组稍后审查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr ":guilabel:`通过 - 未通过` 检查指定一个标准，产品必须满足该标准才能通过检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr ":guilabel:`测量`检查提示员工记录产品的测量值，测量值必须在标准值的公差范围内，检查才能通过。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " "filled out by the employee processing the check." msgstr ":guilabel:`工作表` 支票提供一个交互式工作表，必须由处理支票的员工填写。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "*指令*检查与 MO 工单上的步骤相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 msgid "" "When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" " |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" "当在工单中添加一个步骤时，Odoo 会将其作为 |QCP| " "储存在质量应用程序中。可以手动创建*说明*检查类型的|QCP|，甚至可以将其分配给制造以外的操作，如收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "不过，在创建专门用于质量控制的控制点时，使用不同的检查类型可能更有效。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " "for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，指定负责管理 |QCP| 及其创建的质量检查的质量团队。如果特定质量小组成员负责 |QCP| ，请在 " ":guilabel:`负责人` 字段中选择他们。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`步骤文档` 字段中有两个选项，用于指定指导文档的位置，详细说明如何完成由 |QCP| 创建的质量检查。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" "如果文档包含在工单的说明工作表中，请选择 :guilabel:`操作工作表的特定页码`，然后在下面显示的 " ":guilabel:`工作表页码`字段中输入页码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "如果文件应包含在 |QCP| 底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中，请选择 :guilabel:`定制`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "在表格底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中，输入如何完成 |QCP| 创建的质量检查的说明。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " "Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " "either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" "如果在上述 :guilabel:`步骤文档` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`自定义` 选项，则可在此选项卡中附加文件。要执行此操作，请选择 " ":guilabel:`上传文件` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器，然后选择文件，或在 :guilabel:`Google 幻灯片链接` 字段中添加 " "Google 幻灯片文档的链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " "the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:8 msgid "Repairs" msgstr "维修" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Repairs* assists companies in creating and processing repairs for " "damaged products returned by customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:3 msgid "Process repair orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes, products delivered to customers can break or be damaged in " "transit, and need to be returned for a refund, delivery of a replacement " "product, or repairs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, repairs for products returned by customers can be tracked in the " "*Repairs* app. Once repaired, products can be redelivered to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:16 msgid "" "The return and repair process for damaged products typically follows the " "below steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:18 msgid "" ":ref:`Process return order for damaged product " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Create repair order for returned product " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:20 msgid "" ":ref:`Return repaired product to customer `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:25 msgid "Return order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:27 msgid "" "Returns can be processed in Odoo via *reverse transfers*, created directly " "from a sales order (SO) once products have been delivered to a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a return, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " "into an |SO| from which a product should be returned. Then, from the |SO| " "form, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Doing so opens the " "delivery order (DO) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:34 msgid "" "From this form, click :guilabel:`Return`. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse " "Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Reverse transfer pop-up window on delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:253 msgid "" "This pop-up lists the :guilabel:`Product` included in the order, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` delivered to the customer, and the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` the product was in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to change the quantity of " "the product to be returned, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:259 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon at the far-right of the product line " "to remove it from the return, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:49 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a " "new receipt for the returned products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the product has been returned to the warehouse, receipt of the return " "can be registered in the database by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` from the " "reverse transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:56 msgid "" "Once a reverse transfer for a return is validated, the value in the " ":guilabel:`Delivered` column on the original |SO| updates to reflect the " "difference between the original :guilabel:`Quantity` ordered, and the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` returned by the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:0 msgid "Delivered and Quantity columns on sales order after return." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:67 msgid "Create repair order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:69 msgid "" "Once products have been returned, their repairs can be tracked by creating a" " repair order (RO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "To create a new |RO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Repairs app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank |RO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Left-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:78 msgid "" "On this form, begin by selecting a :guilabel:`Customer`. The customer " "selected should be for whom the order will be invoiced and delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:81 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field, click the drop-down menu to " "select the product that needs repair. If necessary, click :guilabel:`Search " "More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Product to Repair` pop-up window, and " "browse all products in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:85 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Product to Repair` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Product " "Quantity` field appears below it. In that field, enter the quantity (in a " "`0.00` format) of the product that requires repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:89 msgid "" "To the right of that value, click the drop-down list to select the unit of " "measure (UoM) for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:92 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Return` field, click the drop-down menu and select the " "return order from which the product to be repaired comes from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Under Warranty` checkbox, if the product being repaired " "is covered by a warranty. If ticked, the :guilabel:`Customer` is not charged" " for all the parts used in the repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:99 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar" " popover window. From this calendar, select a date for the repair, and click" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Right-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:106 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, click the drop-down menu and select " "the user who should be responsible for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Company` field, if in a multi-company environment, select " "which company this |RO| belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, click the drop-down menu and select which " "tags should be applied to this |RO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:116 msgid "Parts tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:118 msgid "" "Add, remove, or recycle parts in the :guilabel:`Parts` tab. To do so, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:121 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` column, click the box to reveal three options to " "choose from: :guilabel:`Add` (selected by default), :guilabel:`Remove`, and " ":guilabel:`Recycle`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Type column options or new part under Parts tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Add` adds this part to the |RO|. Adding parts lists " "components for use in the repair. If the components are used, the user " "completing the repair can record they were used. If they were not used, the " "user can indicate that, too, and the components can be saved for another " "use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:133 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Remove` removes this part from the |RO|. Removing parts " "lists components that should be removed from the product being repaired " "during the repair process. If the parts are removed, the user completing the" " repair can indicate they were removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Recycle` recycles this part from the |RO|, designating " "it for later use or to be repurposed for another use in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:140 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product` column, select which product (part) should be " "added, removed, or recycled. In the :guilabel:`Demand` column, change the " "quantity, if necessary, to indicate what quantity of this part should be " "used in the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the value (in a `0.00` format) once " "the part has been successfully added, removed, or recycled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column, select the |UoM| for the part." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Used` column, tick the checkbox once the part has" " been used in the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:152 msgid "" "To add additional columns to the line, click the :guilabel:`(optional " "columns drop-down)` icon, at the far-right of the header row. Select the " "desired options to add to the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Optional additional options to add to new part line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:160 msgid "Repair Notes and Miscellaneous tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:162 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab to add internal notes about this " "specific |RO|, and anything the user performing the repair might need to " "know." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:165 msgid "Click the blank text field to begin writing notes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:167 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab to see the :guilabel:`Operation " "Type` for this repair. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`YourCompany: " "Repairs`, indicating this is a repair type operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:171 msgid "" "Once all desired configurations have been made on the |RO| form, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Confirmed`" " stage, and reserves the necessary components needed for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:175 msgid "" "A new :guilabel:`Forecasted` column appears on the product lines under the " ":guilabel:`Parts` tab, displaying the availability of all components needed " "for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:178 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Start Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the " ":guilabel:`Under Repair` stage (in the upper-right corner). If the |RO| " "should be canceled, click :guilabel:`Cancel Repair`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "Once all products have been successfully repaired, the |RO| is completed. To" " register this in the database, click :guilabel:`End Repair`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:185 msgid "" "If all parts added to the |RO| were not used, clicking :guilabel:`End " "Repair` causes an :guilabel:`Uncomplete Move(s)` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Uncomplete Moves pop-up window for unused parts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:192 msgid "" "The pop-up window informs the user that there is a difference between the " "initial demand and the actual quantity used for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:195 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Used` quantity should be changed, click " ":guilabel:`Discard` or close the pop-up window. If the order should be " "confirmed, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:198 msgid "" "This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Repaired` stage. A :guilabel:`Product " "Moves` smart button also appears above the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:201 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button to view the product's moves" " history during and after the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Moves history of product included in the repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:211 msgid "Return product to customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:214 msgid "Product is under warranty" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:216 msgid "" "Once the product has been successfully repaired, it can be returned to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:219 msgid "Product is not under warranty" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:221 msgid "" "If the product is not under warranty, or should the customer bear the repair" " costs, click :guilabel:`Create Quotation`. This opens a new |SO| form, pre-" "populated with the parts used in the |RO|, with the total cost of the repair" " calculated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Pre-populated new quotation for parts included in repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:229 msgid "" "If this |SO| should be sent to the customer, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and " "proceed to invoice the customer for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:233 msgid "" "If the customer should be charged for a repair service, a service type " "product can be created and added to the |SO| for a repaired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:236 msgid "" "To return the product to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales" " app`, and select the original |SO| from which the initial return was " "processed. Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:240 msgid "" "From the resulting list of operations, click the reverse transfer, indicated" " by the :guilabel:`Source Document`, which should read `Return of " "WH/OUT/XXXXX`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:243 msgid "" "This opens the return form. At the top of this form, a :guilabel:`Repair " "Orders` smart button now appears, linking this return to the completed |RO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:246 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Return` at the top of the form. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a " "new delivery for the returned products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "When the delivery has been processed and the product has been returned to " "the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:269 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" msgstr ""